Aristotle Poetics 1

ed. Henry James Pye

View: By Passage

Poetics. Aristotle. ed. Henry James Pye. London. 1792.

Current edition Experimental

The Poetic of Aristotle (Henry James Pye, revised 1792) (OCR draft) (English) (Henry James Pye's revised 1792 English translation, corrected against the 1788 first edition, aligned to the Kassel reference edition, and supplied with a selective apparatus of substantive 1788 readings.)

Provisional text from uncorrected OCR; expect errors.

Editions (5)
Περὶ ποιητικῆς (OCR draft) (Aristotle, Poetics. Immanuel Bekker, editor, Aristotelis Opera, volume 2. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1837.) — 1 focus
Περὶ ποιητικῆς (OCR draft) Perseus (Aristotle, De arte poetica liber. Rudolf Kassel, editor. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1965. Reference edition for passage alignment.) — 1 focus
Poetics, Greek text (Ingram Bywater, 1909) (OCR draft) Experimental (Ingram Bywater's Greek text of Aristotle's Poetics, published in 1909.) — 1 focus
Poetics, Greek text (S. H. Butcher, 1911) (OCR draft) Experimental (S. H. Butcher's Greek text from Aristotle's Theory of Poetry and Fine Art, fourth edition, 1911.) — 1 focus
Poetics, Greek text (Franz Ritter, 1839) (OCR draft) Experimental (Franz Ritter's 1839 Greek edition, corrected against OCR of the represented copy and aligned to the conventional Perseus chapter-and-subchapter sequence.) — 1 focus
Translations (13)
Poetics (W. H. Fyfe) (OCR draft) Perseus (William Hamilton Fyfe's English translation of Aristotle's Poetics, Loeb Classical Library, 1939 printing.) — 1 focus
Arabic Poetics (Badawī edition, 1953) (OCR draft) (The ancient Arabic translation of Aristotle's Poetics in ʿAbd al-Raḥmān Badawī's 1953 edition.) — 1 focus
Poetics (S. H. Butcher, 1911) (OCR draft) Experimental (S. H. Butcher's English translation from Aristotle's Theory of Poetry and Fine Art, fourth edition, 1911.) — 1 focus
Aristotle on the Art of Poetry (Ingram Bywater, 1909) (OCR draft) Experimental (Ingram Bywater's English translation of Aristotle's Poetics, published in 1909.) — 1 focus
Poetics (Thomas Twining, 1789) (OCR draft) Experimental (Thomas Twining's English translation of Aristotle's Poetics, published in 1789 and aligned to the Kassel reference passage sequence.) — 1 focus
The Poetic of Aristotle (Theodore Alois Buckley) (OCR draft) Experimental (Theodore Alois Buckley's English translation, first published in 1850 and represented from the Henry G. Bohn 1857 printing; corrected against a second OCR and aligned to the Kassel reference passage sequence.) — 1 focus
Poetica Latine conversa (Franciscus Ritter, 1839) (OCR draft) Experimental (Franz Ritter's Latin translation, corrected against OCR of the represented copy and aligned to the conventional Perseus chapter-and-subchapter sequence.) — 1 focus
La poëtique d'Aristote (André Dacier, 1692) (OCR draft) Experimental (André Dacier's French translation of Aristotle's Poetics, published in 1692.) — 1 focus
Poetica d'Aristotile (Bernardo Segni, 1549) (OCR draft) Experimental (Bernardo Segni's 1549 Florentine Italian translation, aligned to the Kassel reference passage sequence.) — 1 focus
De poetica (Antonio Riccobono, 1587) (OCR draft) Experimental (Antonio Riccobono's Latin translation, first published in 1587; text represented from Immanuel Bekker's 1831 edition.) — 1 focus
De arte poetica liber (William of Moerbeke, ca. 1277) (OCR draft) Experimental (William of Moerbeke's medieval Latin translation, represented by the 1953 Aristoteles Latinus edition.) — 1 focus
Arabic Poetics (Abū Bishr Mattā; Tkatsch edition) (OCR draft) Experimental (The Arabic translation attributed to Abū Bishr Mattā, edited by Jaroslaus Tkatsch in 1928 and aligned to the Kassel reference passage sequence.) — 1 focus
Arabic Poetics (Abū Bishr Mattā; Tkatsch edition, unaligned) (OCR draft) Experimental (Tkatsch's edition of the medieval Arabic translation in its original, unaligned segmentation.) — 1 focus

Notes on the current edition

Poetics

1. I see no reason for substituting δι' ἀμφοῖν, for διὰ τῆς φωνῆς, in this place, as is proposed by Heinfius, Dacier, and Batteux : χρώμασι, σχήμασι, and φωνῆς, are the words opposed to ῥυθμῷ, λόγῳ, and ἁρμονίᾳ, and not διὰ τέχνης, and διὰ συνηθείας, as Batteux has supposed. « Les uns exécutent par certains pratiques de l'art, les autres par l'habitude " seul, quelquefuns par l'un et l'autre ensemble; de même l'imitation se fait ou par un seul " de ces moyens, (i. e. le rhythm, la parole, et le chant,) ou par plusieurs ensemble." I do not fee what oppofition there can be between the manner by which a perfon acquires excellence in one art, and the means he uses to effect an imitation in another. The imitation διὰ τῆς φωνῆς does not mean by words, but by founds, like the imitation of the birds, or that effected by vocal music, when the artist tries to make the found " "the fenfe." But finging of an echo to
2. By rhythm, is to be understood, cadence, time, or movement. Ρυθμός, τάξις ἔμμελος ἀκολέθε ἁρμονίας. SUIDAS.
3. That is, unless all imitation, by means of language only, as well in profe, and verse of different forts, as in hexameter verse alone, which is appropriated to the regular epic poem, can be comprehended under the general name of Epopee, there will be no common character under which fuch compositions can be classed. That the word Ἐποποιΐα had this extensive meaning, as well as the more limited sense in which Ariftotle afterwards ufes it, will appear from the authorities quoted by Heinfius, note 8, on this chapter, and from Batteux, and Harles, and Voffius De Artis Poeticæ Naturâ, p. 279, edit. Rumbach. The Monthly Reviewer, in his criticism on Cooke's edition of the Poetic, is of opinion, that οὐδὲν γὰρ is connected with πᾶσαι τυγχάνεσιν ἔσαι μιμήσεις τὸ σύνολον. But this will throw the principal subject of this chapter, and which is continued through the two succeeding ones, into a parenthesis. If this sense is adopted, I would rather read, if it were not too bold an alteration, οὐδὲν γὰρ ἂν ἔχοιμεν ὀνομάσι κοινὸν - ΠΛΗΝ μίμησιν, οἱ ἀνθρωπόι γε κ.τ.λ. confidering ποῖοιτο as a verb neuter, as it is frequently used by Aristotle in this work. Many of the commentators, among whom may be reckoned the celebrated Metastafio, will not believe that profe is meant by λογοῖς ψίλοις, but think the conjunction ἢ is not disjunctive, but explanatory; and so Goulston, "fermonibus nudis, five APPELLARE MALUMUS metris." But, then, why should Ariftotle produce prose examples? For whether the Σωκρατικοί λόγοι mean the dialogues of Plato, or of Alexamenes the Teian, mentioned in a fragment of Ariftot. de Poetis, quoted by Vittorio, and which were in verse; it appears from a fragment of Aristotle, quoted by Athenæus, from another of an anonymous writer, preserved by Montfauçon, in his Bibliotheca Coisliniana, and from Suidas, that the Mimes of Sophron were certainly in profe. But though Ariftotle, treating the subject philofophically, is obliged to class these compositions under the general name of 'Εποποιία, it is obvious he does not, as a critic,
4. I follow Heinfius, who proposes to remove the difficulty of this passage by a note of interrogation.
5. Περὶ μὲν ἦν τάτων, (one Ms. reads ττο) i. e. the objects in difpute, imitation and verse, as effential characters of poetry. See note 3 of the larger notes on this chapter.
6. The Dithyrambics and Nomi use them all together, Tragedy and Comedy only in separate parts; or as Aristotle explains it afterwards in chapter vi. τὸ διὰ μέτρων ἕνια μόνον περαίνεσθαι, καὶ πάλιν ἕτερα διὰ μέλος. For an account of the Nomi see chapter ii. note [B].

Commentary

Commentary on the Poetics (Ingram Bywater, 1909) (OCR draft) (Ingram Bywater's English commentary on Aristotle's Poetics.) focus

1. mvp-aristotle-comment-1

1. mvp-aristotle-comment-2

1447a8 τῶν εἰδῶν αὐτῆς The εἴδη meant are epic poetry, Tragedy, and Comedy, as is clear from 6, 1449 b 21 , where the main subjects for consideration in the Poetics are enumerated. Lyric poetry, apart from an occasional reference to the Dithyramb and Nome, or the chorica in Tragedy, is ignored in the existing Poetics; and there is little or no reason to suppose it to have been discussed in the lost portion of the book. The probability is that, from the importance of its musical element, it belonged in Aristotle's classification of the arts to the theory of μελοποία rather than to that of poetry proper. The work of the two lyric poets Phrynis and Timotheus is put under the head of μελοποιία in Metaph. a 1, 993 b 15 ; and in the Problems, where Phrynichus is said to have been a μελοποιός rather than a tragedian ( Probl. 18. 31, 920 II
Διὰ τί οἱ περὶ Φρύνιχον ἦσαν μᾶλλον μελοποιοί; διὰ τὸ πολλαπλάσια εἶναι τότε τὰ μέλη ἐν ταῖς τραγῳδίαις τῶν μέτρων ;
), the same view is implied of the lyric parts of Tragedy. It is to be remembered too that Aristophanes in Ran. 1250 makes Euripides begin his criticism of the chorica in Aeschylus by calling him a κακὸς μελοποιός.
For the antithesis in the text comp. 26, 1462 b 16
καὶ αὐτῶν καὶ τῶν εἰδῶν
. — Top. 1. 15, 106b 37
ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἄλλων [scil. ὀνομάτων], ὅταν αὐτὸ πλεοναχῶς λέγηται, καὶ ἡ πτῶσις ἡ ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ πλεοναχῶς ῥηθήσεται, καὶ εἰ ἡ πτῶσις, καὶ αὐτό
. — Eth. E. 7. 15, 1248 b 22
δικαιοσύνη καὶ αὐτὴ καὶ αἱ πράξεις
.

1. mvp-aristotle-comment-3

ἥν τινα δύναμιν ἕκαστον ἔχει = ὅ τι δύναται ἕκαστον: comp. Pol. 5. 2, 1302 b 5
τούτων δὲ ὕβρις μὲν καὶ κέρδος τίνα ἔχουσι δύναμιν καὶ πῶς αἴτια, σχεδόν ἐστι φανερόν ... δῆλον δὲ καὶ ἡ τιμὴ καὶ τί δύναται καὶ πῶς αἰτία στάσεως
. Each species of poetry has its special capacities, which enable it to do what the rest either cannot do at all or cannot do so well and effectively. Other Aristotelian instances of δύναμις with a sense approximating to our 'function' or 'effect' will be found in Bon. Ind. 206 b 29 .

1. mvp-aristotle-comment-4

1447a9 συνίστασθαι συνίστασθαι is a passive in 26, 1462 b 16 , and probably also in 24, 1460 a 28 . That it is a passive in the present passage is shown by the parallels,
τοὺς συνεστῶτας εὖ μύθους
in 7, 1450 b 32
, and
οὕτω συνεστάναι τὸν μῦθον
in 14, 1453 b 4
.

1. mvp-aristotle-comment-5

1447a10 καλῶς ἕξειν : 13, 1453 a 12
τὸν καλῶς ἔχοντα μῦθον
. — 24, 1459 b 12
τὰς διανοίας καὶ τὴν λέξιν ἔχειν καλῶς
. As anything good of its kind may be said to be καλόν, so anything that is in the condition in which it ought to be is said to καλῶς ἔχειν (comp. Bon. Ind. 360 b 38 ).

1. mvp-aristotle-comment-6

1447a10 ἔτι δὲ ἐκ πόσων καὶ ποίων ἐστὶ μορίων scil. ἡ ποίησις. Many of the translators, however, suppose the subject to be ἕκαστον εἶδος ('ex quot et cujusmodi partibus constent singulae species,' Goulston). The question is considered in chap. 6 in reference to Tragedy, and in 24, 1450 b 10 in reference to epic poetry.

1. mvp-aristotle-comment-7

1447a12 περὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὅσα τῆς αὐτῆς ἐστι μεθόδου : Soph. el. 33, 183 b 12
δεδήλωται δὲ καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὅσα τῆς αὐτῆς μεθόδου τῶν λόγων ἐστίν
. The meaning of μέθοδος, a favourite word with Aristotle, has been discussed by Waitz, Org. 2 p. 297 (comp. Bon. Ind. 449 b 43).

1. mvp-aristotle-comment-8

λέγωμεν ἀρξάμενοι κτέ. The language here is very like that in Soph. el. 1, 164 a 20
περὶ δὲ τῶν σοφιστικῶν ἐλέγχων . . . λέγωμεν ἀρξάμενοι κατὰ φύσιν ἀπὸ τῶν πρώτων
(comp. De sensu 1, 436 b; De part. an. 1. 5, 646 a 3; 2. 10, 655 b 28; Eth. E. 1. 7, 1217 a 18; Rhet. 1. 13, 1373 b 1). In order to determine the definition of poetry, or rather of Tragedy as the highest form of the art, Aristotle starts with the assumption that Tragedy, together with certain other allied arts, comes under the general head of μίμησις, 'imitation,' and then proceeds by successive divisions of this genus to note one by one the various points which differentiate it from the rest. (1) Tragedy has language, metre, and music as its means of imitation; the music in it, however, comes in only from time to time, in the choral parts—which distinguishes it from the Nome and the Dithyramb. (2) It represents noble personages—which distinguishes it from Comedy. (3) It has a dramatic form—which distinguishes it from the Epic. The logical order here exemplified is what Aristotle regards as the natural order of procedure: Phys. 1. 7, 189 a 31
ἔστι γὰρ κατὰ φύσιν τὰ κοινὰ πρῶτον εἰπόντας οὕτω τὰ περὶ ἕκαστον ἴδια θεωρεῖν
.
1447a13

2. mvp-aristotle-comment-9

ἐποποιία κτέ. This enumeration of imitative arts comprises the four great species of poetry distinguished by Plato in Rep. 394 c , together with two purely musical arts, αὐλητική and κιθαριστική. These last may be supposed to be added partly on account of the manifest analogy between them and poetry, both being imitative arts appealing to the ear, and partly also on account of the historical connexion of poetry with music (comp. Cicero De Orat. 3, 174
musici, qui erant quondam idem poetae
).

2. mvp-aristotle-comment-10

ἡ τῆς τραγῳδίας ποίησις : 6, 1449 b 26
ἡ τῶν διθυραμβικῶν ποίησις
. — Plato Gorg. 501 e
ἡ τῶν διθυράμβων ποίησις
; 502 b
ἡ τῆς τραγῳδίας ποίησις
.

2. mvp-aristotle-comment-11

1447a14 διθυραμβοποιητική Plato cites the Dithyramb as an instance of the non-imitative type of poetry: Rep. 394 c
τῆς ποιήσεως . . . ἡ μὲν διὰ μιμήσεως ὅλη ἐστίν, ὥσπερ σὺ λέγεις, τραγῳδία τε καὶ κωμῳδία, ἡ δὲ δι᾽ ἀπαγγελίας αὐτοῦ τοῦ ποιητοῦ εὕροις δ᾽ ἂν αὐτὴν μάλιστά που ἐν διθυράμβοις
. By Aristotle's time, however, the Dithyramb (as also the Nome) had lost its original form, and become 'imitative' or semi-dramatic. This change is noted in Probl. 19. 15, 918 b 18
οἱ διθύραμβοι, ἐπειδὴ μιμητικοὶ ἐγένοντο, οὐκέτι ἔχουσιν ἀντιστρόφους, πρότερον δὲ εἶχον
. Aristotle cites it as representing an imitative or dramatic form of lyric—a lyrical μίμησις.

2. mvp-aristotle-comment-12

1447a15 τῆς αὐλητικῆς ἡ πλείστη : De Caelo 3. 1, 298 b 2
τὴν πλείστην τῆς περὶ φύσεως ἱστορίας
. The αὐλός was the accompaniment of the Dithyramb and the κιθάρα of the Nome. Aristotle is thinking rather of music without words, i.e. ψιλὴ αὔλησις and ψιλὴ κιθάρισις. Plato in the Laws (669 d) sets his face against this purely instrumental music on the ground that it ends in a mere display of technical execution ( θαυματουργία) and a 'brutish noise' ( φωνῆς θηριώδους σφόδρα φίλον). Aristotle's qualified form of expression show he is not unaware of exceptions.

2. mvp-aristotle-comment-13

1447a16 μιμήσεις The general meaning of μιμεῖσθαι is either 'to do what another has done', or 'to make something like something else'. The primitive sense must have been 'to play the μίμος,' to reproduce language, tones, gestures, etc.. In actual use the word includes counterfeiting movement (dancer), voice (musician), and forms (painter/sculptor). Plato in the Republic opposes μίμησις to narrative, restricting it to the dramatic mode ( Rep. 393 b , 394 b ). In the Poetics, Aristotle is inconsistent, including narrative in one place ( 3, 1448 a 21 ) and excluding it in another ( 24, 1460 a 9 ).

2. mvp-aristotle-comment-14

τὸ σύνολον qualifies πᾶσαι, what is said of the class as a whole being opposed to the specific differences; comp. Plato Soph. 220 b .
1447a17

3. mvp-aristotle-comment-15

τῷ γένει ἑτέροις Forchhammer's correction τῷ ἐν ἑτέροις is supposed to be confirmed by 22 and b 29. The sense, however, is just as well expressed by the simple dative. As the means under consideration— λόγος, ἁρμονία, and ῥυθμός—differ in kind, they are rightly described as γένει ἕτερα. Aristotle often omits the article in such formulas: Top. 1. 7, 103 a 13
γένει ταὐτά
; H. A. 2. 1, 497 b 9 ; Metaph. I 10, 1059 a 14
γένει ἕτερα
.

3. mvp-aristotle-comment-16

1447a18 ἢ τῷ ἕτερα ἢ τῷ ἑτέρως The distinction is already in Plato, Rep. 398 b
ἅ τε γὰρ λεκτέον καὶ ὡς λεκτέον εἴρηται
.

3. mvp-aristotle-comment-17

καὶ μὴ τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον Other instances of parallelismus antitheticus will be found in 3, 1448 a 22; 6, 1449 b 26; 15, 1454 a 30; 24, 1460 a 16.

4. mvp-aristotle-comment-18

ὥσπερ γὰρ κτέ. Aristotle prepares us for the difference of means in these arts by pointing to the difference of means in a larger group. The distinction between arts addressing the eye and the ear is frequently noted by Plato ( Rep. 373 b , 603 b ; Crat. 423 d ; Gorg. 474 e ). Aristotle has a special reason for saying ἕτεροι δὲ διὰ τῆς φωνῆς, because the imitative capacity of the voice renders language and poetry possible: Rhet. 3. 1, 1404 a 21
ὑπῆρξε δὲ καὶ ἡ φωνὴ πάντων μιμητικώτατον τῶν μορίων ἡμῖν
.

4. mvp-aristotle-comment-19

1447a19 πολλά is not otiose. The art of the painter or sculptor has limits; it can only indirectly express character and feeling. The theory in Lessing's Laocoon is based on an idea already in Aristotle.

4. mvp-aristotle-comment-20

μιμοῦνταί τινες ἀπεικάζοντες : Xenophon Mem. 3. 10. 1
σώματα διὰ τῶν χρωμάτων ἀπεικάζοντες ἐκμιμεῖσθε
.

4. mvp-aristotle-comment-21

οἱ μὲν διὰ τέχνης οἱ δὲ διὰ συνηθείας is thrown in parenthetically, like 8, 1451 a 24
ἤτοι διὰ τέχνην ἢ διὰ φύσιν
. As opposed to τέχνη, συνήθεια means much the same as ἐμπειρία ( Eth. N. 8. 7, 1158 a 14 ; 10. 10, 1181 a 9 ). The contrast is between skill depending on practice and that directed by consciousness of rules.

4. mvp-aristotle-comment-22

1447a20 ἕτεροι δὲ corresponds to a foregoing τινές in Eth. N. 1. 1, 1094 b 18 .

4. mvp-aristotle-comment-23

διὰ τῆς φωνῆς = τῇ φωνῇ. Aristotle has allowed himself to repeat the prepositional construction used in the parenthesis. The emendation of Madius, διὰ τῆς φύσεως, ignores the whole point of the analogy: the diversity of means. The diversity of means in the group under consideration— λόγος, ῥυθμός, and ἁρμονία—is like the diversity of χρώματα, σχήματα, and φωνή.

4. mvp-aristotle-comment-24

1447a22 ἐν ῥυθμῷ καὶ λόγῳ καὶ ἁρμονίᾳ The three terms had already appeared in the same sense in Plato's analysis of the song or choral in Rep. 398 D
τὸ μέλος ἐκ τριῶν ἐστι συγκείμενον, λόγου τε καὶ ἁρμονίας καὶ ῥυθμοῦ
(comp. Laws 661 C ; 669 D ). His terminology, however, is not always quite the same; he sometimes says ῥυθμὸς καὶ μέτρον ( Phil. 17 D , Gorg. 502 C ) or μέτρον καὶ ῥυθμός ( Rep. 601 A ) in lieu of ῥυθμός; and μέλος, 'melody' or 'tune', in lieu of ἁρμονία ( Rep. 400 A , Gorg. 502 C , Laws 656 C , etc.). Aristotle also, in more than one passage in the Poetics ( 1, 1447 b 25 ; 6, 1449 b 31 ), has put μέλος in place of ἁρμονία; and in one instance ( 6, 1449 b 29 ) he combines the two terms as synonyms. It is clear, therefore, that in its present application ἁρμονία means no more than 'melody' or 'tune'. ῥυθμός is properly 'time' or 'pace'. It is a very general word, since it includes the element of rhythm in language and in the movements of the dance, as well as that in music; comp. Plato Laws 665 A
τῇ δὴ τῆς κινήσεως τάξει [scil. εἶπομεν ὡς] ῥυθμὸς ὄνομα εἴη, τῇ δ᾿ αὖ τῆς φωνῆς, τοῦ τε ὀξέος ἅμα καὶ βαρέος συγκεραννυμένων, ἁρμονία ὄνομα προσαγορεύοιτο, χορεία δὲ τὸ ξυναμφότερον κληθείη
. — 672 E
Ὅλη μέν που χορεία ὅλη παίδευσις ἦν ἡμῖν, τούτου δ᾿ αὖ τὸ μὲν ῥυθμοί τε καὶ ἁρμονίαι, τὸ κατὰ τὴν φωνήν... τὸ δέ γε κατὰ τὴν τοῦ σώματος κίνησιν ῥυθμὸν μὲν κοινὸν τῇ τῆς φωνῆς εἶχε κινήσει, σχῆμα δ᾿ ἴδιον
. ἐκεῖ δὲ μέλος ἡ τῆς φωνῆς κίνησις (see also Symp. 187 B and Phil. 17 C ). The various applications of ῥυθμός are thus summarized in Aristoxenus (p. 411, 8 Marquard):
ἔστι δὲ τὰ ῥυθμιζόμενα τρία· λέξις, μέλος, κίνησις σωματική
. Plato's view as to the great imitative capacities of rhythm and harmony and music generally may be seen in Rep. 399 A sqq. , in Laws 668 A sqq. , and more briefly put, in Laws 798 E
τὰ περὶ τοὺς ῥυθμοὺς καὶ πᾶσαν μουσικήν ἐστι τρόπων μιμήματα βελτιόνων και χειρόνων ἀνθρώπων
. The point is recognized with equal clearness by Aristotle in Pol. 8. 5, 1340 a 18
ἔστι δ᾿ ὁμοιώματα μάλιστα παρὰ τὰς ἀληθινὰς φύσεις ἐν τοῖς ῥυθμοῖς καὶ τοῖς μέλεσιν ὀργῆς καὶ πραότητος, ἔτι δ᾿ ἀνδρείας καὶ σωφροσύνης καὶ πάντων τῶν ἐναντίων τούτοις καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἠθικῶν... (a38) ἐν δὲ τοῖς μέλεσιν αὐτοῖς ἔστι μιμήματα τῶν ἠθῶν ... (a57) τὸν αὐτὸν γὰρ τρόπον ἔχει καὶ τὰ περὶ τοὺς ῥυθμούς· οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἦθος ἔχουσι στασιμώτερον οἱ δὲ κινητικόν, καὶ τούτων οἱ μὲν φορτικωτέρας ἔχουσι τὰς κινήσεις οἱ δὲ ἐλευθεριωτέρας
.

4. mvp-aristotle-comment-25

1447a23 χωρὶς ἢ μεμιγμένοις : a reminiscence of Plato Laws 669 D
διασπῶσιν οἱ ποιηταὶ ῥυθμὸν μὲν καὶ σχήματα μέλους χωρίς, λόγους ψιλοὺς εἰς μέτρα τιθέντες, μέλος δ᾿ αὖ καὶ ῥυθμὸν ἄνευ ῥημάτων, ψιλῇ κιθαρίσει τε καὶ αὐλήσει προσχρώμενοι
.

5. mvp-aristotle-comment-26

χρώμεναι , scil. ποιοῦνται τὴν μίμησιν.

5. mvp-aristotle-comment-27

1447a25 τυγχάνουσιν On the construction with κἂν see Vahlen, Beitr. 1, p. 35. Mr. Newman in a note on Pol. 2. 1, 1260 b 31 seems to doubt the necessity of restoring the indicative in this and other similar places in Aristotelian texts.

5. mvp-aristotle-comment-28

ἡ τῶν συρίγγων The word to be supplied is apparently μίμησις— not τέχνη, as is assumed in HSt. s.v. σύριγξ, and in Bon. Ind. 735 a 39 . The Platonic ἡ τῶν λόγων τέχνη in Phaedr. 260 D is not a true parallel. For a similar genitive after μίμησις comp. Lucian De salt. 64
ἡ μίμησις τῆς ὀρχήσεως
.
1447a26

6. mvp-aristotle-comment-29

αὐτῷ δὲ τῷ ῥυθμῷ κτἑ. is an unnecessary clause, as ὀρχηστική is not one of the arts in the list in a13 ; it will be observed too that there is a change in the form of expression, μιμοῦνται, instead of χρώμεναι with ποιοῦνται τὴν μίμησιν understood. The clause would seem to have been originally an afterthought, worked in by Aristotle as soon as he saw that there was an art that used rhythm alone. His giving a reason for this mention of ὀρχηστική may be supposed to imply a consciousness of its being a new point, and one requiring demonstration.

6. mvp-aristotle-comment-30

αἱ τῶν ὀρχηστῶν The traditional reading οἱ τῶν ὀρχηστῶν has been corrected into ἔνιοι τῶν ὀρχηστῶν by Twining ; into οἱ (πολλοί) τῶν ὀρχηστῶν by Heinsius; and into οἱ (χαρίεντες) τῶν ὀρχηστῶν by Zeller. It is assumed that Aristotle may have wished to recognize the fact, of which Plato had spoken in Laws 795 E , that dancing is sometimes a mere exercise of the body and without dramatic meaning. A much simpler correction, however, is αἱ τῶν ὀρχηστῶν, with μιμήσεις (rather than τέχναι) understood from the context. Aristotle is thinking of the professional dancers, who told a story in pantomime, by the mere movements and attitudes of their bodies (comp. Sittl, Die Gebärden der Gr. u. Röm. p. 244).

6. mvp-aristotle-comment-31

1447a26 σχηματιζομένων ῥυθμῶν : the rhythms in their movements, in the succession of their σχήματα, their gestures or attitudes (see on 26, 1462 a 3 ). The emphasis is on ῥυθμῶν; that the attitudes of the dancer might be dramatic, and represent 'what men do or have done to them', was too obvious to require saying. Aristotle is insisting on the 'ethical' significance which rhythm imparts to the dance. On rhythm as expressive of character and temperament see Pol. 8. 5, 1340 a 18 and the Platonic passages referred to on 22.

6. mvp-aristotle-comment-32

1447a28 ἤθη : the character and temperament of the personages represented, as distinct from their πάθη καὶ πράξεις, 'what they do or have done to them'. The meaning of πάθη καὶ πράξεις is sufficiently shown by 9, 1451 b 11
τί ᾿Αλκιβιάδης ἔπραξεν ἢ τί ἔπαθεν
, and 13, 1453 a 22
παθεῖν δεινὰ ἢ ποιῆσαι
(see also on 11, 1452 b). πάθη is generally assumed (e. g. in Bon. Ind. 557 a 49) to denote in this passage 'feelings' or 'emotions'. The words πάθη καὶ πράξεις cover the whole ground of the story in the dance; so that Aristotle, if he had cared to anticipate the term used later on in 6, 1450 a 4 , might have said here, without difference of meaning, ἤθη καὶ μύθους.
1447a28 ἡ δὲ [ἐποποιία] κτέ. Suckow's correction, τυγχάνει οὖσα, is to be found in his Form der Platonischen Schriften p. 53. With it, and the readings implied in the Arabic Version, the whole passage becomes intelligible and in harmony with the context. We were told at the outset in 22 that the three means of imitation, ῥυθμός, λόγος, and ἁρμονία, may be employed either singly or in certain combinations. Having just spoken (1) of imitation ἐν ἁρμονίᾳ καὶ ῥυθμῷ and (2) of imitation ἐν ῥυθμῷ alone, Aristotle passes on (3) to imitation ἐν λόγῳ—whether alone, or in combination with rhythm or metre, and finally (4) to imitation ἐν ἁρμονίᾳ καὶ ῥυθμῷ καὶ λόγῳ. This exhausts the possibilities, since it is evident that ἁρμονία alone, and the combination ἁρμονία + λόγος, need not be taken into account. The third of his four heads Aristotle divides, and recognizes three possible forms of means, (1) λόγος alone, (2) λόγος + some one kind of metre, and (3) λόγος + a plurality of metres. In other words he distinguishes between (1) imitations in prose, (2) imitations in some one metre (hexameters, trimeters, etc.), and (3) imitations in a plurality of metres. Of this large and well-marked class of imitative literature, which includes the Mime, the 'imaginary conversations' of Socrates, the Epic, and Chaeremon's Centaur, Aristotle observes that it has 'remained to this day without a distinctive name'. The common fact here is μίμησις ἐν λόγῳ, but there is, he says, no one common name connoting the common fact and equally applicable to all the kinds within the class. Those who retain ἐποποιία, with the addition of ἀνώνυμος at the end of the sentence, suppose it to mean 'word-poetry' (Wortdichtung, Bernays, Zwei Abhandl. p. 81). Such a special and unique sense, however, for a term like ἐποποιία is highly improbable, and also against the analogy of all the similar compounds (e.g. λογοποιία, μελοποιία, μυθοποιία, ὀνοματοποιία), in which the ποιία means simply the making of something, just as much as in ἀρτοποιία, ὁδοποιία, παιδοποιία and the like. And even if the word could bear its new meaning, it would be inappropriate here, as the Mime and the 'Socratic Conversation' were prose imitations—not poems. To a Greek of Aristotle's time the idea of a prose poem would have seemed a contradiction in terms.

7. mvp-aristotle-comment-33

1447a29 τοῖς λόγοις ψιλοῖς ἢ τοῖς μέτροις = τοῖς λόγοις ψιλοῖς ἢ τοῖς μέτροις ψιλοῖς: comp. 2, 1448 a 11
τοὺς λόγους καὶ τὴν ψιλομετρίαν
. ψιλοῖς, which in this connexion means χωρίς ἁρμονίας, 'without melody' (v. Tyrwhitt ad loc. and Bon. Ind. 433b29), differentiates this group of imitative arts from the semi-musical arts considered later on, at the end of the chapter; comp. Plato Phaedr. 278 C
ποίησιν ψιλὴν ἢ ἐν ᾠδῇ συντέθηκε
, and Laws 669 D (quoted on 23). λόγοις ψιλοῖς has been taken by several (including Bon. Ind. 862b31) to mean 'prose' in the present passage—a sense which ψιλὸς λόγος has no doubt in a good many instances, e. g. in Rhet. 3. 2, 1404 b 14, 33 . But there is nothing in the general meaning of the word to necessitate this interpretation here. ψιλός means simply 'by itself', without some accessory, whatever the accessory thus excluded may happen to be (v. HSt. s. v.). ἢ τοῖς μέτροις. μέτρα has to be understood in the concrete sense of 'kinds of verse', i. e. as equivalent to λόγοι ἔμμετροι or λόγοι + ῥυθμός. Aristotle remembers that the literary form of imitation is generally in verse, and accordingly adds ἢ τοῖς μέτροις. The addition, however, has a sort of reflex influence on the general term λόγοις which precedes it, and by the contrast it suggests gives the word for the moment the special sense of 'prose', as distinct from verse. Other instances of a general term with its meaning modified by what follows will be found in 22, 1458 a 28 and 25, 1460 b 11 . The logical scheme of the statement in 29—b 23 may be thus exhibited:— Language without music prose verse in some one kind of metre in a plurality of metres Plato has the same division in Laws 810 B , where he is protesting against the divorce of poetry and literature from music:
πρὸς δὲ δὴ μαθήματα ἄλυρα ποιητῶν κείμενα ἐν γράμμασι, τοῖς μὲν μετὰ μέτρων τοῖς δ᾽ ἄνευ [ῥυθμῶν τμημάτων], δὴ συγγράμματα κατὰ λόγον εἰρημένα μόνον, τητώμενα ῥυθμοῦ τε καὶ ἁρμονίας, σφαλερὰ γράμμαθ ἡμῖν ἐστι παρά τινων καταλελειμμένα
. Here ἄλυρα corresponds to Aristotle's ψιλοῖς, τοῖς μὲν μετὰ μέτρων τοῖς δ᾽ ἄνευ to his τοῖς λόγοις ἢ τοῖς μέτροις, and κατὰ λόγον εἰρημένα μόνον τητώμενα ῥυθμοῦ τε καὶ ἁρμονίας to his μόνον τοῖς λόγοις ψιλοῖς.

7. mvp-aristotle-comment-34

1447b09 ἀνώνυμος : Phys. 5. 2, 226 b 26
ἡ μὲν οὖν κατὰ τὸ ποιὸν κίνησις ἀλλοίωσις ἔστω τοῦτο γὰρ ἐπέζευκται κοινὸν ὄνομα . . . ἡ δὲ κατὰ τὸ ποσὸν τὸ μὲν κοινὸν ἀνώνυμον, καθ᾽ ἑκάτερον δ᾽ αὔξησις καὶ φθίσις
. — De anima 2. 7, 418 a 26
ὁρατὸν δ᾽ ἔστιν χρῶμά τε, καὶ λόγῳ μὲν ἔστιν εἰπεῖν, ἀνώνυμον δὲ τυγχάνει ὄν
. — H. A. 10. 40, 623 b 5
ἔστι δέ τι γένος τῶν ἐντόμων, ἑνὶ μὲν ὀνόματι ἀνώνυμόν ἐστιν
. — Pol. 3. 1, 1275 a 30
ἀνώνυμον τὸ κοινὸν ἐπὶ δικαστοῦ καὶ ἐκκλησιαστοῦ
. For other instances see Bon. Ind. 69b2. Aristotle has often to speak of a class as being still without a name, because its existence has not yet been recognized by ordinary thought (comp. Bernays, Zwei Abhandl. p. 81).

7. mvp-aristotle-comment-35

1447b07 τυγχάνει οὖσα . Similarly in De sensu 5, 447 b 7 Thurot would restore ὑπάρχει οὖσα for υπάρχουσα.

8. mvp-aristotle-comment-36

1447b10 ὀνομάσαι κοινὸν : scil. ὄνομα; comp. Meteor. 4. 9, 387 b 2
οὐ γὰρ κεῖται ὄνομα κοινόν
. — H. A. 4. 7, 531 b 22
οὐκ ἐπέζευκται κοινὸν ὄνομα οὐδέν
.

8. mvp-aristotle-comment-37

1447b10 τοὺς Σώφρονος καὶ Ξενάρχου μίμους . The surviving fragments (Kaibel, CGF. 1 pp. 152 and 182) show that the mimes of Sophron and Xenarchus were in prose (comp. Bernhardy, Gr. Litt. 2. 2 p. 533). And as their very name is suggestive of μίμησις, Aristotle points to them as an indisputable example of prose-imitation, μίμησις ἐν λόγῳ χωρὶς ἁρμονίας καὶ ῥυθμοῦ. A very similar view of them is implied in a fr. of the dialogue περὶ ποιητῶν (72 Teubn.):
οὐκοῦν οὐδὲ ἐμμέτρους τοὺς καλουμένους Σώφρονος μίμους μὴ φῶμεν εἶναι λόγους καὶ μιμήσεις, ἢ τοὺς Ἀλεξαμενοῦ τοῦ Τηίου τοὺς πρώτους γραφέντας τῶν Σωκρατικῶν διαλόγων
(v. Bernays, Zwei Abhandl. p. 82 ; Kaibel l. c., p. 152 ) . The fr. makes it clear that Aristotle saw a certain affinity between the Mime and the 'Socratic Conversations' of Alexamenus ; and with it before us, it is not difficult to divine the reason for the juxtaposition of the Mime and the Σωκρατικὸς λόγος in the present passage of the Poetics ; the two things differed in name, but at the same time they had an essential element in common, that of being prose-imitations, μιμήσεις ἐν λόγῳ, and not (like poetry) ἐν μέτρῳ.

8. mvp-aristotle-comment-38

1447b11 τοὺς Σωκρατικοὺς λόγους As used here and in Rhet. 3. 16, 1417 a 20 , the term Σωκρατικοὶ λόγοι must be taken to cover the ground of the whole of this species of literature, the 'Socratic Conversations' not only of Alexamenus, but also of Plato, Aeschines and the rest (comp. Joel, Archiv f. Gesch. der Phil. 8, 468 ). A certain resemblance between the Platonic Dialogue and the Mime is presupposed in the story ( Duris fr. 45 in Müller, FHG. 2 p. 480 ) of Plato having been a zealous student and imitator of Sophron. It is difficult, therefore, to agree with Teichmüller's view, that Aristotle's intention was to contrast the Mime and the Dialogue, and insist on the difference between them.
οὐδὲ εἰ : De interpr. 11, 20 b 25
οὐδὲ γὰρ ἡ ἐρώτησις μία οὐδ᾽ ἐὰν ἀληθής
. — 14, 24 a 3
οὐδὲν διοίσει οὐδ᾽ ἂν καθόλου τιθῶμεν τὴν κατάφασιν
. — Soph. el. 11, 171 b 12
τὰ γὰρ ψευδογραφήματα οὐκ ἐριστικά . . . οὐδέ γ εἴ τί ἐστι ψευδογράφημα περὶ ἀληθές
. At this point Aristotle runs off into a digression (comp. 9, 1451 b 1 ) in order to minimize the importance of the element of metre in the imitative forms of literature. Even if a mime and a dialogue were both written in verse, either in some one (b11-12) or in several kinds of metre (b 20), they would still be without a common name connoting the μίμησις in them, which is their essential point of agreement. The writer of such a versified mime or dialogue might no doubt be described in ordinary parlance as an ἐποποιός or ἐλεγειοποιός, or by some similar name indicating the kind of verse in which his work happens to be written. Names of this kind, however, are misleading, since they imply that the verse rather than the μίμησις embodied in it is the essence of the literary form of imitation. Metre, in Aristotle's view, is only one of the accidents of poetry.
1447b14

10. mvp-aristotle-comment-39

ἐλεγειοποιοὺς τοὺς δὲ ἐποποιοὺς There is no need to understand, still less insert, τοὺς μὲν before ἐλεγειοποιούς (v. Kühner, Gr. Gr. 2. 2 p. 265 ); comp. the instances cited by Vahlen (ad loc.); to which may be added Soph. el. 21, 178 a 3 , Metaph. Δ 28, 1024 a 33 .

10. mvp-aristotle-comment-40

οὐχ ὡς κατὰ τὴν μίμησιν = ὡς οὐ κατὰ τὴν μίμησιν. For the position of the negative comp. Plato Phaed. 77 E
ὡς δεδιότων... πειρῶ ἀναπείθειν, μᾶλλον δὲ μὴ ὡς ἡμῶν δεδιότων, ἀλλ᾽ ἴσως ἔνι τις καὶ ἐν ἡμῖν παῖς, ὅστις τὰ τοιαῦτα φοβεῖται
.
1447b18

11. mvp-aristotle-comment-41

Ἐμπεδοκλεῖ In a fragment (fr. 70 Teubn.) of the dialogue περὶ ποιητῶν he is declared to have been a master of all the resources of epic language:
Ομηρικὸς ὁ Ἐμπεδοκλῆς καὶ δεινὸς περὶ τὴν φράσιν γέγονε, μεταφορικός τ᾽ ὧν καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις τοῖς περὶ ποιητικὴν ἐπιτεύγμασι χρώμενος
. This is not inconsistent with the present passage; Aristotle's meaning is that, though Empedocles may be a poet in his form, he is not a poet in his matter. A philosophic poem comes under the head of what the ancients termed didascalice, its purpose being to teach or instruct, rather than to interest us in a μίμησις, a picture of life and manners. That Empedocles was not in any real sense a poet is implied in Plato Theaet. 152 E
καὶ περὶ τούτου πάντες ἑξῆς οἱ σοφοὶ πλὴν Παρμενίδου ξυμφερέσθων, Πρωταγόρας τε καὶ Ἡράκλειτος καὶ Ἐμπεδοκλῆς, καὶ τῶν ποιητῶν οἱ ἄκροι τῆς ποιήσεως ἑκατέρας, κωμῳδίας μὲν Ἐπίχαρμος, τραγῳδίας δὲ Ὅμηρος
— where Empedocles, it will be observed, is put into distinct contrast with Homer. This view of him is more clearly stated in later writers, e.g. in Plutarch, De aud. poet. 16 C
τὰ δ᾽ Ἐμπεδοκλέους ἔπη καὶ Παρμενίδου καὶ θηριακά Νικάνδρου καὶ γνωμολογίαι Θεόγνιδος λόγοι εἰσὶ κεχρημένοι παρὰ ποιητικῆς ὥσπερ ὄχημα τὸ μέτρον καὶ τὸν ὄγκον, ἵνα τὸ πεζὸν διαφύγωσιν
. — Schol. Dionys. Thr. p. 166. 13 Hilgard
οὐκ ἔστι ποιητὴς ὁ μέτρῳ μόνῳ χρώμενος· οὐδὲ γὰρ Ἐμπεδοκλῆς ὁ τὰ φυσικὰ γράψας, οὐδὲ οἱ περὶ ἀστρολογίας εἰπόντες, οὐδὲ ὁ Πύθιος ἐμμέτρως χρησμῳδῶν
.

11. mvp-aristotle-comment-42

1447b19 ποιητὴν The poet is tacitly assumed to be a μιμητὴς ἐν μέτροις (comp. 24, 1460 a 7 ; 25, 1460 b 8 ).
1447b20

12. mvp-aristotle-comment-43

ὁμοίως recalls the idea of the original assertion in b9, οὐδὲν ἂν ἔχοιμεν ὀνομάσαι κοινὸν τοὺς Σώφρονος καὶ Ξενάρχου μίμους καὶ τοὺς Σωκρατικούς λόγους. Vahlen quotes Eth. N. 1. 12, 1101 b 21
δῆλον ὅτι τῶν ἀρίστων οὐκ ἔστιν ἔπαινος ... ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τῶν ἀγαθῶν
where οὐκ ἔστιν ἔπαινος is to be understood. ὁμοίως often represents the apodosis of a conditional sentence (v. An. pr. 1. 9, 30 b 1 ; 1. 14, 33 a 12 ; 1. 38, 49 a 1 ; De caelo 1. 4, 271 a 13 ; 2. 4, 287 a 19 ; De anima 1. 1, 402 b 8 ). The equivalent τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον is used in just the same way in An. pr. 2. 24, 69 a 11
τὸν αὐτὸν δὲ τρόπον κἂν εἰ διὰ πλειόνων τῶν ὁμοίων ἡ πίστις γίνοιτο
.

12. mvp-aristotle-comment-44

1447b21 Χαιρήμων For the little that remains of his Κένταυρος see Nauck, TGF. p. 784 . Aristotle terms it a ῥαψῳδία as though it were a sort of epic; and it is clear that in 24, 1460 a 2 he still regards it as coming under that head. If Athenaeus 608 e speaks of it as a δρᾶμα πολύμετρον, the explanation is that such a bizarre experiment in literature might very well be placed in more than one class. The title was no doubt taken from its subject; not from its monstrous combination of metres, as Welcker imagines ( Nachtrag zu der Schrift über die Aeschylische Trilogie p. 71). There were several comedies ( Kock, CAF. 3 p. 698 ) and also an ode (by Lasus of Hermione) with this or a very similar title.

12. mvp-aristotle-comment-45

1447b22 ἐξ ἁπάντων τῶν μέτρων : to be taken with μικτὴν (comp. Vahlen, Aristotelische Aufsätze 2 p. 42 ). ἁπάντων must be an exaggeration, since it is inconceivable that every kind of metre was represented in Chaeremon's poem. Similar instances of overstatement are to be found in b28 ( πᾶσιν), in 18, 1455 b 33 ( τὸ ὅλον), in 22, 1458 a 34 ( ἅπαντα), and in De anima 2. 6, 418 a 11, 19 (v. Rodier ad loc.).

12. mvp-aristotle-comment-46

καὶ ποιητὴν προσαγορευτέον This clause has been altered in some apographs into
(οὐκ ἤδη καὶ ποιητὴν προσαγορευτέον
and in others into
καὶ (τοῦτον) ποιητὴν προσαγορευτέον
. Various other corrections have been recently suggested, e. g. κατὰ (τοῦτο) ποιητὴν προσαγορευτέον (M. Schmidt), δικαίως ποιητὴν προσαγορευτέον (Ueberweg), καίτοι ποιητὴν προσαγορευτέον (Rassow and Gomperz). Susemihl omits the clause (with Vahlen, Beitr. 1 p. 38 ), but finds a place for προσαγορευτέον by inserting it after ποιητήν in b20. The clause (if we retain the reading of the MS.) seems to come in in much the same way as that in b18, διὸ τὸν μὲν ποιητὴν δίκαιον καλεῖν, τὸν δὲ φυσιολόγον μᾶλλον ἢ ποιητήν. As an illustration of the third of his three possibilities (comp. Vahlen, Beitr. 1 p. 4 ) Aristotle cites Chaeremon's Centaur; and his assumption is that, as a work of this description is a μίμησις (comp. a21 ποιοῖτο τὴν μίμησιν) and also in verse (b22 ἐξ ἁπάντων τῶν μέτρων), the author is a μιμητὴς ἐν μέτροις, and therefore rightly regarded as a poet, though popular language does not give him a special name of the type of those considered in the preceding section (b13-19). The argument, therefore, will come to this: If a mime and a dialogue were written in a medley of metres, the writers would have to be recognized as poets; but we should have no common name for the two works themselves, notwithstanding their similarity in form as well as nature. Some such meaning seems to be demanded by the general logic of the argument, which is directed to show that not only the prose forms of the literary 'imitation', but also the various poetic forms of it are 'to this day' without a general name ( a9
ἀνώνυμος τυγχάνει οὖσα μέχρι τοῦ νῦν
). The only difficulty is to see how the clause καὶ ποιητὴν προσαγορευτέον is brought in. Vahlen (ad loc.) takes it as following after the apodosis implied in ὁμοίως—'adnecti non positae sed cogitatae apodosi sententiam ( καὶ ποιητὴν προσαγορευτέον)'. I suspect that it was primarily meant to apply to Chaeremon, and that it is loosely subjoined to what is said of him in the context, as an assertion of his claim to be ranked among the poets in spite of his metrical absurdities.
The question may perhaps be asked: If it was possible to give ποιητής the sense assumed for it in this chapter and elsewhere, why did not Aristotle recognize the word ποίημα as an equally legitimate 'common name' for all the various species of verse-imitation? The answer may perhaps be this, that he thought it to be (like ἐποποιός, ἐλεγειοποιός, etc.) too directly suggestive of the metrical form (comp. Rhet. 3. 8, 1408 b 30 ), which he puts aside as only one of the accidents even of the poetical 'imitation'. The term 'Poet', as used by most of the ancients, is the subject of a valuable inquiry by H. Weil ( Études sur l'antiquité grecque, p. 237), who shows that the nearest modern representative of it is 'author' or 'composer'. Its primary meaning is the man who writes the words, or composes the music, in contradistinction to the rhapsodists, actors, singers or musicians, who present the work to the public (comp. Plato Rep. 373 C
ποιηταί τε καὶ τούτων ὑπηρέται, ῥαψῳδοί, ὑποκριταί, χορευταί, κτέ.
). But as the literary work which had to be thus recited or sung was by custom in verse, the 'poet' was also a writer of verses. The idea of verse in fact became part of the conventional meaning of the word—as also of the verb ποιεῖν, which often means to write or say in verse; the compounds, likewise, ἐποποιός, ἐλεγειοποιός, etc., all denote writers of some kind of verse. ποιεῖν is thus opposed to λέγειν, to speak in prose, and the ποιητής either to the συγγραφεύς, who writes prose, or to the ἰδιώτης, the ordinary man who speaks in prose.
Another association attaching to the word had its origin in the matter with which early Greek poetry was connected. The poet was distinguished from the historian or chronicler by the fact that he was so constantly dealing with a remote or legendary past, in the treatment of which there was ample room for play of imagination. All the great poetical subjects are classed by Plato under the general head of 'myths' or fictions ( Rep. 377 A and 382 D ; comp. Xenophanes fr. 1, 21 Diels ); and it was an understood thing that a free use of fiction was one of the privileges of the poet: Solon fr. 29 Bergk
πολλά ψεύδονται ἀοιδοί
. — Isocrates 195 e
τῶν γε παλαιῶν καθόδων αὗται μάλιστ᾽ εὐδοκιμοῦσιν, ἂς παρὰ τῶν ποιητῶν ἀκούομεν· οὗτοι γὰρ οὐ μόνον τῶν γεγενημένων τὰς καλλίστας ἡμῖν ἀπαγγέλλουσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ παρ᾽ αὐτῶν καινὰς συντιθέασιν
(also Horace A. P. 9 ). This recognition of an element of fiction in poetry is perhaps the nearest approach the ancients make to our idea of 'poetic creation'. The ordinary conception in antiquity of the poet was that he was, just like the painter (v. Poet. 15, 1454 b 9 , and 25, 1460 b 8 ), an imitator, and that his work was not so much a creation as a copy, more or less faithful, of something already existing in legend or life.
1447b25

13. mvp-aristotle-comment-47

μέλει = ἁρμονίᾳ in the scheme in 22.

13. mvp-aristotle-comment-48

μέτρῳ , which now takes the place of the original term λόγῳ in 22, has the concrete sense of 'verse' or versified language, i.e. as equivalent to λόγος ἔμμετρος or λόγος + ῥυθμός (comp. 4, 1448 b 21 ). It is an ill-chosen word, therefore, as it says too much, and, if understood strictly, would make the ῥυθμῷ with which the enumeration begins, a superfluity.

13. mvp-aristotle-comment-49

1447b28 αἱ μὲν ἅμα πᾶσιν αἱ δὲ κατὰ μέρος As Teichmüller points out, πᾶσιν repeats the πᾶσι in 24, χρῶνται having to be supplied. The antithesis is between ἅμα and κατὰ μέρος; so that in lieu of the latter Aristotle might have said οὐχ ἅμα ἀλλὰ κατὰ μέρος. Comp. Meteor. 1. 14, 351 a 28
ἐκείνοις μὲν οὐ κατὰ μέρος ταῦτα συμβαίνει πάσχειν, ἀλλ᾽ ἅμα πᾶν ἀκμάζειν καὶ φθίνειν ἀναγκαῖον
. — Plato Theaet. 189 E
ἤτοι ἅμα γε ἢ ἐν μέρει
(also Bon. Ind. 455 b 14 and 571 b 47 ). Aristotle's language would naturally imply that, whereas the three means of expression, language, metre, and music, are inseparable in the Dithyramb and Nome, they appear separately and by turns in the Drama. This, however, is an overstatement (see on ἁπάντων in b22), as it is only the musical element that comes in intermittently, in the choral parts of the play ( 6, 1449 b 30 ).

1. mvp-aristotle-comment-50

1. mvp-aristotle-comment-51

1448a1 μιμοῦνται οἱ μιμούμενοι πράττοντας : comp. 1, 1447 a 28 ; 3, 1448 a 27 ; 6, 1449 b 36 ; 1450 b 3 , 9; 1451 b 29 . This is to all appearance another reminiscence of Plato: Rep. 396 C
μιμούμενος τὸν ἀγαθὸν ἀσφαλῶς τε καὶ ἐμφρόνως πράττοντα
. — 603 C
πράττοντας, φαμέν, ἀνθρώπους μιμεῖται ἡ μιμητικὴ βιαίους ἢ ἑκουσίας πράξεις
.

1. mvp-aristotle-comment-52

1448a2 ἢ σπουδαίους ἢ φαύλους is explained by what follows,
κακίᾳ γὰρ καὶ ἀρετῇ τὰ ἤθη διαφέρουσι πάντες
(comp. 5, 1449 a 32 ). This, Aristotle adds, is the primary and most universal distinction between man and man; nearly all other distinctions of character may be classed under this one common head. Pol. 5. 2, 1303 b 15
μεγίστη μὲν οὖν ἴσως διάστασις ἀρετὴ καὶ μοχθηρία
.

1. mvp-aristotle-comment-53

1448a3 ἀκολουθεῖ : De part. an. 2. 1, 646 a 17
αἱ δ᾿ ἄλλαι διαφοραὶ ταύταις ἀκολουθοῦσιν
.

1. mvp-aristotle-comment-54

1448a4 ἤτοι βελτίονας ... τοιούτους , scil. μιμοῦνται οἱ μιμούμενοι. We have been prepared for this distinction by the preceding
ἐπεὶ μιμοῦνται οἱ μιμούμενοι πράττοντας, ἀνάγκη δὲ τούτους ἢ σπουδαίους ἢ φαύλους εἶναι
; but the third possibility, that the personages represented may be on the same level as ourselves ( ἢ καὶ τοιούτους), is a new point, which is felt to require a word of proof. Aristotle accordingly reminds us of a similar fact in painting (a5): the personages in the works of Dionysius are just like ourselves ( ὁμοίους).

1. mvp-aristotle-comment-55

1448a5 ὥσπερ οἱ γραφεῖς Plutarch, who defines poetry as a μιμητική τέχνη καὶ δύναμις ἀντίστροφος τῇ ζωγραφίᾳ, quotes a saying, commonly attributed to Simonides,
ζωγραφίαν μὲν εἶναι φθεγγομένην τὴν ποίησιν, ποίησιν δὲ σιγῶσαν τὴν ζωγραφίαν
( De aud. poet. 17 F ). The comparison is of very frequent occurrence in Plato (v. Rep. 377 E , 597 E , 603 B , 605 A etc.).

1. mvp-aristotle-comment-56

γραφεῖς The Attic form γραφῆς has survived in the text of Meteor. 3. 2, 372 a 7 , and De sensu 3, 440 a 8 .
1448a6

2. mvp-aristotle-comment-57

Πολύγνωτος : comp. 6, 1450 a 27 .

2. mvp-aristotle-comment-58

Παύσων : Pol. 8. 5, 1340 a 36
δεῖ μὴ τὰ Παύσωνος θεωρεῖν τοὺς νέους, ἀλλὰ τὰ Πολυγνώτου κἂν εἴ τις ἄλλος τῶν γραφέων ἢ τῶν ἀγαλματοποιῶν ἐστιν ἠθικός
. If he was the same as the Pauson of Aristoph. Ach. 854 , he must have had a certain sort of affinity to our modern caricaturists; it will be seen also that Aristotle regards his work as the analogue of that of the parodists and comic poets in literature.

2. mvp-aristotle-comment-59

Διονύσιος δὲ ὁμοίους εἴκαζεν ὁμοίους, as the context shows (comp. τοιούτους in a5), means 'like ourselves', neither better nor worse than the average man. εἰκάζειν (= to produce an εἰκών or portrait) is practically synonymous with μιμεῖσθαι, the word ordinarily used by Aristotle even of a painter. In 1, 1447 a 19 he has the more precise expression, μιμοῦνται ἀπεικάζοντες. The Dionysius meant is Dionysius of Colophon. The epithet ἀνθρωπογράφος ( Pliny N. H. 35. 113 ) would certainly seem peculiarly applicable to Aristotle's Dionysius, as a realistic painter, whose gods and heroes were too like ordinary men.
1448a8

3. mvp-aristotle-comment-60

ἕτερα is qualified and explained by the τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον that follows. The personages represented differ in the way just described, i. e. as being either better or worse than, or on the same level as, the ordinary man.
1448a9

4. mvp-aristotle-comment-61

ὀρχήσει : Plato Laws 814 E
δύο μὲν αὐτῆς (scil. ὀρχήσεως) εἴδη χρὴ νομίζειν εἶναι, τὴν μὲν τῶν καλλιόνων σωμάτων ἐπὶ τὸ σεμνὸν μιμουμένην, τὴν δὲ τῶν αἰσχιόνων ἐπὶ τὸ φαῦλον
(comp. also 655 C ; 798 D ). For the kind of dancing Aristotle has in mind here see on 1, 1447 a 27 .

4. mvp-aristotle-comment-62

αὐλήσει καὶ κιθαρίσει : see on 1, 1447 a 15 .
1448a10

5. mvp-aristotle-comment-63

τῷ περὶ τοὺς λόγους δὲ καὶ τὴν ψιλομετρίαν is a general expression for the group of purely literary imitative arts, which were described in 1, 1447 b 29 as using τοῖς λόγοις ψιλοῖς ἢ τοῖς μέτροις. Ψιλομετρία—a term misunderstood by later writers (v. Bernays, Heraklit. Briefe p. 116 )—means verse without music ( χωρὶς ἁρμονίας; see on 1447 a 29 ). The qualifying addition 'without music' might no doubt have been appended to τοὺς λόγους also ; but it is more wanted where it is, so as to distinguish the verse that was simply recited from the verse that was sung. From this point onward Aristotle ignores the prose imitations (the Mime and the Dialogue), and deals only with 'poetry', the versified forms of imitative literature ( μίμησις ἐν μέτροις; see on 1, 1447 b 23 ). τῷ περὶ τοὺς λόγους = ἐν τῷ περὶ τοὺς λόγους, the preposition being understood from the preceding context (comp. Bon. Ind. 63 b 40 ). The restoration of τῷ for τὸ in 25, 1461 a 33 admits of the same explanation. For τὸ περί τι in the sense of 'the class comprising' see Plato Soph. 221 B , Symp. 205 , Rep. 394 B .

5. mvp-aristotle-comment-64

1448a12 Κλεοφῶν In 22, 1458 a 20 his diction is said to be ταπεινή. Aristotle notes elsewhere the ludicrous effect his occasional attempts at fine language produced owing to the incongruity between the expression and the matter he dealt with: Rhet. 3. 7, 1408 a 10
τὸ δὲ πρέπον ἕξει ἡ λέξις, ἐὰν ᾖ ... τοῖς ὑποκειμένοις πράγμασιν ἀνάλογον. τὸ δ᾿ ἀνάλογόν ἐστιν ἐὰν μήτε περὶ εὐόγκων αὐτοκαβδάλως λέγηται μήτε περὶ εὐτελῶν σεμνῶς, μηδ᾿ ἐπὶ τῷ εὐτελεῖ ὀνόματι ἐπῇ κόσμος. εἰ δὲ μή, κωμῳδία φαίνεται, οἷον ποιεῖ Κλεοφῶν· ὁμοίως γὰρ ἔνια ἔλεγε καὶ εἰ εἶπειεν ἂν πότνια συκῆ
. In the present passage we are told that his personages were 'like ourselves' ( ὁμοίους), neither better than the ordinary man, like those in Homer, nor worse, like those in a parody. From the context as well as the company in which he is placed it is plain that he is to be regarded as a sort of epic poet. He is taken as the representative of the prosaic Epic—the Epic of the commonplace, as distinct from the noble Epic of Homer and the debased Epic known as parody. His work being put under the head of ψιλομετρία, 'verse without the accompaniment of song,' he cannot have been in Aristotle's view either a lyric or a dramatic poet. The notion that he was the writer of a dialogue entitled the 'Mandrobulus' is based on an erroneous interpretation of Soph. el. 15, 174 b 19 .

5. mvp-aristotle-comment-65

Ἡγήμων : see Brandt, Parodorum epicorum reliq., p. 37 , and Kock, CAF. 1, p. 700 . Parody was an element in the humour of the Old Comedy, as also of Epicharmus; and there were certainly others before Hegemon who travestied Homer. What Aristotle means, however, is that Hegemon was the first to take up parody as a special form of poetical literature. According to Athenaeus 699 A he was the first to present a parody in the poetical contests in the theatre:
πρῶτος εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τοὺς ἀγῶνας τοὺς θυμελικοὺς Ἡγήμων, καὶ παρ᾿ Ἀθηναίοις ἐνίκησεν ἄλλαις τε παρῳδίαις καὶ τῇ Γιγαντομαχία
.

5. mvp-aristotle-comment-66

1448a13 παρῳδίας A παρῳδία, in Aristotle's sense of the word, is a mock epic, a poem on an ignoble theme in epic language and metre.

5. mvp-aristotle-comment-67

Νικοχάρης : he may perhaps be the same as the comic poet of the same name ( Kock, CAF. 1 p. 770 ). We know nothing more of his work, and there is some uncertainty even as to its title. Δειλιάς (which is assonant to Ιλιάς) would mean, as Twining says, the 'Poltroniad'; Δηλιάς, either the 'Tale of Delos', or the 'Tale of Delium'; it is practically impossible to say which.
1448a15
ὥσπερ γᾶς κτἑ. It is important to bear in mind that in A the ὥσπερ here ends a line, and that the γᾶς stands at the beginning of another. The better apographs have either ὡς περγᾶς or ὡς πέργας. The reading ὡς Πέρσας καὶ Κύκλωπας was probably due to a corrector who knew of the Πέρσαι as a nome of Timotheus. Vahlen suggests that ὥσπερ γὰρ Κύκλωπας should be restored on the supposition (1) that Timotheus and Philoxenus may represent the ignoble Nome and Dithyramb, and (2) that instances of the opposite were not wanted, as the Nome and Dithyramb were so generally associated with noble subjects. Castelvetro was probably right in recognizing in γᾶς the second half of Ἀργᾶς, the name of one notorious in antiquity as the writer of a debased kind of nome. The text, when entire, may have given the name of another writer of nomes, who was put in contrast with Argas, and also the name of a common subject differently treated by the two poets ( ὥσπερ (-- καὶ Ἀργᾶς).

6. mvp-aristotle-comment-68

Κύκλωπας Polyphemus must have been a stock-subject in literature, as there were dramas with the title Κύκλωψ by Epicharmus, Aristias, and Antiphanes, as well as the existing play of Euripides. The plural here denotes not several Cyclopses, but Polyphemus as treated in different poems. For the Κύκλωψ ἢ Γαλάτεια of Philoxenus see Bergk, LG. 3 p. 609 . It seems to have been a covert satire on the elder Dionysius; we may suppose, then, that Philoxenus made his Cyclops an ignoble personage, χείρων ἢ καθ᾿ ἡμᾶς.

7. mvp-aristotle-comment-69

ἐν ταύτῃ δὲ τῇ διαφορᾷ Vahlen retains the traditional ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ διαφορᾷ, taking it to mean 'in ipsa quam dico differentia'.

7. mvp-aristotle-comment-70

1448a18 βούλεται : this is their general tendency and intention, though there may be exceptions to the rule. τῶν νῦν replaces the ἢ καθ᾿ ἡμᾶς in * 4 . Aristotle is thinking more especially of the chief personages in Tragedy, who belong in most instances to the heroic age.

1. mvp-aristotle-comment-71

1. mvp-aristotle-comment-72

1448a19 τούτων τρίτη διαφορά : τούτων τῶν λεχθεισῶν μιμήσεων in a7 .

1. mvp-aristotle-comment-73

ἕκαστα τούτων : the objects with the possibilities of difference described in chap. 2. Though the objects of the poetic imitations are properly persons, the neuter is used as a more general way of designating them. It reappears in the formula (repeated from 1, 1447 a 17 ) ἐν οἷς τε καὶ ἃ καὶ ὥς in a 25 .
1448a20

2. mvp-aristotle-comment-74

τὰ αὐτὰ μιμεῖσθαι The subject understood with μιμεῖσθαι is τὸν μιμούμενον; and the participles which follow in 21-22 are in apposition to that. In a 23 , however, where Aristotle is dealing with the Drama, he has to put the participles in the plural ( ὡς πράττοντας), and the subject is definitely mentioned as τοὺς μιμουμένους.

2. mvp-aristotle-comment-75

1448a21 ὁτὲ μὲν ἀπαγγέλλοντα κτέ. The amended reading (ἢ) ὁτὲ μὲν ἀπαγγέλλοντα ὁτὲ δὲ ἕτερόν τι γιγνόμενον is anticipated in Goulston's paraphrase. As Aristotle began by speaking of the objects imitated in the neuter, he describes the imitator as identifying himself with 'something else' ( ἕτερόν τι). The statement is on the same lines as that in Plato Rep. 392 D—394 D , which distinguishes between three forms of διήγησις: (1) simple narration, (2) imitative or dramatic narration, and (3) the mixed manner, which we see in Homer. Aristotle's ἀπαγγέλλοντα recalls Plato's δι᾿ ἀπαγγελίας αὐτοῦ τοῦ ποιητοῦ. Plato uses μιμεῖσθαι only for the dramatic mode, whereas Aristotle uses it in a much wider sense. Aristotle's general view of the Epic is that it comes under the head of narrative, as distinct from dramatic, imitation ( 5, 1449 b 11 ). Homer is said to reduce the element of narrative to a minimum, taking every opportunity of making his personages come forward and speak for themselves, just as though they were characters in a play.

2. mvp-aristotle-comment-76

1448a22 ὡς τὸν αὐτὸν καὶ μὴ μεταβάλλοντα : another instance of parallelismus antitheticus (see on 1, 1447 a 18 ) ; it is the converse in sense of De caelo 2. 6, 288 a 31
εἴτε... ἀλλοιοῖτο καὶ μὴ διαμένοι τὸ αὐτό
. The antithesis is between what the poet says in propria persona and what he says in an assumed character.

2. mvp-aristotle-comment-77

1448a23 ἢ πάντα ὡς πράττοντας καὶ ἐνεργοῦντας τοὺς μιμουμένους πάντα, the correction of Casaubon, is in apposition to the τὰ αὐτά in 20, and serves to distinguish the Drama from the Epic, which is at best only partially dramatic. If πάντας be retained, it has to be taken with τοὺς μιμουμένους as the object. However, τὰ αὐτά is too important logically to be ignored. In this third participial clause the participles are in the plural, and the grammatical subject ( τοὺς μιμουμένους) is expressed. The explanation is probably that Aristotle is thinking for the moment of the actors rather than of the poet himself. A play is conceived to be something which 'they act', i.e., with a plurality of imitators concerned in it: comp. 6, 1449 b 26
δρώντων
; b 31
πράττοντες ποιοῦνται τὴν μίμησιν
; 1450 a 21
πράττουσιν
. The use of the present of μιμεῖσθαι as a passive is not impossible, but there is no clear instance of it. In 15, 1454 b 26 , where Aristotle wants a present passive, he uses a periphrasis, ὁ τὴν μίμησιν παρέχων.
1448a24

3. mvp-aristotle-comment-78

ἐν τρισὶ δὴ ταύταις κτέ. Comp. 1, 1447 a 16
διαφέρουσι δὲ ἀλλήλων τρισίν κτέ.
. The preposition here denotes the sphere within which the poetic imitation works. ταύταις is the real subject and preparative to the enumeration ἐν οἷς τε καὶ ἃ καὶ ὡς.
1448a25

4. mvp-aristotle-comment-79

ὥστε τῇ μὲν κτἑ. is a sort of corollary to what was said in chap. 2 and the opening section of chap. 3. Aristotle is now viewing plays in their relation to the authors, and the actors are ignored. In chap. 6 there are several instances of his passing unconsciously from the one point of view to the other.

4. mvp-aristotle-comment-80

1448a27 πράττοντας γὰρ μιμοῦνται The dramatic poet makes his personages appear on the stage and go through a semblance of action. The difference between Aristotle's language here and in 23 is to be noted: the dramatic poet μιμεῖται πράττοντας; the actor μιμεῖται ὡς πράττων.

4. mvp-aristotle-comment-81

1448a28 δρῶντας This reminds Aristotle of a current explanation of the word drama, ὅτι μιμοῦνται δρώντας, and leads to a digression on the Dorian claim to the discovery of the Drama. They support this by an appeal to language, maintaining that κωμῳδία and the general term δράμα are of Dorian origin. This passage is the source of corresponding statements in the grammarians, such as Anon. De Comoedia
τὴν κωμῳδίαν ηὑρῆσθαί φασιν ὑπὸ Σουσαρίωνος
. — Diomedes 486 P.
Comoedia dicta ἀπὸ τῶν κωμῶν
.
1448a31

5. mvp-aristotle-comment-82

οἱ Μεγαρεῖς On the Megarian Comedy see Meineke, FCG. I p. 18 . The Megarian claim is noted by the anonymous commentator on Eth. N. 4. 6, 1123 a 24 . Aristotle says nothing about Susarion here or in chap. 5.

5. mvp-aristotle-comment-83

1448a32 τῆς παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς δημοκρατίας Megara is said to have expelled the tyrant Theagenes about B.C. 600.

5. mvp-aristotle-comment-84

1448a32 οἱ ἐκ Σικελίας , the Megarians of Megara Hyblaea—literally, the Megarians 'on the Sicilian side'. For this use of the preposition comp. Pol. 8. 7, 1341 a 28
οἱ ἐκ φιλοσοφίας
, 'those on the philosophic side'.

5. mvp-aristotle-comment-85

1448a33 Ἐπίχαρμος In 5, 1449 b 6 he and Phormis are said to have been the first to discard the Comedy of personalities ; so that from this point of view he was the forerunner of the New Comedy, i. e. of what Aristotle regards as Comedy proper. Plato had already given him the premier place in Comedy: Theaet. 152 E
τῶν ποιητῶν οἱ ἄκροι τῆς ποιήσεως ἑκατέρας, κωμῳδίας μὲν Ἐπίχαρμος, τραγῳδίας δὲ Ὅμηρος
. The Sicilian origin of Comedy is often asserted by post-Aristotelian writers: Theocritus Ep. 17. 1
ὁ τὰν κωμῳδίαν εὑρὼν Ἐπίχαρμος
; Solinus 5. 13
Hic [scil. in Sicilia] primum inventa comoedia
; Themistius Or. 27, 406 Dind.
καὶ κωμῳδία τὸ παλαιὸν ἤρξατο μὲν ἀπὸ Σικελίας· ἐκεῖθεν γὰρ ἤστην Ἐπίχαρμός τε καὶ Φόρμις ... κάλλιον δὲ Ἀθήναζε συνηυξήθη
; Prol. de Comoedia 3 = Kaibel CGF. p. 7
Ἐπίχαρμος· οὗτος πρῶτος τὴν κωμῳδίαν διερριμμένην ἀνεκτήσατο πολλὰ προσφιλοτεχνήσας
; Suidas s.v. Ἐπίχαρμος
εὗρε τὴν κωμῳδίαν ἐν Συρακούσαις ἅμα Φόρμῳ
.

5. mvp-aristotle-comment-86

1448a34 Χιωνίδου καὶ Μάγνητος From this mention of them here, as also from the allusion to them further on, in 5, 1449 b 3 , it is clear that Aristotle knows of no Attic writers of Comedy earlier than Chionides and Magnes ; and even these apparently are mere names to him. Magnes is expressly described by Suidas as a much younger man than Epicharmus:
ἐπιβάλλει δ᾿ Ἐπιχάρμῳ νέος πρεσβύτῃ
. Suidas' statement that Epicharmus was producing comedies at Syracuse six years before the Persian war (i. e. in B.C. 485) is of some importance, as showing that Epicharmus was conceived to be coeval with a generation at Athens anterior to Chionides and the regular drama which began with him. There is no very serious difference, therefore, between Suidas and Aristotle as to the priority of Epicharmus.

5. mvp-aristotle-comment-87

καὶ τῆς τραγῳδίας = τῆς δὲ τραγῳδίας. Vahlen illustrates the change of construction by Soph. el. 11, 171 b 8
συλλογισμὸς ἐριστικὸς καὶ σοφιστικός ἐστιν εἷς μὲν ὁ φαινόμενος συλλογισμός ... καὶ ὅσοι μὴ ὄντες κτέ.
, where καὶ ὅσοι seems to stand for ἕτεροι δὲ ὅσοι.

5. mvp-aristotle-comment-88

ἔνιοι , i. e. the Sicyonians: Herod. 5. 67
τά τε δὴ ἄλλα οἱ Σικυώνιοι ἐτίμων τὸν Ἀδρηστον καὶ δὴ πρὸς τὰ πάθεα αὐτοῦ τραγικοῖσι χοροῖσι ἐγέραιρον
. Themistius Or. 27, 406 Dind.
καὶ τραγῳδίας εὑρεταὶ μὲν Σικυώνιοι, τελεσιουργοὶ δὲ Ἀττικοὶ ποιηταί
. — Suidas s.v. Θέσπις
τραγικὸς ἑκκαιδέκατος ἀπὸ τοῦ πρώτου γενομένου τραγῳδιοποιοῦ ᾿Επιγένους τοῦ Σικυωνίου τιθέμενος
.
1448a36

6. mvp-aristotle-comment-89

περιοικίδας : Pol. 6. 5, 1320 b 6
ἀεὶ γάρ τινας ἐκπέμποντες τοῦ δήμου πρὸς τὰς περιοικίδας ποιοῦσιν εὐπόρους
. As understood at Athens the term κώμη meant a quarter of the city, as distinct from the outlying townships ( δῆμοι): Plato Laws 746 D
φρατρίας καὶ δήμους καὶ κώμας
. — Isocrates 149 A
διελόμενοι τὴν μὲν πόλιν κατὰ κώμας τὴν δὲ χώραν κατὰ δήμους
.

6. mvp-aristotle-comment-90

1448a37 κωμῳδούς ἀπὸ τοῦ κωμάζειν. The connexion is indirectly implied in the juxtaposition of the two words in the law cited in Demosthenes 21. 10
ἡ πομπὴ καὶ οἱ παῖδες καὶ ὁ κῶμος καὶ οἱ κωμῳδοὶ καὶ οἱ τραγῳδοί
.

6. mvp-aristotle-comment-91

1448b1 καὶ τὸ ποιεῖν κτέ. The argument comes practically to this: Plays confessessly represent actions: now if they had been originally an Athenian invention, one would expect them to have been called πράγματα rather than δράματα; πράττειν being the ordinary Athenian word for to act. That Aristotle does not accept this view of δρᾶν and πράττειν is indirectly shown by his own use of the words. He has just said (a27) πράττοντας καὶ δρῶντας, and in his definition of Tragedy ( 6, 1449 b 26 ) his word is δρώντων, though he might easily have said πραττόντων.
1448b3

7. mvp-aristotle-comment-92

τῆς μιμήσεως is the genitive after τῶν διαφορῶν. Vahlen illustrates the order by Plato, Phil. 17 C
ἐπειδὰν λάβῃς τὰ διαστήματα ὁπόσα ἐστὶ τὸν ἀριθμὸν τῆς φωνῆς
.

1. mvp-aristotle-comment-93

1. mvp-aristotle-comment-94

1448b4 ἐοίκασι Setting aside the antiquarian questions raised in chap. 3, Aristotle asserts that the birth of poetry was due to large natural causes. The origin of poetry generally ( γεννῆσαι μὲν ὅλως) is attributable to the imitative instinct in all men. The origin of the two great kinds of poetry ( διεσπάσθη δὲ b24), of which Tragedy and Comedy were the ultimate developments, is attributable to the personal tendencies and differences of character in the individual poets ( τὰ οἰκεῖα ἤθη b24).

1. mvp-aristotle-comment-95

1448b5 αἰτίαι δύο The two causes are those mentioned in the immediate context, τὸ μιμεῖσθαι (b5) and τὸ χαίρειν τοῖς μιμήμασι (b8). These Aristotle regards as two distinguishable facts in human nature. τὸ χαίρειν τοῖς μιμήμασι, instead of coming in as a mere afterthought after τὸ μιμεῖσθαι, involves a different idea, and relates to a different class of persons—the public interested in works of art, as distinct from the artists who produce them.
1448b7
μιμητικώτατον : Probl. 30. 6, 956 a 14
Διὰ τί ἀνθρώπῳ πειστέον δὴ μᾶλλον ἢ ἄλλῳ ζῴῳ; ... ἢ ὅτι μιμητικώτατον;
. μανθάνειν γὰρ δύναται διὰ τοῦτο. Vahlen illustrates this use of the neuter singular by De somn. 3, 457 b 24
καταπίπτουσι ... οἱ ἄνθρωποι, μόνον γὰρ ὀρθὸν τῶν ζῴων
, and Pol. 1. 2, 1253 a 16
τοῦτο γὰρ πρὸς τἆλλα ζῷα τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἴδιον, τὸ μόνον ἀγαθοῦ καὶ κακοῦ ... αἴσθησιν ἔχειν
.

2. mvp-aristotle-comment-96

1448b8 μαθήσεις : Quintilian 10. 2, 1
Neque enim dubitari potest quin artis pars magna contineatur imitatione. nam ut invenire primum fuit estque praecipuum, sic ea quae bene inventa sunt utile sequi
.
1448b9

3. mvp-aristotle-comment-97

σημεῖον A σημεῖον is that which proves or confirms a proposition; an αἴτιον, something that explains or gives a reason for it. Aristotle defines a σημεῖον in An. pr. 2. 27, 70 a 7
σημεῖον δὲ βούλεται εἶναι πρότασις ἀποδεικτικὴ ἀναγκαία ἢ ἔνδοξος
.

3. mvp-aristotle-comment-98

ἐπὶ τῶν ἔργων : 're ipsa'. τῶν ἔργων here is often rendered by 'works of art'.

3. mvp-aristotle-comment-99

1448b10 γὰρ αὐτὰ λυπηρῶς ὁρῶμεν : Rhet. 1. 11, 1371 b 4
ἐπεὶ δὲ τὸ μανθάνειν τε ἡδὺ καὶ τὸ θαυμάζειν, καὶ τὰ τοιάδε ἀνάγκη ἡδέα εἶναι οἷον τό τε μεμιμημένον ... καὶ πᾶν ὃ ἂν εὖ μεμιμημένον ᾖ, κἂν μὴ ἡδὺ αὐτὸ τὸ μεμιμημένον· οὐ γὰρ ἐπὶ τούτῳ χαίρει, ἀλλὰ συλλογισμός ἐστιν ὅτι τοῦτο ἐκεῖνο, ὥστε μανθάνειν τι συμβαίνει
. — De part. an. 1. 5, 645 a 11
καὶ γὰρ ἂν εἴη παράλογον καὶ ἄτοπον, εἰ τὰς μὲν εἰκόνας αὐτῶν [i.e. τῶν ζῴων τῶν μὴ κεχαρισμένων] θεωροῦντες χαίρομεν ὅτι τὴν δημιουργήσασαν τέχνην συνθεωροῦμεν
.

3. mvp-aristotle-comment-100

1448b12 ἀτιμοτάτων : De anima 1. 2, 404 b 3
ἐν ἅπασι γὰρ ὑπάρχειν αὐτὸν [i.e. νοῦν] τοῖς ζώοις, καὶ μεγάλοις καὶ μικροῖς καὶ τιμίοις καὶ ἀτιμοτέροις
. — De part. an. 1. 5, 645 a 15 .
1448b13

4. mvp-aristotle-comment-101

καὶ τοῦτο . For the conjunction comp. 13, 1453 a 17
σημεῖον δὲ καὶ τὸ γιγόμενον
. — De somno 3, 456 a 28
σημεῖον δὲ τούτων καὶ τὰ ὑπνωτικά
. — Meteor. 2. 8, 367 a 11
τεκμήριον δ᾿ ἐστὶ καὶ τὸ γιγνόμενον
.
1448b16

5. mvp-aristotle-comment-102

θεωροῦντας μανθάνειν : comp. Rhet. 1. c. , and Plato Rep. 475 D
οἱ ... φιλοθεάμονες πάντες ἔμοιγε δοκοῦσι τῷ καταμανθάνειν χαίροντες τοιοῦτοι εἶναι
. Our pleasure in the contemplation of a picture or other work of imitative art is explained here to be the natural concomitant of an intellectual act, the discovery or recognition on our part of the meaning of the picture.
1448b17

6. mvp-aristotle-comment-103

οὐχ ᾗ . οὐχὶ for οὐχ ᾗ is found in Kb in Eth. N. 8. 12, 1161 b 1, 18 and in D (the Marcianus) in An. post. 1. 23, 84 b 8 .
1448b20

7. mvp-aristotle-comment-104

κατὰ φύσιν δὲ ὄντος ἡμῖν τοῦ μιμεῖσθαι What Aristotle is now considering is the evolution of the poet ; and he tells us that the imitative aptitude of the poet is only a higher and more developed form of that natural aptitude for imitation which is common to all mankind.

7. mvp-aristotle-comment-105

καὶ τῆς ἁρμονίας καὶ τοῦ ῥυθμοῦ seem to be added as an afterthought, in recognition of the historical connexion between music and poetry. Except in its lyric forms, however, poetry was now no longer combined with music ; in Aristotle's view, also, even metre is at the most only one of its accidents ( 1, 1447 b 11 ).

7. mvp-aristotle-comment-106

1448b22 ἐξ ἀρχῆς is much the same thing as ἐν ἀρχῇ. The antithesis between ἐξ ἀρχῆς πεφυκότες and προάγοντες will be not unlike that in Metaph. A 2, 982 b 13
ἐξ ἀρχῆς μὲν τὰ πρόχειρα τῶν ἀπόρων θαυμάσαντες, εἶτα κατὰ μικρὸν οὕτω προϊόντες
.

7. mvp-aristotle-comment-107

αὐτά : loosely used for 'their work' or 'performances'; it anticipates what is termed in the next line 'their improvisations'. προάγειν is here (and again in 4, 1449 a 13 ) a transitive verb. The meaning of the word in the present context is to 'advance', or 'carry a stage further', as may be seen from the parallel in Soph. el. 33, 183 b
οἱ μὲν γὰρ τὰς ἀρχὰς εὑρόντες παντελῶς ἐπὶ μικρόν τι προήγαγον· οἱ δὲ νῦν εὐδοκιμοῦντες ... οὕτως ηὐξήκασιν
.

7. mvp-aristotle-comment-108

1448b23 αὐτοσχεδιασμάτων On the verb αὐτοσχεδιάζειν = 'to speak off-hand, without premeditation or previous study'. The fact is described in the Homeric Hymn to Hermes 54
θεὸς δ᾿ ὑπὸ καλὸν ἄειδεν, ἐξ αὐτοσχεδίης πειρώμενος
. The phallic-song, in which Aristotle finds the germ of Comedy, was sometimes described as an ᾠδὴ αὐτοσχέδιος.
1448b24

8. mvp-aristotle-comment-109

διεσπάσθη δὲ corresponds with the γεννῆσαι μὲν ὅλως in b4. κατὰ τὰ οἰκεῖα ἤθη: comp. Plato Rep. 396 C sqq. .

8. mvp-aristotle-comment-110

1448b25 τὰς καλὰς ... πράξεις καὶ τὰς τῶν τοιούτων As Düntzer and Bernays have shown, this is not a tautology, as the actions of those who are καλοὶ (τῶν τοιούτων) are not always καλαὶ πράξεις; comp. Plato Rep. 396 C
μάλιστα μὲν μιμούμενος τὸν ἀγαθὸν ἀσφαλῶς τε καὶ ἐμφρόνως πράττοντα, ἐλάττω δὲ καὶ ἧττον ἢ ὑπὸ νόσων ἢ ὑπὸ ἐρώτων ἐσφαλμένον ἢ καὶ ὑπὸ μέθης ἢ τινος ἄλλης ξυμφορᾶς
.

8. mvp-aristotle-comment-111

1448b27 ψόγους has the same same concrete sense of 'invectives' in Plato Laws 829 C
ἐγκώμιά τε καὶ ψόγους ποιεῖν
. The earliest, as well as the most eminent representative of this kind of literature, was Archilochus, the
ψογερὸς Ἀρχίλοχος βαρυλόγοις ἔχθεσιν πιαινόμενος
of Pindar ( Pyth. 2. 100 ).

8. mvp-aristotle-comment-112

ὕμνους καὶ ἐγκώμια : Plato Rep. 607 A
ὕμνους θεοῖς καὶ ἐγκώμια τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς
. — Etym. Gud. s. v. ὕμνος
Ὕμνος ἐγκωμίου διαφέρει καθὸ ὁ μὲν ὕμνος ἐπὶ θεοῦ λέγεται τὸ δὲ ἐγκώμιον ἐπὶ ἀνθρώπου
. On hymns and encomia as very primitive forms of Greek poetry see Bergk, Gr. Litt. 1 p. 423.
1448b29

9. mvp-aristotle-comment-113

εἰκὸς δὲ εἶναι πολλούς , scil. τοιούτους; comp. Goulston's version, 'verisimile autem est, qui talia condiderint, extitisse multos'. Aristotle says this because he thinks that even in those days the baser sort ( οἱ εὐτελέστεροι b26) were probably in a majority ; he has no romantic illusions as to the superiority of the men of an earlier age ( Pol. 2. 8, 1269 a 5 ). On the pre-Homeric poets, to whom Aristotle refers, comp. Sextus Emp. Adv. math. 1. 204
οὐχ ὑπὸ πάντων ὁμολογεῖται ποιητὴς ἀρχαιότατος εἶναι Ὅμηρος· ἔνιοι γὰρ Ησίοδον προήκειν τοῖς χρόνοις λέγουσιν, Λίνον τε καὶ Ὀρφέα καὶ Μουσαῖον καὶ ἄλλους παμπληθεῖς
: see also Bernhardy Gr. Litt. 1 p. 308. Aristotle, however, was quite aware that the writings which bore the names of these legendary poets were not really by them ( H. A. 6. 6, 563 a 18 ; see Bernays, Dialoge d. Aristot. p. 95).
1448b30

10. mvp-aristotle-comment-114

ἐκείνου ὁ Μαργίτης : Eustratius on Eth. N. 6. 7, 1141 a 14 (p. 320 30 Heylb.)
παράγει . . . καί τινα ποίησιν Μαργίτην ὀνομαζομένην Ὁμήρου. μνημονεύει δ᾿ αὐτῆς οὐ μόνον αὐτὸς Ἀριστοτέλης ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ Περὶ ποιητικῆς ἀλλὰ καὶ Ἀρχίλοχος καὶ Κρατίνος καὶ Καλλίμαχος ἐν τῷ ἐπιγράμματι καὶ μαρτυροῦσιν εἶναι Ὁμήρου τὸ ποίημα
. On the Margites, which Aristotle thus attributes to Homer, see Kinkel, EGF. p. 64. This statement in the Poetics does not throw any light on the question of the original form of the Margites, whether the iambic lines in it were a primitive part of the poem, or subsequently added by Pigres (see Goettling, Op. Acad. p. 167, and Hiller, N. Jahrb. f. Phil. 1887 p. 13 for a discussion of it) ; it stands in a parenthesis, and must not be taken in any direct connexion with the ἐν οἷς... ἰαμβεῖον ἦλθε μέτρον that follows.

10. mvp-aristotle-comment-115

καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα refers to writings more or less like the Margites by post-Homeric poets—not to other minor poems of a light order attributable to Homer himself, as Bergk (Gr. Litt. 1 p. 775) suggests.

10. mvp-aristotle-comment-116

ἐν οἷς = ἐν δὲ τούτοις, scil. τοῖς ψόγοις, the relative beginning a new sentence, as in 24, 1459 b 12
οἷς ἅπασιν
. — Phys. 8. 3, 253 b 12
πρὸς οὓς . . οὐ χαλεπὸν ἀπαντῆσαι
. — Metaph. Θ 3, 1046 b 33
οἷς τὰ συμβαίνοντα ἄτοπα οὐ χαλεπὸν ἰδεῖν
. — Λ 8, 1074 b 8
ὧν εἴ τις χωρίσας αὐτὸ λάβοι μόνον τὸ πρῶτον
.

10. mvp-aristotle-comment-117

1448b31 κατὰ τὸ ἁρμόττον : 17, 1455 b 10
κατὰ τὸ εἰκός
. — Rhet. 1. 1, 1355 a 22 and 9, 1367 b 12
κατὰ τὸ προσῆκον
(opposed to παρὰ τὸ προσῆκον). — Eth. N. 4. 6, 1123 a 20
παρὰ τὸ δέον
. The reading of the Aldine (and of Parisinus 2038), καὶ τὸ ἁρμόττον, has been accepted by Bon. Ind. 357 b 48 .

10. mvp-aristotle-comment-118

1448b32 ἦλθε : the verb has the same sense in Eth. N. 5. 8, 1133 a 20
ἐφ᾿ ὃ τὸ νόμισμα ἐλήλυθε
. — Pol. 1. 9, 1258 a 6
τὸ ἕτερον εἶδος τῆς χρηματιστικῆς διὰ τοῦτ᾿ ἐλήλυθεν
.

10. mvp-aristotle-comment-119

1448b33 ἰαμβεῖον καλεῖται : Strabo 422 Cas.
ὁ μὲν (scil. ὁ δάκτυλος) ὕμνοις ἐστὶν οἰκεῖος ὁ δ᾿ ἴαμβος κακισμοῖς
. — Proclus Chrestom. 7, p. 346 Gaisf.
τὸν ἴαμβον τάττεσθαι μὲν ἐπὶ λοιδορίας τὸ παλαιόν· καὶ γὰρ καὶ τὸ ἰαμβίζειν κατά τινα γλῶσσαν λοιδορεῖν ἔλεγον ... ἔοικε δὲ ὁ ἴαμβος τὸ μὲν παλαιὸν ἐπὶ τῶν εἰς ψόγον καὶ ἔπαινον γραφομένων ὁμοίως λέγεσθαι ἐπεὶ δέ τινες ἐπλεόνασαν ἐν ταῖς κακολογίαις τὸ μέτρον, ἐκεῖθεν τὸ ἰαμβίζειν εἰς τὸ ὑβρίζειν ὑπὸ τῆς συνηθείας ἐκπεσεῖν
. — Schol. Hephaest. 6, p. 182 Gaisf.
ἐκλήθη δὲ ἴαμβος, ἀφ᾿ οὗ τὸ μέτρον παρονομάζεται ἰαμβικόν, ἐπείπερ οἱ ὑβρίζειν καὶ λοιδορεῖν τινὰς βουλόμενοι τούτῳ ἐχρῶντο τῷ μέτρῳ· ἰαμβίζειν γὰρ ἔλεγον οἱ παλαιοὶ τὸ ὑβρίζειν
. — Suetonii Reliq. p. 19 Reiff.
Iambus est carmen maledicum appellatum est autem παρὰ τὸ ἰαμβίζειν, quod est maledicere
.
1448b34

11. mvp-aristotle-comment-120

τῶν παλαιῶν . The reference is apparently to Homer and Archilochus, as the first and greatest representatives of the two great directions in poetry; comp. Velleius Paterc. 1. 5
Neque quenquam alium, cuius operis primus auctor fuerit, in eo perfectissimum praeter Homerum et Archilochum reperiemus
. Dio Chrysost. Or. 33, p. 5 R.
δύο γὰρ ποιητῶν γεγονότων ἐξ ἅπαντος τοῦ αἰῶνος, οἷς οὐδένα τῶν ἄλλων συμβάλλειν ἄξιον, Ὁμήρου τε καὶ Ἀρχιλόχου, τούτων Ὅμηρος μὲν σχεδὸν πάντα ἐνεκωμίασε Ἀρχίλοχος δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν ἐναντίαν ἦκε [fort. ἠξε], τὸ ψέγειν
. Their pre-eminence is implied in the juxtaposition of the two names in Heraclitus fr. 119 (42 Diels)
τόν τε Ὅμηρον ἔφασκεν ἄξιον ἐκ τῶν ἀγώνων ἐκβάλλεσθαι καὶ ῥαπίζεσθαι καὶ Ἀρχίλοχον ὁμοίως
.

12. mvp-aristotle-comment-121

τὰ σπουδαῖα : [no further note in snippet].

12. mvp-aristotle-comment-122

ποιητής : comp. Plato Apol. 18 B
τὰ μετέωρα φροντιστής
.

12. mvp-aristotle-comment-123

1448b35 οὐχ ὅτι εὖ , scil. ἐποίησεν. Homer 'wrote well', as a master of the art of poetic expression (comp. 24, 1459 b 16 ; 1460 b 1 ) ; his poems are 'imitations', or pictures of human life, which distinguishes them from those of Empedocles and others (comp. 1, 1447 b 15 ) ; and they are moreover 'dramatic imitations', i. e. not unlike those in the Drama (comp. 24, 1460 a 5 ). In this way, then, Aristotle intimates that Homer not only dealt with the same kind of subject as Tragedy ( τὰ σπουδαία), but also anticipated the dramatic manner.

12. mvp-aristotle-comment-124

1448b36 σχήματα . . . ὑπέδειξεν , 'marked out for us the great outlines of Comedy'. σχῆμα has the same sense in 5, 1449 b 3 , and in Plato Laws 5, 737 D
σχήματος ἕνεκα καὶ ὑπογραφῆς
. For the use of ὑπέδειξε comp. Rhet. 3. 2, 1404 b 25
ὅπερ Εὐριπίδης ποιεῖ καὶ ὑπέδειξε πρῶτος
. — Ath. Pol. 41
Ἀριστείδης μὲν ὑπέδειξεν, Ἐφιάλτης δὲ ἐπετέλεσεν
. — Isocrates 268 C
ταῦτα πράττοντες καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ὑποδεικνύοντες
.

12. mvp-aristotle-comment-125

1448b37 οὐ ψόγον ἀλλὰ τὸ γελοῖον δραματοποιήσας The sense is that, when Homer passed from σπουδαία to φαῦλα, his treatment of the latter was more akin to that in the comic poets than to that in the ἰαμβοποιοί; Margites with him was only ridiculous—not vicious or held up to obloquy as vicious, as a writer of ψόγοι would have made him. A ψόγος dwells on some serious vice of character; whereas Comedy, as Aristotle conceives it, deals only with those lesser faults which we are able to laugh at (see on 5, 1449 a 33 ). This view of the Margites is not quite in harmony with that in 4, 1448 b 30 , where it is regarded as a ψόγος, the first known instance of the kind. With οὐ ψόγον Vahlen supplies ποιήσας from the δραματοποιήσας that follows. This is legitimate enough, but hardly necessary, as δραματοποιεῖν, 'to write, or describe, as a dramatist would' (see on 22, 1458 b 9 ) is just as applicable to ψόγον as it is to τὸ γελοῖον (comp. Tyrwhitt's rendering 'non vituperium sed ridiculum dramatice exprimens'). The meaning Aristotle attaches to it may be seen from μιμήσεις δραματικὰς ἐποίησεν in b35 (v. ad loc.).

12. mvp-aristotle-comment-126

1448b38 ὥσπερ Ἰλιὰς καὶ ἡ Ὀδύσσεια Vahlen illustrates this insertion of the article before Ὀδύσσεια by De resp. 17, 478 b 28
ἔστι δὲ θάνατος καὶ ἡ φθορὰ πᾶσιν ὁμοίως τοῖς μὴ ἀτελέσιν
, and Rhet. 3. 13, 1414 b 13
ἔσται οὖν ... διήγησις ἕτερον καὶ ἡ ἐπιδιήγησις καὶ προδιήγησις
, and a number of other passages in Aristotle (comp. also Riddell, Digest of Idioms § 240 G). On the other hand Spengel would restore the article before Ἰλιὰς on account of its appearance in the parallel in 26, 1462 b 8
ὥσπερ ἡ Ἰλιὰς ἔχει πολλὰ τοιαῦτα μέρη καὶ ἡ Ὀδύσσεια
(comp. also 24, 1459 b 14
ἡ μὲν Ἰλιὰς ... ἡ δὲ Οδύσσεια
). There is as a rule nothing exceptional or anomalous in Aristotle's usage in reference to the article with the titles of books. He is apt to omit it, just as Athenaeus does, when the title is given in the actual form which it would have as the heading of a MS. (comp. Apollonius Synt. 1, 26), after the preposition ἐν. The Poetics supply a number of examples of this usage, e.g. 16, 1455 a 2
ἐν Ἀλκίνου ἀπολόγῳ
. — 24, 1460 a 35
τὰ ἐν Ὀδυσσείᾳ ἄλογα
. — 14, 1454 a 1
ἐν Ἀντιγόνη
. — 16, 1455 a 4
ἐν Χοηφόροις
. — 24, 1460 a 31
ἐν Ἠλέκτρᾳ
. — 32
ἐν Μυσοῖς
. — 25, 1461 a 21
ἐν Ορέστῃ
. In 24, 1460 a 30 , however, the traditional text omits the article with a title in the nominative; for it is clear that Οἰδίπους in this place means the Oedipus Tyrannus, in the same way as with us 'Hamlet' may mean the play, not the person. In many places in which the article is omitted, the title is used in a general sense as a common noun; thus in Soph. el. 24, 180 a 21
δός μοι Ιλιάδα
means 'give me an Iliad' (i. e. a copy of the Iliad). Instances of this in the Poetics are 8, 1451 a 20
Ἡρακληίδα Θησηίδα
, 'a Heracleid, a Theseid'. — 24, 1459 b 15
Ὀδύσσειαν
, 'an Odyssey'. — 23, 1459 a 3
Ἰλιάδος καὶ ᾿Ὀδυσσείας
, 'a poem like the Iliad or Odyssey'. — b 4
Κυπρίων
, 'a poem like the Κύπρια'. I am inclined to think, therefore, that Spengel was right in suggesting ὥσπερ (ἡ) Ιλιάς in the present passage; and also that in 24, 1460 a 30 the true reading must be ὥσπερ (ὁ) Οἰδίπους.
1449a3

13. mvp-aristotle-comment-127

ἑκατέραν τὴν ποίησιν recalls the distinction drawn in 4, 1448 b 24 between the two great forms of poetry, the higher and the lower.

13. mvp-aristotle-comment-128

κατὰ τὴν οἰκείαν φύσιν : 4, 1448 b 24
κατὰ τὰ οἰκεῖα ἤθη
.

13. mvp-aristotle-comment-129

1449a4 ἀντὶ τῶν ἰάμβων κωμῳδοποιοὶ ἐγένοντο Vahlen compares De part. an. 2. 13, 657 b 34
ἀντὶ ταύτης τῆς φυλακῆς πάντα σκληρόφθαλμά ἐστιν
, and Herod. 7. 62
ἀντὶ τῶν πίλων μιτρηφόροι ἦσαν
.

13. mvp-aristotle-comment-130

1449a7 ἔχει... τοῖς εἶδεσιν ἱκανῶς Aristotle assumes that Tragedy has by this time attained to its natural form ( 15
ἔσχε τὴν αὐτῆς φύσιν
); but he declines to consider the question whether there is still a possibility of improvement in the treatment of its various formative constituents. The suggestion that the εἴδη here meant are the same as the μέρη distinguished in chap. 6 , from another point of view, is due to Madius. εἶδος in the sense of a formative constituent is perhaps unique in Aristotle, but there are certainly a few instances of it in Plato Rep. iv , where the three faculties in the soul are sometimes described as εἴδη ( 434 D , 439 E , 440 B ) and sometimes as μέρη ( 442 B, C ). The alternative interpretation is to take εἴδη in the logical sense of 'species'. This view, though not improbable in itself (comp. 18, 1455 b 32 ), is hardly reconcileable with the use of εἴδη in 6, 1450 a 13 as a designation for the μέρη with which the chapter is dealing.

13. mvp-aristotle-comment-131

αὐτό τε καθ᾿ αὑτὸ κρῖναι The conjunction serves to connect κρῖναι with ἐπισκοπεῖν, the second clause being complementary to the first (comp. 6, 1450 b 3 ). Similarly in De anima 3. 3, 427 b 15
φαντασία γὰρ ἕτερον καὶ αἰσθήσεως καὶ διανοίας· αὐτή τε οὐ γίγνεται ἄνευ αἰσθήσεως, καὶ ἄνευ ταύτης οὐκ ἔστιν ὑπόληψις
, the second clause ( αὐτή τε κτέ.) is explanatory of the first. κρῖναι has been taken as an infinitive of limitation by Vahlen, who quotes H. A. 9. 38, 622 a 20
τῶν δ᾿ ἐντόμων ἐργατικώτατον ζῴων ἐστί, σχεδὸν δὲ καὶ πρὸς τἆλλα συγκρίνεσθαι πάντα, τό τε τῶν μυρμήκων γένος καὶ τὸ τῶν μελιττῶν
. As far as I can see, an infinitive of limitation would not be quite in place in a passage like the present. For the antithesis between καθ᾿ αὑτὸ and πρὸς τὰ θέατρα comp. Top. 5. 1, 128 b 16
ἀποδίδοται δὲ τὸ ἴδιον ἢ καθ᾿ αὐτὰ καὶ ἀεὶ ἢ πρὸς ἕτερον καὶ ποτέ
. — Cat. 6, 5 b 16
οὐδὲν γὰρ αὐτὸ καθ᾿ αὑτὸ μέγα λέγεται ἢ μικρόν, ἀλλὰ τῷ πρὸς ἕτερον ἀναφέρεσθαι
. κρίνειν has an indirect question after it in Metaph. A 4, 984 b 31
τούτους μὲν οὖν πῶς χρὴ διανείμαι ἐξέστω κρίνειν ὕστερον
.
1449a9
γενομένης δ᾿ οὖν ἀπ᾿ ἀρχῆς αὐτοσχεδιαστικής =
γενομένη δ᾿ οὖν ἀπ᾿ ἀρχῆς αὐτοσχεδιαστική
. Having begun with γενομένης αὐτοσχεδιαστικῆς, scil. τῆς τραγῳδίας, Aristotle sees that the same is true of Comedy, and adds a parenthesis to show that; after which he says in 13
ηὐξήθη
, just as though γενομένη... αὐτοσχεδιαστική had begun the clause. For another instance of a gen. abs. in lieu of a nominative see 17, 1455 a 3 . A parenthetical addition of very similar form is found in 5, 1449 b 12 , and also in Metaph. Θ 10, 1051 b 11 . ἀπ᾿ ἀρχῆς is used adverbially in the same sense as ἐξ ἀρχῆς. Several of the recent editors and translators, however, take ἀρχῆς and αὐτοσχεδιαστικῆς together as meaning an 'improvisational beginning'. This certainly simplifies matters, but it may be doubted whether ἀρχὴ αὐτοσχεδιαστική would naturally bear that meaning.

14. mvp-aristotle-comment-132

1449a11 τῶν ἐξαρχόντων
ἐξάρχειν τὸν διθύραμβον, ἢ τὰ φαλλικά, dicebantur qui choro utrivis canendo praeiverunt; qui, ut verisimile est, ab initio poetae ipsi fuerunt
, says Tyrwhitt, quoting Archilochus ( fr. 77 Bergk
ὡς Διωνύσοι᾿ ἄνακτος καλὸν ἐξάρξαι μέλος οἶδα διθύραμβον
). By the ἐξάρχων here Aristotle means the poet-composer, who supplied both words and air, and taught them to the chorus—not as is sometimes supposed, the κορυφαῖος, who was only one of the chorus. ἐξάρχειν διθύραμβον is practically a synonym for διδάσκειν διθύραμβον, the expression in Herodotus i. 23. It is clear that Aristotle has in his own mind a general view of the historical development of early Greek poetry, but he tells us as little as possible about it. The intention of the Poetics is to give us a theory of the Epic and of the Drama, not a treatise on the history and archaeology of the Drama. Tragedy began when the author of the dithyramb came forward with an 'improvisation', i. e. with a ῥῆσις or spoken statement, which he improvised in the interval between the two halves of the song of the chorus. The allusion in τῶν ἐξαρχόντων in the text is probably to Thespis, whom he is known to have mentioned in a fragment preserved by Themistius Or. 26, 382 Dind.
οὐ προσέχομεν Ἀριστοτέλει ὅτι τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ὁ χορὸς εἰσιὼν ᾔδεν εἰς τοὺς θεούς, Θέσπις δὲ πρόλογόν τε καὶ ῥῆσιν ἐξεῦρεν;
. The 'prologue and speech' introduced by Thespis may be identified with the improvisations of the actor-poet, which transformed the Dithyramb into Tragedy.

14. mvp-aristotle-comment-133

1449a12 φαλλικά Photius Lex.
Φαλλικόν· ποίημα αὐτοσχέδιον ἐπὶ τῷ φαλλῷ ἀδόμενον
. — Hesychius
Φαλλικόν· ὄρχημά τι· οἱ δὲ μέλος· ἄλλοι ᾠδὴν αὐτοσχέδιον ἐπὶ τῷ φαλλῷ ἀδομένην
. In these phallus-songs Aristotle sees the origin of Comedy; it arose through the author of the song 'improvising' some scurrilous tale, and becoming in this way the forerunner of the single actor of the earliest form of Comedy.

14. mvp-aristotle-comment-134

1449a13 προαγόντων : see on 4, 1448 b 22 .
1449a14

15. mvp-aristotle-comment-135

μεταβολάς : 5, 1449 a 37
αἱ τῆς τραγῳδίας μεταβάσεις
.

15. mvp-aristotle-comment-136

1449a15 ἐπαύσατο For the tense of the participle comp. An. post. 2. 1, 89 b 27
εὑρόντες γὰρ ὅτι ἐκλείπει πεπαύμεθα
. — Meteor. 1. 3, 339 b 32
θεωρήσαντες ἂν τὰ νῦν δεικνύμενα ... ἴσως ἂν ἐπαύσαντο ταύτης τῆς παιδικῆς δόξης
.

15. mvp-aristotle-comment-137

φύσιν : Pol. 1. 2, 1252 b 32
ἡ δὲ φύσις τέλος ἐστίν· οἷον γὰρ ἕκαστόν ἐστι τῆς γενέσεως τελεσθείσης, ταύτην φαμὲν τὴν φύσιν εἶναι ἑκάστου, ὥσπερ ἀνθρώπου ἵππου οἰκίας
.

16. mvp-aristotle-comment-138

καὶ τό τε τῶν ὑποκριτῶν πλῆθος There is no need to assume a lacuna here. Having shown how Tragedy began with a single actor, Aristotle proceeds to note the introduction of a second, and after that, of a third actor. The increasing prominence of the actor is in his view the most significant fact in the evolution of the Drama. The καί is explanatory, introducing a series of statements in support of the original assertion that Tragedy underwent many changes before attaining to its ultimate form.

16. mvp-aristotle-comment-139

ὑποκριτῶν The actor is called a ὑποκριτής because he was the poet's spokesman, who interpreted his text to the public. The term must have acquired this sense at the time when the poet left the acting to others, instead of being himself the performer of his pieces, as he originally was according to Rhet. 3. 1, 1403 b 23 . The position of the ὑποκριτής was analogous to that of the ῥαψῳδός; they were both intermediaries who interpreted the words of a poet to the public. Plato in the Ion in one place terms him a ἑρμηνεύς and in another ὑποκριτής, apparently without any difference of meaning: Ion 530 C
τὸν γὰρ ῥαψῳδὸν ἑρμηνέα δεῖ τοῦ ποιητοῦ τῆς διανοίας γίγνεσθαι τοῖς ἀκούουσι
, and 535 E
οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ θεατὴς τῶν δακτυλίων ὁ ἔσχατος ... ὁ δὲ μέσος σὺ ὁ ῥαψῳδὸς καὶ ὑποκριτής, ὁ δὲ πρῶτος αὐτὸς ὁ ποιητής
.

16. mvp-aristotle-comment-140

1449a16 Αἰσχύλος comp. the Aristotelian survey of the progress of the Drama in Themistius Or. 26 p. 382 Dind.
οὐ προσέχομεν Ἀριστοτέλει ὅτι τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ὁ χορὸς εἰσιὼν ᾔδεν εἰς τοὺς θεούς, Θέσπις δὲ πρόλογόν τε καὶ ῥῆσιν ἐξεῦρεν, Αἰσχύλος δὲ τρίτον ὑποκριτὴν καὶ ὀκρίβαντας, τὰ δὲ πλείω τούτων Σοφοκλέους ἀπελαύσαμεν καὶ Εὐριπίδου?
There is no doubt a discrepancy between this and the statement in the text about Aeschylus, but it need not disturb us, unless we assume Aristotle to have been incapable of a change of opinion even on a small matter of learned research. Ancient opinion was divided on the point: Vita Aeschyli (Dindorf, Poet. scen. prol. p. 3)
ἐχρήσατο δ᾿ ὑποκριτῇ πρώτῳ μὲν Κλεάνδρῳ, ἔπειτα καὶ τὸν δεύτερον αὐτῷ προσῆψε Μυννίσκον τὸν Χαλκιδέα τὸν δὲ τρίτον ὑποκριτὴν αὐτὸς ἐξεῦρεν, ὡς δὲ Δικαίαρχος ὁ Μεσσήνιος, Σοφοκλῆς
.

16. mvp-aristotle-comment-141

1449a17 τὸν λόγον the portion recited or spoken, as opposed to τὰ τοῦ χοροῦ, the portion sung ( 18, 1456 a 28
τὰ ἀδόμενα
); comp. the use of λόγοι in 6, 1450 b 6, 9 in the sense of the speeches or ῥήσεις in a play. Λόγος is a word with a Protean variety of meanings even in the Poetics. In 1, 1447 a 22 it means 'language', as opposed to metre and music; in 6, 1450 b 15 'prose', as distinct from verse; in 22, 1459 a 13 an 'oration', as opposed to a poem; in 15, 1454 a 18 (comp. 19, 1456 a 37 ), the 'language', as distinct from the action, of the personages; in 17, 1455 b 17 (comp. 5, 1449 b 8 ), the 'story', as distinct from its setting in the actual poem. And in 20, 1457 a 23 it is one of the technical terms of Aristotelian logic or grammar.

16. mvp-aristotle-comment-142

1449a18 πρωταγωνιστὴν παρεσκεύασεν 'made it assume the leading part in the play'. For this metaphorical use of πρωταγωνιστής comp. that of the derivative πρωταγωνιστεῖν in Pol. 8. 4, 1338 b 29
ὥστε τὸ καλὸν ἀλλ᾽ οὐ τὸ θηριῶδες δεῖ πρωταγωνιστεῖν· οὐ γὰρ λύκος οὐδὲ τῶν ἄλλων θηρίων τι ἀγωνίσαιτο ἂν οὐθένα καλὸν κίνδυνον, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον ἀνὴρ ἀγαθός
. Instances of this extension of meaning (which is common enough in later Greek) will be found in HSt. s.v. πρωταγωνιστής . Aristotle is apt to use technical terms of theatrical origin in their popular sense (see on 14, 1453 b 8
χορηγίας
) even in a book like the Poetics.

16. mvp-aristotle-comment-143

σκηνογραφίαν i. e. Sophocles was the first to have the screen behind the actors painted to represent the façade of a palace or a temple, or whatever else the play required as its background. The improvement here ascribed to Sophocles was sometimes attributed to Aeschylus ( Sommerbrodt, Scaenica p. 142 ; Haigh, Attic Th. p. 181 ).
1449a19

17. mvp-aristotle-comment-144

ἔτι δὲ τὸ μέγεθος so as to suggest an idea of the importance or dignity of the object: comp. Eth. N. 4. 4, 1122 b 32
μέγεθος ἔχει καὶ ἀξίωμα
. — Pol. 5, 10, 1313 a 7
τὸ μέγεθος καὶ τὸ ἀξίωμα τῆς ἀρχῆς
. The ἀπεσεμνύνθη in the next line shows this to be at any rate by implication the sense of μέγεθος in the present passage.
Aristotle evidently had in his own mind a clear and precise conception of the origin of Tragedy, though it is difficult for us to recover more than fragments of it from a statement so brief and allusive as that in the text. He merely tells us (1) that the most primitive tragedies dealt with short stories; (2) that the language of the primitive actor, instead of being serious and solemn, was sportive or jocose , and (3) in trochaics, not in iambics. By way of explanation of this last point, he adds that, as Tragedy was originally akin to the satyric drama, the language of the primitive tragic actor had still something of the rhythm of the dance about it. Aristotle's idea of the original tragic actor may possibly have been that he also was made up as a satyr. He certainly mentions one characteristic of the stage-satyr, his jesting language , and seems to imply another, viz. his dance-like movements.

17. mvp-aristotle-comment-145

ἐκ μικρῶν μύθων : such as might be told, for instance, in a single act. For the asyndeton comp. 5, 1449 b 12 ; De anima 3. 2, 426 b 24 ; De sensu 3, 440 a 8
οἷον ἐνίοτε οἱ γραφῆς ποιοῦσιν· ἑτέραν χρόαν ἐφ᾿ ἑτέραν ἐναργεστέραν ἐπαλείφουσιν
; Metaph. Θ 10, 1051 b 11 .

17. mvp-aristotle-comment-146

1449a20 ὀψὲ ἀπεσεμνύνθη The time meant is presumably the age of Phrynichus.

17. mvp-aristotle-comment-147

1449a21 ἐκ τετραμέτρου ἰαμβεῖον ἐγένετο : Rhet. 3. 1, 1404 a 30
οἱ τὰς τραγῳδίας ποιοῦντες ... ἐκ τῶν τετραμέτρων εἰς τὸ ἰαμβεῖον μετέβησαν διὰ τὸ τῷ λόγῳ τοῦτο τῶν μέτρων ὁμοιότατον εἶναι τῶν ἄλλων
.
1449a23

18. mvp-aristotle-comment-148

ὀρχηστικωτέραν : 24, 1459 b 37
τὸ δὲ ἰαμβεῖον καὶ τετράμετρον κινητικὰ καὶ τὸ μὲν ὀρχηστικὸν τὸ δὲ πρακτικόν
. — Rhet. 3. 8, 1408 b 32
τῶν δὲ ῥυθμῶν ὁ μὲν ἡρῷος σεμνὸς καὶ λεκτικῆς ἁρμονίας δεόμενος, ὁ δ᾿ ἴαμβος αὐτή ἐστιν ἡ λέξις ἡ τῶν πολλῶν διὸ μάλιστα πάντων τῶν μέτρων ἰαμβεῖα φθέγγονται λέγοντες. δεῖ δὲ σεμνότητα γενέσθαι καὶ ἐκστῆσαι. ὁ δὲ τροχαῖος κορδακικώτερος δηλοῖ δὲ τὰ τετράμετρα· ἔστι γὰρ ῥυθμὸς τροχαῖος τὰ τετράμετρα
. — Longinus 41. 1
μικροποιοῦν δ᾿ οὐδὲν οὕτως ἐν τοῖς ὑψηλοῖς ὡς ῥυθμὸς κεκλασμένος λόγου καὶ σεσοβημένος, οἷον δὴ πυρρίχιοι καὶ τροχαῖοι καὶ διχόρειοι, τέλεον εἰς ὀρχηστικὸν συνεκπίπτοντες
.
ὀρχηστικός in this connexion means practically μιμητικὸς ὀρχήσεως, just as ἠθικός in the Poetics means μιμητικὸς ἤθους. Similarly λεκτικός = μιμητικὸς λέξεως (comp. 21, 1459 a 12 ), πρακτικός = μιμητικὸς πράξεως, and παθητικός = μιμητικὸς πάθους.

18. mvp-aristotle-comment-149

λέξεως , 'speech' as opposed to song (comp. on 21, 1459 a 12 ).

18. mvp-aristotle-comment-150

1449a24 αὐτὴ ἡ φύσις : 24, 1460 a 4
αὐτὴ ἡ φύσις διδάσκει τὸ ἁρμόττον αὐτῇ αἱρεῖσθαι
. — De caelo 3. 8, 306 b 15
ἔοικεν ἡ φύσις αὐτὴ τοῦτο σημαίνειν ἡμῖν
. — Hippocrates 3 p. 606 K.
ἀνευρίσκει ἡ φύσις αὐτὴ ἑωυτῇ τὰς ἐφόδους οὐκ ἐκ διανοίας, οἷον τὸ σκαρδαμύσσειν καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα ὑπουργέει καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα τοιαῦτα· ἀπαίδευτος ἡ φύσις ἐοῦσα καὶ οὐ μαθοῦσα τὰ δέοντα ποιέει
.

18. mvp-aristotle-comment-151

1449a26 λεκτικὸν : 21, 1459 a 11
ἐν δὲ τοῖς ἰαμβείοις διὰ τὸ ὅτι μάλιστα λέξιν μιμεῖσθαι ταῦτα ἁρμόττει ὅσοις κἂν ἐν λόγοις τις χρήσαιτο
. Comp. also Rhet. 3. 1, 1404 a 30 , 3. 8, 1408 b 32 . The term is sufficiently explained by
πλεῖστα γὰρ ἰαμβεῖα λέγομεν ἐν τῇ διαλέκτῳ τῇ πρὸς ἀλλήλους
in 26
.

19. mvp-aristotle-comment-152

διαλέκτῳ , 'talk', 'converse', as in Plato Symp. 203 A
διὰ τούτου πᾶσά ἐστιν ἡ ὁμιλία καὶ ἡ διάλεκτος θεοῖς πρὸς ἀνθρώπους
: comp. Rhet. 3. 8, 1408 b 34
μάλιστα πάντων τῶν μέτρων ἰαμβεῖα φθέγγονται λέγοντες
, and 3. 2, 1404 b 34
πάντες γὰρ μεταφοραῖς διαλέγονται
. For the general meaning of διάλεκτος see on 22, 1458 b 32 . Horace's alternis aptus sermonibus (A. P. 81) is a distant echo of this statement of Aristotle's.
Cicero also observes that ordinary speech constantly falls into iambics: Orator 189
senarios vero et Hipponacteos effugere vix possumus; magnam enim partem ex iambis nostra constat oratio
.

19. mvp-aristotle-comment-153

1449a27 λεκτικῆς ἁρμονίας ἁρμονία here seems to mean 'pitch' ( τόνος) as in Rhet. 3. 1, 1403 b 31 . Aristoxenus recognizes a similar distinction between the musical and the conversational μέλος:
λέγεται γὰρ δὴ καὶ λογῶδές τι μέλος, τὸ συγκείμενον ἐκ τῶν προσῳδιῶν τῶν ἐν τοῖς ὀνόμασιν· φυσικὸν γὰρ τὸ ἐπιτείνειν καὶ ἀνιέναι ἐν τῷ διαλέγεσθαι
.

20. mvp-aristotle-comment-154

ἐπεισοδίων : see on 12, 1452 b 20 .

20. mvp-aristotle-comment-155

1449a30 ὡς ἕκαστα κοσμηθῆναι λέγεται is added to explain the main statement, τὰ ἄλλα . . . ἔστω εἰρημένα. For the general form of the sentence Vahlen compares Metaph. Γ 3, 1005 b 19
τὸ γὰρ αὐτὸ ἅμα ὑπάρχειν τε καὶ μὴ ὑπάρχειν ἀδύνατον τῷ αὐτῷ καὶ κατὰ τὸ αὐτό καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα προσδιορισαίμεθ᾿ ἄν, ἔστω προσδιωρισμένα
.

20. mvp-aristotle-comment-156

κοσμηθῆναι = ἐπικοσμηθῆναι. Certain elements in a play Aristotle dismisses as κόσμοι, decorative accessories rather than structural parts of the work. With this use of κοσμεῖν we may compare that of ἡδύνειν in 6, 1449 b 28 and 24, 1460 b 3 , to denote the addition of accessories designed to make the work agreeable to us.

1. mvp-aristotle-comment-157

1. mvp-aristotle-comment-158

1449a32 ἡ δὲ κωμῳδία κτέ. The progress of Tragedy having been sketched, the next point to be considered is the progress of Comedy ( a 37 — b 8 ). The statement is introduced by a definition ( a 32-37 ) based on hints already given in preceding chapters as to the nature of Comedy. In 2, 1448 a 16 Comedy was said to deal with personages worse than the average man ( χείρους, = φαυλότεροι in the present passage) ; and in 4, 1448 b 36 its subject was assumed to be τὸ γελοῖον. These two points Aristotle reconciles and combines in a rough provisional definition before proceeding to the question more immediately before him, that of the μεταβάσεις of Comedy. It is not necessary, therefore, to suppose this defining clause to be out of place. If we try the experiment of transferring it to another place, it will be found that little or nothing is gained by this disturbance of the traditional order.

1. mvp-aristotle-comment-159

1449a33 ὥσπερ εἴπομεν : in 2, 1448 a 17 and 4, 1448 b 37 .

1. mvp-aristotle-comment-160

πᾶσαν κακίαν : Plato Rep. 490 D
ὁρᾶν αὐτῶν τοὺς μὲν ἀχρήστους, τοὺς δὲ πολλοὺς κακοὺς πᾶσαν κακίαν
. — Demosthenes 18, 279
τὸ δὲ δὴ καὶ τοὺς πρὸς ἔμ᾿ αὐτὸν ἀγῶνας ἐάσαντα νῦν ἐπὶ τόνδ᾿ ἤκειν καὶ πᾶσαν ἔχει κακίαν
.

1. mvp-aristotle-comment-161

1449a34 ἀλλὰ τοῦ αἰσχροῦ ἐστι τὸ γελοῖον μόριον a compressed statement, practically equivalent to οὐχ ἁπλῶς ἀλλὰ καθ᾿ ἕν τι εἶδος κακίας· τοῦ γὰρ αἰσχροῦ ἐστι τὸ γελοῖον μόριον. The personages in Comedy are worse than most men, but only in one particular respect, as presenting a certain harmless deformity or ugliness of character, which makes them ridiculous only—not objects for blame or aversion. It is, in Aristotle's view, the harmlessness of the evil in them that makes them fit objects of laughter.
τὸ γὰρ γελοῖον κτέ. Two kinds of possible objects of laughter are implied in the text. (1) An act is γελοῖον when it is of the nature of a harmless mistake or blunder ( ἁμάρτημα ἀνώδυνον) ; and (2) a person is γελοῖος when he presents some moral or physical deformity of the same harmless kind ( αἶσχος ἀνώδυνον). The negative element here is a very essential part of the definition. Plato also, who thinks that the spectacle of human ignorance is the true object of laughter in Comedy, explains that, to be laughable, the ignorance must be harmless ( ἀβλαβὴς τοῖς ἄλλοις). As γελοῖα are the basis of all Comedy, Aristotle must be assumed to have devoted a section of his theory of Comedy (in the lost Second Book) to the causes and conditions of laughter, in the same way as we find him analysing τὸ φοβερὸν καὶ ἐλεεινόν in chaps. 13-14 of the existing Poetics. It is not impossible that several traces of his theory survive in Cicero's discussion of the 'Ridiculous' in De Oratore 2, 58-59 , which seems to be on distinctly Aristotelian lines.

2. mvp-aristotle-comment-162

ἁμάρτημα : see on 13, 1453 a 16 .

2. mvp-aristotle-comment-163

1449a35 αἶσχος (like the adj. αἰσχρός) includes moral as well as physical deformity. Though the illustration in 36 relates to physical ugliness, Aristotle is really thinking of the ugliness of character in the personages of Comedy, who have been described as being χείρους τῶν νῦν ( 2, 1448 a 17 ). Their visible ugliness is part of their ὄψις (see on 6, 1449 b 33 ), which lies outside the limits of the art of the poet himself.

2. mvp-aristotle-comment-164

1449a36 τὸ γελοῖον πρόσωπον For the masks in Comedy see Pollux 4, 143 .

2. mvp-aristotle-comment-165

αἰσχρόν τι καὶ διεστραμμένον : Plato Rep. 506 C
βούλει οὖν αἰσχρὰ θεάσασθαι, τυφλά τε καὶ σκολιά, ἐξὸν παρ᾿ ἄλλων ἀκούειν φανά τε καὶ καλά;
.

2. mvp-aristotle-comment-166

1449a37 ἀνώδυνον : comp.
ἄνευ ὀδύνης
in 37.
ὀδύνη
is a pain that one feels strongly.
Plato Crat. 419 C
ὀδύνη δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἐνδύσεως τῆς λύπης κεκλημένῃ ἔοικεν
.
The Stoic definition ( Diog. Laert. 7. 112 ) was ὀδύνη λύπη ἐπίπονος, translated by Cicero ( Tusc. 4. 8 ) by aerumna aegritudo laboriosa.

2. mvp-aristotle-comment-167

εὐθὺς : 'to take the first instance that occurs'; in 10, 1452 a 36 it means suapte natura ( Bon. Ind. 296 a 13 ).
1449b1

3. mvp-aristotle-comment-168

κωμῳδῶν The word being intended to bear the sense of the comic actor, i. e. the actor-poet, since Aristotle is referring to the time when the actor was the poet himself. This sense of the word in the Greek of Aristotle's period has been contested by Mr. H. P. Richards; but I think he has carried his negation too far, more especially as we find the corresponding word τραγῳδοί in the sense of the tragic actors in 22, 1458 b 32 . The traditional doctrine of the grammarians was that κωμῳδοί was used for the actors as well as for the members of the chorus in Comedy: Ammonius π. διαφ. λέξ. p. 86 Valck.
Κωμῳδὸς καὶ Τραγῳδὸς λέγεται ὁ χορευτής καὶ ὑποκριτής
. That κωμῳδοί may refer to the actors even in strict Attic seems to be shown by Plato Phaedr. 236 C
ἵνα μὴ τὸ τῶν κωμῳδῶν φορτικὸν πρᾶγμα ἀναγκαζώμεθα ποιεῖν
.
For Aristotle's time, however, the use seems to be pretty clearly established by the language of his contemporary, Chares of Mytilene:
ὑπεκρίθησαν δὲ τραγῳδοὶ μὲν Θεσσαλὸς καὶ Ἀθηνόδωρος καὶ Ἀριστόκριτος, κωμῳδοὶ δὲ Λύκων καὶ Φορμίων καὶ Ἀρίστων
. And half a century after Aristotle this was the normal sense of the term, as is proved by inscriptions of the period.
The history of the word, therefore, runs parallel with that of the comic chorus. Whatever its form may have been, it was no longer a very important part of a comedy. And if that was the fact, the gradual restriction of the term κωμῳδός to the actor would be the natural result of the absence or diminished importance of the chorus in the Comedy of the period.

3. mvp-aristotle-comment-169

1449b2 ὀψέ ποτε Aristotle seems to have had a definite date in his mind. He conceives the history of Attic Comedy to begin with Chionides, who is said to have exhibited as early as B.C. 487; but the formal recognition of it by the state must have come later, probably about B.C. 465.

3. mvp-aristotle-comment-170

ἐθελονταὶ ἦσαν
Intelligi potest de Choro, sed etiam de poetis... ἐκαλοῦντο δὲ καὶ ἐθελονταὶ διδάσκαλοι, δραμάτων δηλαδή, ὅτε τις μὴ λαβὼν χορὸν μηδὲ χορηγητὴν ἔχων ἑαυτῷ τὰ πάντα παρεῖχε
. Hinc enim poetarum, nascente Comoedia, conditio difficilis maxime apparet, quod non modo Chorum docere sed etiam conducere, nutrire, vestibus alioque omni apparatu instruere necesse haberent (Tyrwhitt).
A somewhat similar use of the term seems to have survived at Thebes, where ἐθελοντής is said to have been the name for the actor in a rude species of burlesque. The alternative to Tyrwhitt's interpretation is to suppose the reference to be either to volunteer χορηγοί ( Demosth. 21. 13
ὑπεσχόμην ἐγὼ χορηγήσειν ἐθελοντής
), or to volunteer actors and chorus-singers.
σχήματα : comp. 4, 1448 b 36 and Bon. Ind. 740 a 24 . It has been thought that the form of expression here may imply some slowness to grant the name ποιητής to a comedian.

4. mvp-aristotle-comment-171

1449b3 μνημονεύονται As soon as Comedy became a state institution, an official record of the successful poets must have been kept in the public archives.

4. mvp-aristotle-comment-172

ἀπέδωκεν : De sensu 2, 438 b 17
ἀποδιδόναι καὶ προσάπτειν ἕκαστον τῶν αἰσθητηρίων ἑνὶ τῶν στοιχείων
. In Plato Laws 2, 669 C
ἀποδοῦναι
and προσαρμόττειν are treated as synonyms.

4. mvp-aristotle-comment-173

προλόγους The term is defined in 12, 1452 b 19 . The introduction of a 'prologue' in Tragedy was sometimes said to have been due to Thespis: Themist. Or. 26 p. 382 Dind.
Θέσπις δὲ πρόλογον καὶ ῥῆσιν ἐξεῦρεν
.
It was obviously a significant moment in the history of the Drama when the play, instead of beginning with a choral song, opened with a statement spoken by an actor.

4. mvp-aristotle-comment-174

1449b4 πλήθη : comp. the use of πλήθη in 4, 1449 a 28 and 21, 1458 a 13 . The plural is in keeping with that in προλόγους and μύθους in the context.

5. mvp-aristotle-comment-175

μύθους : see on b 9 .

5. mvp-aristotle-comment-176

1449b6 Ἐπίχαρμος καὶ Φόρμις These words cannot be retained where they stand. No appropriate verb can be supplied with them; for though Aristotle might have said μύθους ἀπέδωκε, he could hardly have meant to say μύθους ποιεῖν ἀπέδωκε. And even if ἀπέδωκε is to be understood, there is an awkward asyndeton in τὸ μὲν ἐξ ἀρχῆς. which on this assumption should surely be τὸ μὲν 〈οὖν〉 ἐξ ἀρχῆς, as is actually read in certain of the apographs. From the reminiscence of this passage (comp. Welcker, Kl. Scr. I p. 330 ) in Themistius Or. 27 p. 406 Dind.
καὶ κωμῳδία τὸ παλαιὸν ἤρξατο μὲν ἐκ Σικελίας (ἐκεῖθεν γὰρ ἤστην Ἐπίχαρμός τε καὶ Φόρμος), κάλλιον δὲ Ἀθήναζε συνηυξήθη
, it would seem that the words Ἐπίχαρμος καὶ Φόρμις were originally part of a clause which came in after ἐκ Σικελίας ἦλθεν, and that what Aristotle wrote was something like this:
τὸ δὲ μύθους ποιεῖν τὸ μὲν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἐκ Σικελίας ἦλθεν (ἦσαν γὰρ Ἐπίχαρμος καὶ Φόρμις ἐκεῖθεν), τῶν δὲ Ἀθήνησιν Κράτης κτέ.
(v. J. of Phil. 5 p. 118 )
1449b7

6. mvp-aristotle-comment-177

Κράτης : his 'floruit' may be put about B. C. 450. For the fragments of his comedies see Kock, CAF. 1 p. 130 ; Meineke, FCG. 1 p. 58 .

6. mvp-aristotle-comment-178

1449b8 ἀφέμενος τῆς ἰαμβικῆς ἰδέας
Ac mihi quidem hoc Aristoteles significare voluisse videtur, cum Cratinus ceterique antiquiores comici certos quosdam homines in fabulis suis exagitassent populoque ridendos propinassent, Cratetem primum apud Athenienses extitisse qui Epicharmi exemplo comicae poesios materiam a singulorum hominum irrisione ad generales morum notationes rerumque descriptiones traduceret. Quod autem lacessendi consuetudinem omisisse Crates ab Aristotele dicitur, id plane fragmenta fabularum confirmant, in quibus nihil prorsus reperias ex quo certos quosdam homines eum carpsisse intellegatur
Meineke l. c. p. 59
.
The 'iambic form' of Comedy is the Old Comedy, which, from the personal nature of its satire, was only one remove from the 'invective' of Archilochus and the Iambographers ( 4, 1449 a 4 ). It is thus characterized in Horace Sat. 1. 4. 1
Eupolis atque Cratinus Aristophanesque poetae Alque alii, quorum comoedia prisca virorum est, Si quis erat dignus describi, quod malus aut fur, Quod moechus forel aut sicarius aut alioqui Famosus, multa cum libertate notabant
.

6. mvp-aristotle-comment-179

καθόλου ποιεῖν λόγους is the opposite of περὶ τὸν καθ᾿ ἕκαστον ποιεῖν (see 9, 1451 b 14 ). The implied antithesis is between a story about some particular person, e. g. Alcibiades, and one about (for instance) 'a man', or 'a man of such and such a type' ( ὁ τοιόσδε, Rhet. 1. 2, 1355 b 30 ), i. e. as we should say, 'a character', the representative of a possible class. A 'character' is a coherent group of qualities disengaged from the various accidents which coexist with it in the concrete individual; it is therefore in the nature of things something general and attributable to several, whereas the individual as such is unique. Aristotle's view is that the personages in Crates, as in all the higher forms of poetry, are 'characters', i. e. more or less idealized personages, not real men as in History, the ψόγος, and the Old Comedy. How these abstracts of human personality come to get proper names attached to them in the Drama is a point which Aristotle considers at some length in 9, 1451 b 13-22 (comp. 17, 1455 b 12 ).

6. mvp-aristotle-comment-180

1449b9 μύθους : i.e. his stories were as imaginary as his personages. μῦθος according to Plato Rep. 377 A is a λόγος ψευδής (either taken from legend or invented by the poet himself), though there may be some element of truth in it.

7. mvp-aristotle-comment-181

ἡ μὲν οὖν ἐποποιία κτέ. At this point, the evolution of the Drama having been sketched, Aristotle inserts a provisional note on the points of agreement and difference between Tragedy and epic poetry, which anticipates to a certain extent the longer statement in chaps. 23-24 . The two points of agreement had been already intimated, the first in 4, 1448 b 34 , and the second in 5, 1449 a 20 .

7. mvp-aristotle-comment-182

1449b10 μέχρι μὲν τοῦ ... εἶναι : 7, 1451 a 10
μέχρι τοῦ σύνδηλος εἶναι
. — Top. 8. 1, 155 b 7
μέχρι μὲν οὖν τοῦ εὑρεῖν τὸν τόπον ὁμοίως τοῦ φιλοσόφου καὶ τοῦ διαλεκτικοῦ ἡ σκέψις
. The construction συνακολουθεῖν μέχρι occurs in Phys. 1. 5, 188 b 26
μέχρι μὲν οὖν τούτου σχεδὸν συνηκολουθήκασι καὶ τῶν ἄλλων οἱ πλεῖστοι
—where also συνακολουθεῖν, just like ἀκολουθεῖν here, is the opposite of διαφέρειν ( 188 b 30 : comp. Bon. Ind. 26 a 23 ). In these and similar instances the preposition μέχρι is to be understood as inclusive of that which is mentioned as the limit (comp. Eucken, Sprachgebr. p. 17 ).
A difficulty has been found in ἠκολούθησεν (by Thurot and Spengel), on the ground that it would be more natural to speak of Tragedy following the Epic than of the Epic following Tragedy. This view assumes that ἀκολουθεῖν must mean to 'follow after' in order of time, whereas the word may very well mean 'go with' (comp. Rhet. 1. 6, 1362 b 29 ), i. e. 'agree with'. The aorist seems to imply that the fact has been already recognized. With the traditional reading μόνου (retained by Vahlen) the infinitive εἶναι which follows is out of construction.

7. mvp-aristotle-comment-183

1449b10 διὰ μέτρου μεγάλου For the preposition comp. 1, 1447 a 27
διὰ τῶν σχηματιζομένων ῥυθμῶν
. — 4, 1449 a 11
διὰ τριμέτρων
. — 4, 1449 a 16
διὰ τῶν μέτρων
. — 6, 1449 b 30
διὰ μέτρων
. As here used, μέτρον μέγα seems to mean a large kind of verse, one fitted for a large subject (comp. 4, 1449 a 6
μείζονα σχήματα
).
The hexameter is a metre of this description ( 24, 1460 a 3 ); and Aristotle may be presumed, I think, to have taken the same view of the tragic iambic as corresponding to the μέγεθος of the tragic stories, and the gravity of the tragic diction (comp. 4, 1449 a 19 ). Vahlen, retaining the manuscript reading μέχρι μόνου μέτρου μεγάλου, takes μέτρον μέγα to mean
spatium magnum sive fines ampli
; this, however, is hardly probable with τὸ μέτρον in the sense of 'metre' in the very next line (comp. Gomperz, Zu Aristoteles' Poetik 1 p. 25 ).
The following are some of the attempts at emending this passage: μέχρι μόνου μέτρου μετὰ λόγου (the Aldine, and corr. Parisinus 2038); μέχρι μὲν τοῦ μέτρῳ [μετὰ λόγου] (Tyrwhitt); μέχρι μόνου τοῦ διὰ λόγου ἐμμέτρου μεγάλου (Ueberweg); μέχρι μὲν τοῦ [μέτρου μεγάλου] (Christ).

7. mvp-aristotle-comment-184

μίμησις . . . σπουδαίων : as was said in 4, 1448 b 34.
σπουδαίων
is presumably neuter (comp. 4, 1448 b 34 , and the note on 3, 1448 a 19 ).

7. mvp-aristotle-comment-185

1449b11 τῷ δὲ τὸ μέτρον ἁπλοῦν ἔχειν scil. τὴν ἐποποιίαν. ἁπλοῦν is the opposite of ποικίλον (comp. Bon. Ind. 76 b 12 ) ; the contrast is between the one metre of the Epic (v. 24, 1459 b 32 ) and the variety of metres in Tragedy.

7. mvp-aristotle-comment-186

ταύτῃ In illustration of the construction Vahlen quotes 23, 1459 a 30
ταύτῃ θεσπέσιος ἂν φανείη τῷ μηδὲ τὸν πόλεμον ἐπιχειρῆσαι ποιεῖν ὅλον
. — Pol. 7. 15, 1334 a 41
οὐ ταύτῃ διαφέρουσι τῶν ἄλλων, τῷ μὴ νομίζειν
. — Plato Rep. 605 C
τῷ πρὸς ἕτερον τοιοῦτον ὁμιλεῖν ταύτῃ ὡμοίωται
.
1449b12

8. mvp-aristotle-comment-187

ἔτι δὲ τῷ μήκει scil. διαφέρει ἡ ἐποποιία. Having laid this down, however, Aristotle remembers that the difference did not always exist; he accordingly repeats his original proposition by a resumptive καὶ τούτῳ διαφέρει (comp. Kühner, Gr. Gr. 2. 1 p. 660 ), in order to introduce a qualifying clause, καίτοι τὸ πρῶτον κτέ.. The clause marked as a parenthesis is equivalent to ἡ μὲ γὰρ κτέ. (actually found in some apographs), and is similar in form to that in 4, 1449 a 19 (v. ad loc.). Aristotle is thinking of a very obvious fact, viz. that an epic (the Iliad or Odyssey, for instance) runs to several thousand lines, whereas a tragedy rarely exceeds some 1,600. This difference he never loses sight of; he notes it in 17, 1455 b 16 , and (in a context just like the present) in 24, 1459 b 17
διαφέρει δὲ κατά τε τῆς συστάσεως τὸ μήκος ἡ ἐποποιία καὶ τὸ μέτρον
; and he returns to it in his concluding chapter ( 26, 1462 a 18 ) where the comparative merits of the two forms of poetry are under discussion.
These parallels, as Teichmüller has seen, are enough to show that μῆκος must denote here not the ambitus actionis, the imaginary duration of the action of the poem, as is often supposed, but rather the real length of the work itself, a length to be measured by the number of lines the work would take up in a book, or the hours it would need for recitation. It has the same sense in 7, 1451 a 6 and in 24, 1459 b 18 . A reason for this difference of length, one quite sufficient for Aristotle's purpose, is given in the parenthesis, ἡ μὲν ὅτι μάλιστα κτέ.. He regards it as the natural consequence of another kind of difference, viz. the fact that the action in a Greek tragedy is as a rule kept within a limit of some 24 hours, whereas that in an epic may extend over weeks, or even years. There being this difference, therefore, in the extent of the action, the quantum of matter to be included in the story, it is only natural that there should be a corresponding difference in the length of the literary statement in the two instances, and that an epic poem accordingly should be of greater length than a tragedy. A certain correspondence between the length and the quantum of matter in a poem is recognized in 26, 1462 b 2 . Assuming this correspondence, Aristotle explains the great length of an epic, as compared with a tragedy, as due to the great length of time over which the epic action extends. In other words, he passes from the idea of the actual length, the actual time required for the recitation, to that of the imaginary time covered by the action of the poem; and he does this on the tacit assumption that the two things are so closely connected that the one may serve to explain the other (comp. Ueberweg, Aristoteles über Dichtkunst p. 57 ). Teichmüller's theory, that Aristotle is referring in the parenthesis to the time of the actual recitation or performance, and thinking of the series of dramas (a trilogy or tetralogy) presented on the stage in a single day, may be set aside at once, not only on archaeological grounds, but also because it assumes an impossible sense for ὑπὸ μίαν περίοδον ἡλίου.

8. mvp-aristotle-comment-188

1449b13 πειρᾶται means much the same thing as βούλεται in 2, 1448 a 18 . The same anxiety to avoid overstatement is to be seen in ὅτι μάλιστα and ἢ μικρὸν ἐξαλλάττειν in the context.

8. mvp-aristotle-comment-189

μίαν περίοδον ἡλίου cannot be, as Teichmüller imagines, a way of describing the natural day of 12 hours or so ; the periphrasis is deliberately chosen in order to make it clear that the solar day of 24 hours is meant. A περίοδος of the sun is not its half-circuit, but its circuit, i. e. the time it takes to come round again to an assumed starting-point. For other Aristotelian instances of this sense of the word see Bon. Ind. 582 b 29 . The statement in the text was often quoted in former times as evidence for the assertion that the so-called 'Unity of Time' was one of Aristotle's rules for the Drama. 'The stage', says Sydney in his Apology for Poetry (p. 63 Arber), 'should always represent but one place; and the uttermost time presupposed in it should be, both by Aristotle's precept and common sense, but one day'. What Aristotle actually says is not a precept, but only an incidental recognition of a fact in the practice of the theatre in his age. The same is true also of the 'Unity of Place', which was believed to be implied as a rule in 24, 1459 b 25 . The 'Unity of Action', however, is very emphatically asserted in chaps. 8–11 and elsewhere.

8. mvp-aristotle-comment-190

μικρὸν ἐξαλλάττειν = 'to vary, or depart, from that only a little', i. e. 'to exceed that limit only a little'. The reference is not to variation within the limit, but to variation beyond it.
1449b15

9. mvp-aristotle-comment-191

τὸ πρῶτον In the earliest drama, says Aristotle, the Unity of Time was not observed with strictness, any more than it is in epic poetry. This passage has been discussed by M. Maurice Croiset ( Rev. des Études grecques p. 373; comp. Heimsoeth, De tragoediae graecae trilogiis p. iv ), who suggests that Aristotle may be referring to the period anterior to the institution of the trilogy, when a long tragic story, instead of being dealt with in three tragedies, may be supposed to have been told in one. It is clear that the action in such a play would be very like that of an epic, and cover a longer time than 24 hours. One may ask how in the absence of some device like the modern curtain the lapse of time between act and act could be sufficiently indicated; and one may also ask whether there was the same chorus throughout the performance. These are difficulties which we have now no means of answering.

9. mvp-aristotle-comment-192

ἐν ταῖς τραγῳδίαις The preposition shows that Aristotle is thinking not of the time of the performance, but of something within the play, the imaginary time of the action in it ( Ribbeck, Rh. Mus. 24, 135 ); comp. 13, 1453 a 25
τοῦτο δρᾷ ἐν ταῖς τραγῳδίαις
.
1449b16

10. mvp-aristotle-comment-193

μέρη : i.e. the constituents enumerated and distinguished in 6, 1449 b 31 sqq. . The parts peculiar to Tragedy are melody and 'spectacle' ( 24, 1459 b 10 ).
1449b17

11. mvp-aristotle-comment-194

διόπερ κτέ. Similarly in chaps. 23–24, before explaining the differences between epic poetry and Tragedy, Aristotle is at some pains to show that a good epic will have much the same structure as a good tragedy, and that in most respects the same canons of construction are applicable to it ( 23, 1459 a 17 — 24, 1459 b 17 ). The corollary ends at ἐπῶν; what follows ( μὲν γὰρ κτέ.) is a reason in support of the main statement (b 16).

Remarques sur la poëtique d'Aristote (André Dacier, 1692) (OCR draft) (André Dacier's French commentary on Aristotle's Poetics.) focus

1. mvp-aristotle-comment-1

1.1 1. AYant deſſein de traiter de la Poësie en general.] 1

2. mvp-aristotle-comment-2

1.1 2. De la Poësie en general.] 2

3. mvp-aristotle-comment-3

1.1 3. Et des effets de chacune d'elles.] 3

4. mvp-aristotle-comment-4

1.1 4. D'expliquer le nombre & la qualité de toutes ſes parties.] 4

5. mvp-aristotle-comment-5

1.1 5. De montrer de quelle maniere il faut conſtituer un ſujet pour faire un bon Poëme.] 5

6. mvp-aristotle-comment-6

1.1 6. De ce qui concerne cet Art.] 6

7. mvp-aristotle-comment-7

1.1 7. F'imiteray la nature, & commenceray par les premiers traits.] 7

8. mvp-aristotle-comment-8

1.1 8. L'Epopée & la Tragedie.] 8

9. mvp-aristotle-comment-9

1.2 9. Les Dithyrambes.] 9

10. mvp-aristotle-comment-10

1.2 La plupart des airs de flute & des pieces de lyre. 10

11. mvp-aristotle-comment-11

1.2 Ne ſont que de pures imitations. 11

12. mvp-aristotle-comment-12

1.3 La premiere regarde le moyen 12

13. mvp-aristotle-comment-13

1.3 La seconde le ſujet 13

14. mvp-aristotle-comment-14

1.3 Et la troiſième la maniere 14

15. mvp-aristotle-comment-15

1.4 Car comme les Peintres imitent pluſieurs choses avec des figures & des couleurs 15

16. mvp-aristotle-comment-16

1.4 Ou par le secours de l'art ou par l'habitude ſeule, ou en joignant les deux enſemble 16

17. mvp-aristotle-comment-17

1.4 Avec le nombre, le diſcours, & l'harmonie. 17

18. mvp-aristotle-comment-18

1.5 Le jeu de la flute, celuy de la lyre & s'il y en a encore quelqu'autre de même nature, comme celuy du chalumeau. 18

19. mvp-aristotle-comment-19

1.5 De même nature. 19

20. mvp-aristotle-comment-20

1.5 Employent tous le nombre & l'harmonie. 20

21. mvp-aristotle-comment-21

1.6 Les Danseurs ne se fervent que du nombre ſeul. 21

22. mvp-aristotle-comment-22

1.7 L'Epopée ſe ſert du diſcours en proſe ou en vers. 22

23. mvp-aristotle-comment-23

1.7 Ou qu'elle se contente d'une seule eſpece de vers, comme elle l'a fait jusqu'à present. 23

24. mvp-aristotle-comment-24

1.8 Je donne au mot épopée une fignification fort étendüe, car autrement nous n'aurions pas de mot general qui comprit, &c. 24

25. mvp-aristotle-comment-25

1.8 Qui comprit les mimes de Sophron & ceux de Xenarchus. 25

26. mvp-aristotle-comment-26

1.8 De Sophron. 26

27. mvp-aristotle-comment-27

1.8 Xenarchus 27

28. mvp-aristotle-comment-28

1.8 Les dialogues de Socrate. 28

29. mvp-aristotle-comment-29

1.9 En vers ïambes ou en vers Elegiaques, ou en quelque autre forte de vers. 29

30. mvp-aristotle-comment-30

1.10 Il est vray que les hommes diſtinguent ordinairement les Poëtes par la seule difference de leurs vers. 30

31. mvp-aristotle-comment-31

1.10 Juſques-là même qu'ils donneront le nom de Poëte épique ou heroïque à celuy qui traitera de la Medecine où de la Phyſique en vers hexametres. 31

32. mvp-aristotle-comment-32

1.11 Cependant il n'y a rien de commun entre Homere & Empedocle que les vers. 32

33. mvp-aristotle-comment-33

1.12 En effet ſi quelqu'un s'aviſoit de faire un Poëme en mêlant enſemble toutes les differentes ſortes de vers, &c. 33

34. mvp-aristotle-comment-34

1.12 Comme Cheremon fit ſon Centaure. 34

35. mvp-aristotle-comment-35

1.13 Les Dithyrambes, les Nomes. 35

36. mvp-aristotle-comment-36

1.13 Avec cette difference que les uns les employent enſemble. 36

37. mvp-aristotle-comment-37

1.13 Et les autres ſeparement. 37

1. mvp-aristotle-comment-38

2.1 Omme tous ceux qui imitent, imitent des actions.] 38

2. mvp-aristotle-comment-39

2.1 Car les mœurs ne peuvent être diftinguées que par ces deux qualitez.] 39

3. mvp-aristotle-comment-40

2.1 Ou meilleurs par rapport à nous, ou plus méchans, ou ſemblables.] 40

4. mvp-aristotle-comment-41

2.2 Polygnotus peignoit les hommes meilleurs.] 41

5. mvp-aristotle-comment-42

2.2 Pauſon les peignoit plus méchans.] 42

6. mvp-aristotle-comment-43

2.4 Les mèmes differences ſe trouvent auſſi dans la danſe, dans les airs de flute, dans les pieces de lyre, &c.] 43

7. mvp-aristotle-comment-44

2.4 Dans tous les ouvrages en profe, ou en vers.] 44

8. mvp-aristotle-comment-45

2.5 Par exemple, Homere a fait les hommes meilleurs.] 45

9. mvp-aristotle-comment-46

2.5 Cleophon les a fait tels qu'ils font.) 46

10. mvp-aristotle-comment-47

2.5 Hegemon de Thaſos qui a été l'Inventeur des parodies.] 47

11. mvp-aristotle-comment-48

2.5 Parodies.] 48

12. mvp-aristotle-comment-49

2.5 Nicochares Auteur de la Deliade.) 49

13. mvp-aristotle-comment-50

2.6 Il en est de mème des Poëtes qui ont compoſe des Dithyrambes & des Nomes.) 50

14. mvp-aristotle-comment-51

2.6 C'est ainsi que Timothée & que Philoxene ont imité les Perſes & les Cyclopes.] 51

15. mvp-aristotle-comment-52

2.6 Philoxene.] 52

16. mvp-aristotle-comment-53

2.7 Et c'est cela même qui conſtitue la difference, qui eft entre la Tragedie & la Comedie.] 53

17. mvp-aristotle-comment-54

2.7 Car la premiere repreſente les hommes meilleurs.] 54

18. mvp-aristotle-comment-55

2.7 Et l'autre plus méchans.] 55

1. mvp-aristotle-comment-56

3.1 A troisième difference conſiſte en la manière dont on fait ces imitations.] 56

2. mvp-aristotle-comment-57

3.2 Soit en faiſant un récit, ou en joüant ſoy-même quelqu'autre perſonnage.] 57

3. mvp-aristotle-comment-58

3.4 Que j'expliqueray par ces trois mots avec quoy, quoy & comment.] 58

4. mvp-aristotle-comment-59

3.4 De ſorte qu'au ſecond égard Sophocle reſſemble à Homere dans ſon imitation.] 59

5. mvp-aristotle-comment-60

3.4 Et au troiſième il reſſemble à Ariſtophane.] 60

6. mvp-aristotle-comment-61

3.4 C'eſt pourquoy on a ſoûtenu que les pieces de theatre ont été appellées dramatiques, du mot drame, qui ſignifie action.] 61

7. mvp-aristotle-comment-62

3.5 Car les Megariens de ce pays.] 62

8. mvp-aristotle-comment-63

3.5 Soûtenant qu'elle eſt née dans leur état populaire.] 63

9. mvp-aristotle-comment-64

3.5 Les Megariens de Sicile l'ont auſſi revendiquée.] 64

10. mvp-aristotle-comment-65

3.5 Parce que le Poëte Epicharmus plus ancien que Chionides, & que Magnes étoit Sicilien.] 65

11. mvp-aristotle-comment-66

3.5 Et quelques Doriens du Peloponeſe.] 66

13. mvp-aristotle-comment-67

3.6 Ce qui prouve, diſent-ils, que la Comedie n'a pas été ainſi appellée du mot Comazein, comme le prétendent les Atheniens.] 67

14. mvp-aristotle-comment-68

3.6 Parce que les premiers Comediens, n'étant pas receus dans la Ville.] 68

15. mvp-aristotle-comment-69

3.7 Ils ſoûtiennent auſſi qu'au lieu que les Atheniens diſent Prattein, pour dire, faire, ils diſent chez eux Dran.] 69

16. mvp-aristotle-comment-70

3.7 Cela ſuffit pour les differences de l'imitation, leur nombre & leur nature.] 70

1. mvp-aristotle-comment-71

4.1 L y a deux cauſes principales, & toutes deux fort naturelles, qui ſemblent avoir produit la Poësie.] 71

2. mvp-aristotle-comment-72

4.2 Car ils different des autres animaux, en ce qu'ils ſont tous très-portez à l'imitation.] 72

3. mvp-aristotle-comment-73

4.2 Que par ſon moyen ils apprenent les premiers élemens des Sciences.] 73

4. mvp-aristotle-comment-74

4.2 Et que toutes les imitations leur donnent un ſingulier plaiſir.] 74

5. mvp-aristotle-comment-75

4.4 C'eſt que les Philoſophes ne ſont pas les ſeuls qui aiment à apprendre, & que cette paſſion eſt égalemeut naturelle à tous les autres hommes.] 75

6. mvp-aristotle-comment-76

4.4 Quoyqu'ils n'apprenent pas tous également.] 76

7. mvp-aristotle-comment-77

4.6 Le plaiſir qu'ils ont alors, ne vient pas de la beauté del'imitation, mais de celle de l'art ou du mélange, & de la vivacité des couleurs, &c.] 77

8. mvp-aristotle-comment-78

4.7 Si l'imitation nous eſt naturelle, le nombre & l'harmonie ne le font pas moins.] 78

9. mvp-aristotle-comment-79

4.7 Sous le mot de nombre, je comprens auſſi les vers qui évidemment en font partie.] 79

10. mvp-aristotle-comment-80

4.7 Car ceux qui ſe trouverent le plus de talent pour l'une & pour l'autre.] 80

11. mvp-aristotle-comment-81

4.7 Luy donnerent peu à peu la naiſſance par des eſſais faits ſur le champ.] 81

12. mvp-aristotle-comment-82

4.8 Mais elle changea bien-tôt de forme ſelon le different naturel des Poëtes.] 82

13. mvp-aristotle-comment-83

4.9 Il ne nous reſte aucun Poëme de cette ſorte.] 83

14. mvp-aristotle-comment-84

4.10 Par exemple, ſon Margites.] 84

15. mvp-aristotle-comment-85

4.10 Où l'on a auſſi employé le vers ïambe, comme le plus propre pour les railleries.] 85

16. mvp-aristotle-comment-86

4.10 C'eſt pourquoy on appelle preſentement ces Poëmes du nom de ce vers.) 86

17. mvp-aristotle-comment-87

4.10 Parce que ce n'eſt que des invectives continuelles.] 87

18. mvp-aristotle-comment-88

4.11 Et comme Homere a tenu ſans contredit le premier rang dans le Poëme heroïque & tragique.) 88

19. mvp-aristotle-comment-89

4.12 C'eſt le ſeul qui merite le nom de Poëte, non ſeulement parce qu'il a bien écrit.] 89

20. mvp-aristotle-comment-90

4.12 Mais encore parce qu'il a fait des imitations dramatiques.] 90

21. mvp-aristotle-comment-91

4.12 Il a été auſſi le premier qui a donné, comme un crayon de la Comedie, en changeant en plaiſanteries les railleries piquantes des premiers Poëtes.] 91

22. mvp-aristotle-comment-92

4.12 En effet ſon Margites a avec la Comedie le même rapport que ſon Iliade & ſon Odyßée ont avec la Tragedie.] 92

23. mvp-aristotle-comment-93

4.13 Les autres Poëtes qui vinrent après luy, & qui étoient naturellement portez à l'un ou à l'autre de ces deux genres de Poëſie, ſelon qu'ils avoient plus ou moins de force.] 93

24. mvp-aristotle-comment-94

4.13 Au lieu de faire des ïambes.] 94

25. mvp-aristotle-comment-95

4.13 Quitterent les vers heroïques.] 95

26. mvp-aristotle-comment-96

4.13 Ces deux dernieres ſortes d'ouvrages leur ayant paru plus nobles.] 96

27. mvp-aristotle-comment-97

4.14 Or d'examiner preſentement ſi la Tragedie eſt dans ſa perfection & ſi elle a receu la forme qui luy convient.] 97

28. mvp-aristotle-comment-98

4.14 Et par rapport à elle, & par rapport au theatre.] 98

29. mvp-aristotle-comment-99

4.15 La Tragedie donc & la Comedie, étant nées des impromptu dont j'ay parle.] 99

30. mvp-aristotle-comment-100

4.15 Et l'autre à ces chanſons obſcenes.] 100

31. mvp-aristotle-comment-101

4.15 Qui autoriſées par la Coûtume & par les Loix, ſe chantent encore de notre temps dans pluſieurs Villes.] 101

32. mvp-aristotle-comment-102

4.15 Chacun ajoutant quelque choſe à leur beauté à meſure qu'on découvroit ce qui convenoit à leur caractere.] 102

33. mvp-aristotle-comment-103

4.16 Pour la Tragedie aprés beaucoup de changemens.] 103

34. mvp-aristotle-comment-104

4.16 Quand elle eut tout ce qui luy étoit propre.) 104

35. mvp-aristotle-comment-105

4.16 Eſchyle fut le premier qui mit deux Acteurs ſur la Scene, Car il n'y en avoit qu'un avant luy.] 105

36. mvp-aristotle-comment-106

4.16 Il diminua les chants du chœur.] 106

37. mvp-aristotle-comment-107

4.16 Il inventa l'idée d'un principal perſonnage.] 107

38. mvp-aristotle-comment-108

4.16 Sophocle ajoûta un troiſième Acteur aux deux d'Eſchyle.] 108

39. mvp-aristotle-comment-109

4.16 Orna la Scene de belles décorations.) 109

40. mvp-aristotle-comment-110

4.17 Enfin elle ne receut que fort tard la grandeur & la gravité qui luy étoient convenables.] 110

41. mvp-aristotle-comment-111

4.17 Qu'elle avoit retenu de ces pieces ſatyriques d'où elle ſortoit] 111

42. mvp-aristotle-comment-112

4.18 Le vers ïambe trimetre ſucceda au vers tetrametre dont elle s'étoit toujours ſervie, parce qu'elle étoit toute ſatyrique, & pleine de danſes, & de mouvement.] 112

43. mvp-aristotle-comment-113

4.19 Mais aprés que la diction qui luy étoit propre fut établie.] 113

44. mvp-aristotle-comment-114

4.19 Car l'iambe eſt de tous les vers le plus propre pour la converſation.] 114

45. mvp-aristotle-comment-115

4.19 Et tres rarement des hexametres, qui ne nous échapent jamais, que lorſque nous franchiſſons les bornes du diſcours ordinaire, & que nous changeons d'harmonie & de ton.] 115

46. mvp-aristotle-comment-116

4.20 Le nombre des Epiſodes s'augmenta auſſi avec le temps.] 116

1. mvp-aristotle-comment-117

5.1 La Comedie eſt, comme je l'ay deja dit, une imitation des plus méchans hommes. Quand je dis méchans, ce n'eſt pas dans toutes ſortes de vices, mais ſeulement dans le ridicule.] 117

2. mvp-aristotle-comment-118

5.2 2. Car le ridicule eſt proprement un défaut, une difformité ſans douleur, & qui ne va point à la deſtruction du ſujet où il ſe trouve.] 118

3. mvp-aristotle-comment-119

5.2 3. Nous appellons un viſage ridicule.] 119

4. mvp-aristotle-comment-120

5.3 4. Mais la Comedie a été inconnuë, parce qu'elle ne fut pas cultivée dès le commencement, comme la Tragedie.] 120

5. mvp-aristotle-comment-121

5.3 5. Car le Magiſtrat ne commença que fort tard à donner des chœurs comiques. 121

6. mvp-aristotle-comment-122

5.3 6. Ceux qui joüoient alors étoient des Acteurs libres & volontaires.] 122

7. mvp-aristotle-comment-123

5.4 7. Mais depuis que la Comedie eut commencé à prendre quelque forme, on ſçait les Poëtes qui y ont travaillé.] 123

8. mvp-aristotle-comment-124

5.4 8. On ignore ceux qui ont employé les premiers les maſques, fait des prologues, & augmenté le nombre des Acteurs.] 124

9. mvp-aristotle-comment-125

5.4 9. Fait des prologues.) 125

10. mvp-aristotle-comment-126

5.5 10. Epicharmus & Phormys s'aviſerent les premiers de former des ſujets.] 126

11. mvp-aristotle-comment-127

5.5 11. Et par conſequent cette manière vint de Sicile.] 127

12. mvp-aristotle-comment-128

5.6 12. Crates fut le premier des Atheniens qui le ſuivit, en renonçant aux railleries groſſieres qui regnoient auparavant.] 128

13. mvp-aristotle-comment-129

5.6 13. En renonçant aux railleries groſſieres qui regnoient auparavant.] 129

14. mvp-aristotle-comment-130

5.6 14. Aux railleries groſſieres.) 130

15. mvp-aristotle-comment-131

5.7 15. L'Epopée a cela de commun avec la Tragedie.] 131

16. mvp-aristotle-comment-132

5.7 16. En ce qu'elle eſt un diſcours en vers.] 132

17. mvp-aristotle-comment-133

5.7 17. Et une imitation des actions des plus grands perſonnages.] 133

18. mvp-aristotle-comment-134

5.8 18. Et elle eſt differente en ce qu'elle n'employe qu'une ſeule & mème ſorte de vers.] 134

19. mvp-aristotle-comment-135

5.8 19. Qu'elle eſt une pure narration.) 135

20. mvp-aristotle-comment-136

5.8 20. Et qu'elle a plus d'étendue.] 136

21. mvp-aristotle-comment-137

5.8 21. Car la Tragedie tâche autant qu'il eſt poſſible de ſe renfermer dans le tour d'un Soleil, ou de changer peu ce temps.] 137

22. mvp-aristotle-comment-138

5.8 22. Au lieu qu'il n'y a point de temps preſcrit à l'Epopée.] 138

23. mvp-aristotle-comment-139

5.9 23. Mais il faut dire qu'il n'y en avoit pas non plus pour la Tragedie dans ſes commencemens.] 139

24. mvp-aristotle-comment-140

5.11 24. Celuy qui jugera bien d'une Tragedie, & qui connoîtra bien ſeurement ſi elle eſt bonne ou mauvaiſe, pourra auſſi juger d'une Epopée.] 140

Commentary on the Poetics (Thomas Twining, 1789) (OCR draft) (Thomas Twining's notes on Aristotle's Poetics, aligned to the Kassel reference edition.) focus

1. mvp-aristotle-comment-1

NOTE 1. P. 1.

1.1 DITHYRAMBICS—IMITATION.
If the senses, in which the term imitation is applied by Aristotle to Poetry, have been rightly determined in the first Dissertation, there can be no difficulty with respect to the imitative nature of the Epic and Dramatic species. That of the Dithyrambic is not quite so obvious, and has accordingly been variously explained. The little, however, that remains of what Aristotle had said upon this subject, seems sufficient to release any commentator, who is willing to be released, from the trouble of conjectural ingenuity.
In Sect. 3. Part I. where the different objects of imitation are considered, he expressly makes Dithyrambic Poetry imitative of actions, characters, and manners, as well as the Epic and Dramatic; and he, particularly, mentions the Persians and the Cyclops as imitated in the Dithyrambic and Nomic Poetry of Timotheus and Philoxenus. 1 We may conclude, then, that he regarded this kind of Poetry as imitative because, though the mythological tales, which furnished the subject of these hymns, were, indeed, articles of Pagan faith, and depended not on the Poet's imagination, yet, in the detail of these stories, in describing the actions, and delineating the characters, of the deities themselves, and, still more, of other fabulous and heroic personages occasionally introduced, his fancy and invention must necessarily be, more or less, employed.
This, as we have seen, was, in Aristotle's view, imitation, whether the form of that imitation was partly dramatic and personative, or mere recital in the person of the Poet 2 . That the Poetry of these Dithyrambic compositions was chiefly of the latter kind, seems to be implied in the expression of Plato, who, where he explains his division of Poetry into three sorts—the purely imitative, or dramatic, the purely narrative, and the mixed—refers, for an example of the purely narrative, to Dithyrambic Poetry. 3 Yet he says only, that it is to be found chiefly there—
ἐυροις δ᾽ ἂν αυτην ΜΑΛΙΣΤΑ ΠΟΥ ἐν Διθυραμβοις
. The expression is remarkable, and leaves room for more than a conjecture, that the Dithyrambic was sometimes imitative even in the strict sense of Plato; that is, that the dramatic mixture of the Epic was occasionally admitted.
Instances of this occur in the Odes of Pindar; and many of the Odes of Horace are dramatic 4 . The embarrassment of the commentators seems to have arisen, principally, from the difficulty they found in conceiving, that fiction could be admitted into a species of Poetry addressed to the Gods, and founded on the established Theology of the age. The hymns of Callimachus, and those attributed to Homer, might have been sufficient to remove this difficulty. These are not, like the Orphic hymns, mere invocations, and indigitamenta, consisting in a short and solemn accumulation of epithets and attributes: they are Epic, narrative hymns; in which the birth, the actions, and even the characters and manners of the deities are described at length, and the fictions of the Poet's imagination are every where engrafted upon the popular creed. The mixture of dramatic imitation, in the Dithyrambic Poetry, is also rendered more probable by the frequent examples of it in these hymns; and especially in those of Homer. From the enthusiastic, wild, audacious character 5 peculiarly attributed to the Bacchic hymns, we have, surely, no reason to suppose in them a degree of scruple and reserve, with respect to all this, which we do not find in other antient religious compositions of a more sober and regular cast.
After what has been said, the reader will hardly think it necessary to have recourse to so distant and conjectural an interpretation as that of the Abbé Batteux, who says—
"Le Dithyrambe est imitation, parceque le Poete, en le composant, exprime d'apres le vraisemblable, les sentimens, les transports, l'ivresse, qui doit regner dans le Dithyrambe."
6 This ingenious writer seems to have been forced into this solution of the matter by his desire of extending the principle of Poetic imitation beyond the limits, not only of Aristotle's meaning, but of all reasonable analogy. All Lyric Poetry he holds to be essentially imitative; 7 and defining it to be that Poetry,
"qui exprime le sentiment,"
he is reduced to the necessity of making out these sentiments, or feelings, to be, in some sort, imitations; for no other reason, than, that they are assumed and feigned—the temporary produce of that voluntary enthusiasm, which the Poet, by the force of his imagination, excites in himself during the moments of composition. But this belongs rather to the style and manner, than to the matter, of Poetry: if imitation at all, it is the imitation, not, properly, of the Poet, but of the man, in order to become the Poet.—The general character of Lyric Poetry is enthusiasm; and enthusiasm, says M. Batteux,
"n'est autre chose qu'un sentiment quel qu'il soit—amour, colere, joie, admiration, tristesse, &c.—produit par une idee."
8 But if all illusive feelings of this kind, raised in us by imagination, are imitations, then, not only every artist of genius is an imitator, when he conceives and plans his work, but even every man of sensibility, whenever he is led, by the voluntary excursions of his fancy, into warm and passionate feelings, that are not prompted by real circumstances. It is certain, indeed, that not only Dithyrambic and Lyric Poetry, but Epic also, and perhaps every other species worth regarding, has its appropriated style and tone, which every Poet adopts and imitates, when he composes in the kind to which it belongs. But the same may be said of a history, a sermon, and even of a letter: for in these also, though we may not imitate any particular writer, we naturally conform to the general style and manner that characterize the particular species of composition.
All this however has, manifestly, nothing to do with the imitation that we are considering.
The Lyric Poet is not always, and essentially, an imitator, any more than the Epic. While he is merely expressing his own sentiments, in his own person, we consider him not as imitating;—we inquire not whether they are the assumed sentiments of the Poetic character, or the real sentiments of the writer himself; we do not even think of any such distinction. He is understood to imitate, in the most general view, no otherwise than by fiction, by personation, by description, or by sound; 9 in the view of Aristotle, only by the two first of these.
I will only add, that the Dithyrambic Poetry was, it seems, not originally imitative, but became so by degrees. This fact, and the causes of it, we learn from a curious passage, in the Harmonic Problems of Aristotle, which I shall have occasion to mention in another place.

2. mvp-aristotle-comment-2

NOTE 2. P. 2.

1.4 FOR, AS MEN, SOME THROUGH ART, AND SOME THROUGH HABIT, IMITATE VARIOUS OBJECTS, &C.
I have followed the old and most authentic reading,
δια της ΦΩΝΗΣ
: which, though not unexceptionable, has been rejected, I think, without sufficient reason. The philosopher is, here, only illustrating what he had said of the different means of poetical and musical imitation, by comparing those arts, in this respect, with other arts more strictly and obviously imitative.
That he meant to confine his illustration to Painting, was a groundless fancy of Dacier, which led him into two unnecessary corrections of the text, and a very forced and improbable explication of the whole passage. The remark of Aristotle, parenthetically flung in, about art and habit, (
δι μεν δια τεχνης, δι δε δια συνηθειας
,) was by no means necessary to his illustration. Dacier extends the parenthesis by the reading he adopts, (
δι μεν δια τέχνης, οι δε δια συνηθειας, ἐτεροι δε ΔΙ' ΑΜΦΟΙΝ
,) then wonders, why Aristotle,
"qui n'ecrit pas un seul mot inutilement,"
should enter into such a detail; and then, wantonly alters the text, (from
δια τεχνής
, to
δια ΤΥΧΗΣ
,) in order to account for it in a manner, that leaves it more wonderful than he found it.
Castelvetro had before proposed a similar alteration—
ἐτεροι δε ΑΜΦΟΤΕΡΟΙΣ
; but in a sense, which, could it be supported, would be far more to the purpose than that of Dacier: i. e. "others, again, [imitate] both by colour and by figure." This would answer to what follows, that the different means of imitation, in the Poetical and Musical arts, were used, sometimes separately, and sometimes combined. To this sense, however, an objection immediately occurs. We may imitate an object by figure without colour, but not by colour without figure. 10 But it would be a waste of discussion to enter fully into the merits of an explanation, that is founded on a reading, by no means, I think, sufficiently warranted, either by the authority of MSS. or by any necessity of alteration.
That the words
χρωματα
and
σχηματα
are very frequently joined by the Greek writers to denote painting, is certain. But Aristotle is not here speaking of the different Arts which employ these means of imitation, but of the means themselves, separately and abstractedly. The application of these, singly, or in their various combinations, to those arts, he has left to the reader. It seems probable, (as Victorius has observed,) that Sculpture, at least, was included in Aristotle's idea of
σχηματα
. Possibly, too, the word may be here used in its widest sense, of figure or form in general; which would take in the outline of Painting, the solid figure of Sculpture, and the gestures of the personal Mimic.
That, at least, the word
φωνη
is right, in the old reading, appears highly probable from the frequent mention of the voice, as a principal instrument of imitation, in antient authors. It is called by Aristotle, as Mr. Winstanley has judiciously observed,
παντων μιμητικωτατον των μοριων ημων
. 11 Farther by this reading the illustration intended is more perfect, as it comprehends more "means of different kinds"—
ΓΕΝΕΙ ἑτερα
. The same reason favours also the extension of the word
σχηματα
to Sculpture, at least.
The only objection to the reading,
δια της φωνης
, is, the improbability that Aristotle should, without any apparent reason, envelop the whole passage in embarrassment and ambiguity, by such a change of phrase : —
ΔΙΑ φωνης
; — which every reader is naturally led to join, not with the datives,
χρώμασι και σχημασι
, but with
ΔΙΑ τέχνης
, and
ΔΙΑ συνηθειας
: but the word
φωνης
opposing such a construction, has therefore, probably, been changed to
άμφοιν
. This objection has not been solidly answered, I think, either by Victorius, or any other commentator; nor can I think the change of phrase here by any means sufficiently accounted for, merely by assigning, as Victorius does, a passage of Lucian, where the phrase itself, (to which no one objects,) occurs. [See Mr. Winstanley's note.]—I am much inclined, therefore, to admit the reading said by Madius to have been found in an antient MS. and confirming the conjecture of Robortelli, —
ἐτεροι δε ΤΗ ΦΩΝΗ.
This would clearly mark the bounds of the parenthesis, and fix the construction :
και χρωμασι, και σχήμασι, πολλα μιμενται τινες —(—) ἐτεροι δε τη φωνῃ
.

3. mvp-aristotle-comment-3

NOTE 3. P. 2.

1.5 AND OF ANY OTHER INSTRUMENTS CAPABLE OF A SIMILAR EFFECT, AS, THE SYRINX OR PIPE.
The word
Συριγξ
is usually understood to mean the Fistula Panis, constructed of reeds, differing in length, fastened together with wax and thread : —
καλαμων συνθηκη, λινῳ και κηρῳ συνδεθείσα
— as it is described by Jul. Pollux. 12 Tibullus has presented in two lines almost as distinct an idea of its form as can be obtained from a drawing.
Fistula cui semper decrescit arundinis ordo,
Nam calamus cerâ jungitur usque minor.
[Lib. ii. 5. 31.]
But the
Συριγξ
of Aristotle, whatever it was, is here mentioned with the Lyre, and the Flute, as having some, though an inferior, degree of the same power and effect:
τοιαυται την δυναμιν
. This is hardly applicable to so very simple and rude an instrument as the pipe of Pan; a contrivance not beyond the invention of a school-boy. Instruments of nearly the same construction are found, at this day, not only in Turkey, and Arabia, but even in the island of New Amsterdam in the South Seas; and it is a circumstance somewhat curious, that, in France, the instrument of the Arcadian deity, or something very like it, is degraded to the use of travelling tinkers, and known by the name of sifflet de chaudronnier. The reader may see a description and a figure of it in Mersennus; as he may, also, of the South Sea instrument in the Philosophical Transactions, vol. 65, Part I.—But he will not, probably, be much disposed to believe, that the wild and random sounds of this savage whistle have any thing to do with the chromatic system of the Greeks.
But the passage before us is not the only one, where the Syrinx is mentioned in a way which naturally leads one to suppose, that some instrument less simple and imperfect than the fistula Panis must be meant. It is often joined with the cithara and the flute, as an instrument of some importance and effect in concerts and choral accompaniments. 13 In Lucian's treatise
Περί Ορχήσεως
, it appears, among other curious information upon the subject, that the words of the drama, which the pantomimic dancer was to express by gesture alone, were, at the same time, sung by a chorus, accompanied by various instruments, among which the syrinx is repeatedly mentioned, together with the
Αυλος
or flute. 14 This has, certainly, the appearance of some more powerful instrument than the pastoral syrinx.—Indeed, from the passage of Pollux above referred to, there is reason to conclude, that there were two instruments of this denomination; that above described, which he calls the rude, or extemporaneous syrinx, [
αυτοσχεδι
] and another, of similar form, but more artificial construction, which he describes as consisting, not of reeds, but of a number of flutes [
αύλοι πολλοι
] arranged in the same manner. The passage is defective; but this seems to me pretty clearly to be the drift of it. 15
By flutes, he must, at least, be supposed to mean pipes of larger size, and of more solid materials, such as those of which flutes were made. It seems, on the whole, very probable, that the syrinx of Aristotle was either some such improved construction of the flute of Pan, or, as I rather incline to believe, some kind of single pipe, or flageolet. Any single pipe, modulated by the fingers, must be regarded as an instrument far superior to any kind of the fistula Panis, that could be played on only by the clumsy expedient of drawing it along the mouth;"
suprà calamos unco percurrere labro,
" as Lucretius has well described the operation. 16 I cannot indeed say, that I have met with any passage in which the word
Συριγξ
, by itself, is clearly and expressly applied to a single musical pipe or flute. But such a sense is perfectly analogous to other common applications of the word; and, on the other hand, I know of no clear authority that restrains the meaning of the word, whenever it is singly used, to the fistula Panis. 17 Athenæus speaks of the
μονοκαλαμα Συριγξ
invented by Mercury, and opposes it to the
πολυκαλαμα
; and Spanheim, whose authority, in matters of erudition, is as great as the profoundest erudition can give to any man, understands this single-reed syrinx to be meant in the hymn to Mercury attributed to Homer, where it is said of that god, that—
ΣΥΡΙΓΓΩΝ ἐνοπην ποιησατο ΤΗΛΟΘ᾽ ΑΚΟΥΣΤΗΝ.
v. 509. —a mode of characterizing the tone of the instrument, that reminds one of the "ear-piercing fife" of Shakspeare.
After all, a modern reader may be still surprised to find any degree of imitation, or expression, attributed to so trifling an instrument as a flageolet, or a common flute. But, in reading antient authors, it is frequently necessary, if we would either relish, or even understand them, properly, to lay aside modern ideas. And if this be necessary in general, it is, perhaps, peculiarly so in the subject of Music. Expression, in our musical language, usually conveys the idea of delicate and refined performance, and is almost appropriated to emotions of the tender and pathetic kind. But, with the antients, imitation, or expression (for the words appear to have been synonymous,) extended to every kind of emotion; to every effect produced, in any considerable degree, by Music upon the mind. Now very simple instruments, as well as very simple music, are capable of making impressions, and strong impressions, of the joyous kind, without any delicacy or refinement, either in the composition, or the execution. It is not, therefore, strange, that the syrinx, a shrill and lively pipe, should be ranked by Aristotle as an instrument of some expression; especially if, as it seems probable, the syrinx, of whatever kind, was considered as a pastoral instrument, and its expressions were, in consequence, aided by the association of rural and pastoral ideas. The rude syrinx of Pan was unquestionably of this kind, and appropriated to pastoral use; and, as far as it can be supposed to have affected by association, might, in the musical language of the Greeks, and by a hearer who felt that effect from it, be considered and spoken of as imitative, without impropriety. But being, as I conceive, of too simple and inconvenient a construction to admit of any expression but what it derived purely from associated ideas, it would not, I think, have been joined by Aristotle with the most expressive and refined instruments of the antients, the cithara, and the flute, and mentioned as of "similar power and effect."

4. mvp-aristotle-comment-4

NOTE 4.

1.6 P. 2. FOR THERE ARE DANCERS WHO BY RHYTHM APPLIED TO GESTURE.
performed,] The Greek is—
ὁι των ὀρχηστων
: but there is great reason to suspect the reading. It is generally rendered,
"Some dancers:"
but Victorius, who understands it in that sense, says—
durus tamen sermo
; and produces no authority for such a phrase. Heinsius proposed—
ΠΟΛΛΟΙ των ὀρχησων
. The learned reader may, perhaps, agree with me, that—
ΕΝΙοι των όρχησων
, would be preferable, as nearer to the text. It is not probable, that the degree of imitative skill here described was possessed by all dancers, or even by
"the greater part"
of them. A passage from Aristocles is preserved by Athenæus , in which Telestes, a dancer employed by Æschylus, is mentioned as remarkable for this talent:—
ΟΥΤΩΣ ΗΝ ΤΕΧΝΙΤΗΣ, ωστε, εν τω ορχεισθαι τες Επτα επι Θηβας, φανερα ποιεισθαι τα πραγματα δι ορχησεως.
[Athen. p. 22.]
This dancing appears plainly to have been of that kind, which was afterwards pushed to such an excess of cultivation by the pantomimic dancers in the age of Augustus; 18 and which is well known to have divided all Rome into parties, and even, frequently, to have made the theatre a scene of bloodshed. 19 Of this fact, I cannot help adding, that a proof somewhat curious is furnished by Valerius Maximus ; who, in the arrangement of his miscellaneous work, places his chapter
De Spectaculis
, immediately after that,
De militaribus institutis
; and gives this reason: "Proximus militaribus institutis, ad urbana castra, id est, Theatra, gradus faciendus est: quoniam hæc quoque, sæpenumero, animosas acies instruxerunt; excogitataque cultûs Deorum, et hominum delectationis, causâ, non sine aliquo pacis rubore, voluptatem et religionem CIVILI SANGUINE, Scenicorum portentorum gratiâ, macularunt."
[Lib. ii. 4.]
—These
scenica portenta
were the Pantomimes.
Aristotle says here,
δια των σχηματιζομενων ῥυθμων
. It seems, at first view, that the inverse of this expression would have been more accurate—
δια των ρυθμιζομενων σχηματων
—by rhythmic gestures. And, if he had been here considering the imitation of Dance, separately, and in itself, he probably would have expressed himself in that way. But dancing is here transiently mentioned, merely to exemplify what he had been saying, of the combined, or separate, use of rhythm, words, and melody; and to shew, in what manner, not only melody and rhythm might be separated from words, as in music; but rhythm, also, might be separated from melody, and used alone. 20 Any mode of expression, therefore, which would have represented gestures (
σχηματα
) as the principal means of the imitation, would not have suited his purpose. It would, also, as Victorius and others have observed, have tended to confound the means of imitation in the poetic and musical arts, which he is here considering, with those means of a different kind, which he had just enumerated, as employed in arts of more obvious and strict imitation, and among which
ΣΧΗΜΑΤΑ
were mentioned.
It has been also objected, that Aristotle is, here, professedly instancing
εν ταις ΕΙΡΗΜΕΝΑΙΣ τεχναις
—in the arts
"above-mentioned"
and yet introduces Dancing, which had not been mentioned: a difficulty easily overcome, if we consider, that Dancing was among the musical arts; closely connected with Poetry, and, above all, with Tragedy.

5. mvp-aristotle-comment-5

NOTE 5.

1.7 P. 3. THE EPOPOEIA IMITATES BY WORDS ALONE, OR BY VERSE, &c.
In my translation of this perplexing passage, as far as the words—
ποιοιτο την μιμησιν
—inclusively, I have given that sense which is now generally adopted, and in which almost all the commentators 21 are agreed. And it has certainly this advantage, that it seems to be the only consistent and intelligible version that can be given of the whole passage, as it now stands. But it appears to me, after the closest attention I have been able to give it, that, in the present condition of the text, no man can reasonably be confident of conveying the true meaning of Aristotle in any translation or explanation that he can give.
The passage sets out with an expression most unfortunately ambiguous, and demonstrated to be so, by the very confidence with which the ambiguity has been denied, by critics and commentators of great learning and sagacity, in favour of interpretations directly opposite to each other. Some, by the expression,
λογοις ψιλοις
, have understood Aristotle to mean prose, and others, verse, without music.
—But this is far from being all the difficulty with which a translator has to struggle in this passage. In the words—
ἐιθ ἐνι τινι γενει ΧΡΩΜΕΝΗ των μετρων τυγχανεσα ΜΕΧΡΙ ΤΟΥ ΝΥΝ
—there is, surely, something defective. All render this,
"or, making use of some one kind of metre, AS IT HAS DONE to this day."
22 And this, indeed, seems the only sense that can be given to the words as they stand. But it appears to me, that the original cannot, by any fair and warranted elliptical construction, be made to say this. Heinsius alone gives the fair and literal version;
"vel uno tantum genere utatur usque ad tempus nostrum"
in plain English—
"whether mixing different metres together, or using some one kind of metre to this day."
I am perfectly aware of the elliptical genius of the Greek language in general, and of Aristotle's style, in particular; yet to my ears, I confess, this English, nonsensical as it is, does not sound more strange than the Greek from which it is taken. Some word, or words, must, I should suppose, have been omitted between
τυγχανεσα
, and,
μέχρι
.
Again:—
οὐδεν γαρ ἂν ἐχοιμεν ΟΝΟΜΑΣΑΙ ΚΟΙΝΟΝ τες Σωφρονος και Ξεναρχε μιμες, &c.
—I submit it to those who are versed in the Greek language, whether it seems probable, that, if Aristotle had meant to express the sense usually given to the words, (i. e.
"for we should otherwise have no common name to give to,"
&c.) he would have expressed it in that Greek? I can only say that I know of no similar example. But farther: the words are conditional—
οὐδεν γαρ ΑΝ ἐχοιμεν
—and yet the condition is by no means clearly pointed out. The sense may be, and has been, variously supplied. It seems not improbable, that there is some omission between the words,
νυν
, and
οὐδεν
.—I am not able entirely to repel a suspicion—for I give it as nothing more—that the words,
μεχρι τε νων
, may belong to this sentence, and the whole may originally have stood thus:—
ἐιτε μιγνυσα μετ᾿ ἀλληλων, ἐιθ ἐνι τινι γενα χρωμενη των μετρων τυγχανεσα. Μέχρι ΓΑΡ τε νων οὐδεν ΕΧΟΜΕΝ, &c.
i. e.
"For we have hitherto no common appellation,"
&c. 23
So much, as to the condition of the text in this passage. The interpretation, which I have followed, has been very ably defended by several of the commentators, whose arguments I need not repeat; by none, I think, so powerfully as by Paolo Beni : but it requires considerable patience to follow him through the controversial zigzag of his captious and fatiguing logic.
The strongest support furnished by Aristotle himself to this extension of the term Epopœia to all imitation, fiction, invention, &c. by words only, without music, whether in verse or prose, is, I think, to be found in Sect. 6, Part I. [Original, cap. ix.] For, if a history put into verse would, as he there asserts, be still a sort of history, we may infer, that an Epic Poem reduced to prose would, in his idea, have been still a sort, at least, of Poem. What he says in the conclusion of that section—that the Poet should be the
Ποιητης
, or Maker, rather of his fable, than of his verse, has the same aspect. The same idea is also favoured by the extent which he has actually given to the term Epopœia, in Sect. 3, Part I. [Original, cap. ii.] where it is expressly applied, not only to the serious Poetry of Homer, but to Poems of a comic, and even burlesque, character.
An Epic Poem without elevation is, nearly, as repugnant to modern ideas as a Poem without verse. It would not appear much more strange to give the title of Epic Poem to Tom Jones, than to Hudibras; to apply it to the Telemaque, would, undoubtedly, appear much less strange.
It may be worth remarking, farther, that there is one circumstance, which, I think, would evidently tend to render this doctrine of Aristotle—if it was his doctrine—less extraordinary to the ancients, than it appears to us; and that is, that the difference between metre, and well-measured prose, though, no doubt, sufficient to make them readily distinguished by the ear, seems to have been less than it is with us. To what a degree of refinement they carried their rules for the application of the various poetical feet to their prose compositions, and with what fastidious delicacy of ear they discriminated one combination of syllables from another, is well known from the writings of Cicero , Quintilian , Dion. Halicarnassensis , &c. It would be thought a strange expression, were a modern writer to say, comparing the Orator and the Poet, that the latter was
"rather more confined by numbers:"
"numeris adstrictior paulo."
24
But, after all, the chief point of difficulty appears to me to lie, not in Aristotle's asserting, that Poetry, in his idea of the word, might subsist without verse, but in his giving the name of Epopæia to such compositions as the Mimes of Sophron, and the Dialogues of Plato. But of this, in the next note.
In my translation of the words,
λογοις ψιλοις
, I have ventured to depart from the common interpretation; but without any material change in the sense. They are generally understood to mean prose; and Dacier asserts positively, that,
"those two words are never joined by Aristotle or Plato in any other sense."
If he meant, that, wherever
ψιλο
is joined to
λογο
, it is always used to exclude metre only, he is certainly mistaken. He had, himself, but just before, quoted a passage of Plato, in which the expression,
λόγοι ψίλοι
, appears clearly to mean, words without melody. It is in his second book De Legibus , where, complaining, in his usual strain, of the separation of Poetry and Music, he says of the Poets, that they employ
ῥυθμον μεν και ῥηματα Μέλες χωρις, ΛΟΓΟΥΣ ΨΙΛΟΥΣ ΕΙΣ ΜΕΤΡΑ ΤΙΘΕΝΤΕΣ: μέλος δ'αν και ῥυθμες άνευ ῥηματων, ψιλη κιθαρισει τε και αυλησει προσχρωμενοι
. 25 The words,
λογες ψιλες ἐις μετρα τιθεντες
, Dacier translates, very strangely,
"mettant de la simple prose en vers."
But what has turning prose into verse to do with Plato's complaint?—
ψιλοι
, here, applied to
λογοι
, answers evidently to
μελες χωρις
, and excludes melody; just as, in
ψιλη κιθαρίσει και άυλησει
, the same adjective answers to
άνευ ῥηματων
, and excludes words. And this appears to me to be the obvious sense of
ψιλοις
in the passage of Aristotle before us. By
λόγοις ψίλοις
, I understand—not, words without metre, i. e. Prose—but, words without music. 26 It is, surely, most natural, and most to Aristotle's purpose, to apply the privative force of
ψιλος
, here, to the two means of imitation, melody and rhythm; which are excluded in the Epopœia, as words are, in the preceding instance of the flute and the lyre, and both words and music, in that of dance. And thus he has actually used the word, in the compound
ψιλομετρια
, in the next chapter. The only difference is, that there he has joined the word
ψιλά
to metre; here, to words in general. But in both places, the meaning is probably the same—i. e.
"without melody and rhythm."
The word
λογος
is, plainly, used by Aristotle, in his first enumeration of the means of imitation, [
ἐν Ρυθμῳ και Λογῳ και Αρμονια
. cap. i. ] in the general sense, of language, discourse, or words, whether with, or without metre; as we say,
"the words of a song,"
&c. as opposed to the music 27 ; and that, whether those words are verse, as in general they are, or prose, as in the songs of the Messiah, and in the anthems of our church. And, that the word
λογά
was purposely used by Aristotle in this latitude, is rendered highly probable by his varying the expression, where he speaks of Tragedy, Comedy, Dithyrambics, and Nomes, to which metre was essential, and substituting there, the word
Μετρῳ
, for
Λογῳ
. 28 It was natural, then, that he should say, when he came to speak of the Epic imitation, as distinguished from those he had before mentioned, that it imitates by words alone—i. e. without melody and rhythm, or, as we should say, without music. But he adds—
Μετροις
—
"or verse."
And why?—Probably, because he thought his expression would be neither clear, nor exact, without it: not clear, because the most usual meaning of
λογοι ψιλοι
being prose, it might have been so taken here, and he might have appeared to say, at least, though no one could reasonably suppose he meant it, that the Epic imitates by prose only—
μονον τοις λόγοις ψιλοις
—not exact, because, metre being, as he himself expressly says, a species, or part, of rhythm, 29 words, put into metre, were not, strictly speaking,
ψιλοι
, that is,
χωρις Αρμονίας και ΡΥΘΜΟΥ
. And this is exactly conformable to the expression of Plato in the passage above quoted, where he considers verse, even unaccompanied by music, as still consisting of rhythm and words, [
ΡΥΘΜΟΝ μεν και ῥηματα Μέλεις χωρις;
]—plainly regarding metre as a species, or form, of rhythm.
I understand, therefore, the meaning of Aristotle, in this expression—
τοις λόγοις ψιλοις, ή τοις μετροις
, to amount to this;—
"by words, without the other means of melody and rhythm, or at most, with so much of rhythm only, as is implied in the idea of metre without rhythm, in its musical sense of strict time."
This sense of the words agrees perfectly with what follows—
οὐδεν γαρ ἂν ἐχοιμεν
, &c. i. e.
"For otherwise—if we do not allow the Epopœia to imitate by words, in the general sense, whether prose or verse—we shall have no common name for Epic imitations in prose; and, if we do not allow it to imitate in either one or more species of metre, we shall have no common name for the same kind of imitation in Elegiac, or other verse."
The great advantage of this sense of
λόγοις ψιλοις
is, that, while it leaves in full force that explanation of the whole passage, which I have followed, it removes, at the same time, or at least considerably weakens, what has always struck me as one of the strongest objections to it. Nothing appears to me more improbable, than, that Aristotle, advancing a doctrine so new, and so repugnant to the prevailing ideas of his own times, as, that a species of Poetry might subsist without verse, should chuse to present this novelty in the most offensive way, by beginning at once, and without any management, with the mention of prose: that he should say—
"The Epic Poem imitates by prose alone, or, by verse."
If by
λόγοις ψιλοις
he had meant prose, as Dacier and others contend, would he not naturally—one might say, unavoidably—have reserved those words for the last in the period? Would not the order, in short, have been this?—
"by verse alone; and that either of a single kind, or mixed—or even by prose."
As I have rendered the words, prose is not mentioned at all, but implied only in the general expression of, words; as it is, equally, in his first enumeration of the means of imitation—
ἐν ῥυθμῳ και ΛΟΓΩΙ και άρμονια
. At the worst, the idea of prose is not, as in the other version, presented before that of verse.
With respect to what I have said of the novelty of the philosopher's doctrine, and its remoteness from the common ideas of the ancients concerning the importance of metre to Poetry, I may refer even to his own way of speaking, in general, upon that subject. In his Rhetoric , for example, he says—
ῥυθμον δει ἐχειν του λογον, Μετρον δε, μη ΠΟΙΗΜΑ ΓΑΡ ΕΣΤΑΙ.
—
"In prose-composition there should be rhythm, but not metre: for then it will be a POEM."
30 The reader may also be not displeased to see what Isocrates thought of the importance of verse, in a passage, which I have given in NOTE 229 , respecting the privileges and advantages of Poetry.—Plato goes so far, as to compare Poetry, when reduced to prose, to a face, which, having no solid beauty of form and symmetry, has lost its only charm, when the bloom of youth, and delicacy of complexion, have deserted it. 31 But the zeal of Plato for depreciating Poetry is well known. He would, probably, have approved the indignation of one of the Fathers, who called it
"the Devil's wine."
It must be confessed, however, that he has poured a great deal of this wine into his own writings; and were they to be reduced to plain prose, and stripped of that
άνθος
—that bloom and colouring of poetic diction, and poetic fancy, by which they are so distinguished, I should be in some pain for the appearance they would make.
But, to return:—After all that is to be said in favour of that interpretation, which, on the whole, I have thought it best to follow, I must end this note, as I began it, by declaring my conviction of the imperfect condition of the original, and confessing my doubt, whether the true meaning of Aristotle, in this passage, has yet been, or ever will be, discovered.

6. mvp-aristotle-comment-6

NOTE 6.

1.8 P. 3. THE MIMES OF SOPHRON AND XENARCHUS, AND THE SOCRATIC DIALOGUES.
HAD Aristotle proposed only to extend the term Εποποἰία to all imitations of the NARRATIVE kind, whether in verse or prose, whether serious or comic, this, to a reader who should enter thoroughly into his ideas of Poetry, would not, perhaps, appear extraordinary. It would be only classing the different forms of Poetry, as one might expect him to class them, according to what he himself conceived to be the chief and most characteristic difference of their imitations. But here, we find the name applied to compositions of a character strikingly different—to Mimes, and Dialogues; for it is indeed, as Dacier says, a very obvious question, and one which cannot but have occurred to every reader—
"les Dialogues ne ressemblent-ils pas plutot au Poeme Dramatique, qu' au Poeme Epique?"
—An embarrassing question, and which, being at all events to be answered, he answers immediately, and roundly—
"Non, sans doute."
And why? Because, says he,
"the drama imitates by words and music, the Epic Poem, by words only."
But, to apply the expression of the philosopher to this critic—
πλεξας ἐυ, λυει κακως
. 32 This is much the same thing as if one should deny, that two men, of form and features strikingly similar, resembled each other, merely because their coats were of different colours; or, to come still nearer to the case, if one should assert that one of these men bore a greater resemblance to a third, with whom he chanced to agree in the single circumstance of not wearing a wig. Is it probable, that Aristotle, in classing and denominating a principal species of Poetry, should be guided by such a circumstance as the mere absence of music? when even metre he regards as not essential, and speaks of it as one of the
ἡδυσματα
of Poetic language. 33 He allows, indeed, that music is the most pleasurable of the
ἡδυσματα
, or seasonings, of Tragedy; 34 but, that he regarded it as less essential than metre, is evident from the place which he assigns it in his arrangement of the six parts of Tragedy according to the order of their importance; 35 for he there places it next before the
Oψις
, or Decoration, which he pronounces to be, of all the parts,
"the most foreign to the Poet's art :"
ήκιστα δικειον της ποιητικης
. 36 On the other hand, the circumstance of Narration in the person of the Poet he every where seems to make an essential mark of distinction between the Epic and the Dramatic Poem: 37 so that, in order to avoid making him absolutely inconsistent with himself, we must be obliged to suppose, with the commentators, that he uses the word Ἑποποϊία in two senses, here, in its general and etymological sense, that of imitating, or making, by words, and every where else in the common and limited sense of narrative imitation. 38 The first of these must be considered as a mere proposal: we must understand Aristotle to say no more than this—that some common term, to include all compositions imitating by words only, was wanted, and that the term, Epopæia, was best adapted to that purpose. In the rest of his treatise he conforms to the established ideas and language. 39 This, however, is by no means satisfactory.
It still remains, I confess, no inconsiderable difficulty with me, to conceive, that Aristotle should, by applying the term Εποποἰα to all imitative writing, whether of a narrative or dramatic form, without music, give it an extension inconsistent, as it seems, with his own principles, and confounding those distinctions, which, in his own view, were the most essential. If he had meant so to apply the term in the passage before us, he would, surely, have been more explicit, and, where, after this passage, he first mentioned the Epopæia in the usual sense, would have added some words of limitation and distinction to prevent confusion. But this he has not done. Though evidently speaking of the heroic and narrative Epic, he calls it only,
ἡ Εποποιία;
as if no other application of the word had been mentioned.
Of the MIMES of SOPHRON we can acquire but a very imperfect idea, either from what is said of them in ancient authors, or from the fragments that are preserved in Athenæus, Demetrius, and others. It has even been long disputed among the learned, whether they were prose or verse; and, at last, it seems to be settled, that they were neither; a kind of compromise comfortable enough to the disputants on both sides; for if the fragments are something between verse and prose, they, who assert them to be either, are something between right and wrong. I shall not enter into this discussion; but refer the reader to the remarks of the learned Valckenaer on the argument of the Αδωνιαζεσαι of Theocritus ; where he will find some curious and uncommon information upon this subject. 40 That these compositions, however, were either a species of the drama, or, at least, dialogues in the dramatic form, there seems to be no doubt. 41 Dacier, indeed, asserts, that they were, like the Epic Poem,
"une imitation composée de narration et d'action."
But he produces no proof of this, nor do I know of any. I must farther observe, that, supposing what is related, of the fondness of Plato for the Mimes of Sophron, and of their having been his model in the
μιμησις προσωπων
of his own dialogues, to be true, it may reasonably be inferred, that we ought by no means to confound them with the Roman Mimes, or to apply to them, as is too often done, all that is said of the latter by Diomedes, and other writers of that age. Such licentious and obscene trash would not, surely, have been found under the pillow of the moral and reforming Plato; and that,
όλοῳ ἐπι γηρα ἐδῳ,
and, as some assert, even in the hour of death. 42 In saying this, however, I do not forget, that delicacy is not to be sought for even in the strictest morality of ancient times. For the best idea that can now be formed of the manner of this famous mimographer, we must have recourse, I believe, to the fifteenth Idyl of Theocritus 43 , which, as we are informed in the MS. argument found by Ruhnkenius in the royal library at Paris, is an imitation of a Mime of Sophron upon a similar subject. 44 A more exact piece of natural delineation cannot be imagined. It is not, indeed, la belle nature; it is the nature of common and simple, or, as some affect to call it, of low, life; but copied with so close and faithful a pencil, that, to every reader accustomed, in any degree, to observe the manners of mankind in general, and whose taste is not perverted by affectation, or fettered by rule, the truth and reality of the imitation will, I believe, amply compensate for the want of dignity in the thing imitated. To those who receive no pleasure from this source, I would rather recommend the belle nature of Pope's Pastorals, or the still finer nature of Fontenelle's. I would only observe farther, that this imitation of Sophron is in the strict dramatic form and that it contains nothing in the least degree indecent, or disgusting.
Of the
ΛΟΓΟΙ ΣΩΚΡΑΤΙΚΟΙ
, by which, undoubtedly, Aristotle meant chiefly, if not solely, the DIALOGUES of PLATO, I shall only observe, that they have all, in a high degree, the dramatic and imitative spirit, and that by far the greater part of them are in the unmixed dramatic form, so as to admit of representation; 45 and it, accordingly, appears from Plutarch, that those of the lighter cast among them were sometimes performed by boys, as an entertainment, at the Symposia of the Romans in his time. 46

7. mvp-aristotle-comment-7

NOTE 7.

1.10 P. 3. CONNECTING THE POETRY, OR MAKING, WITH THE METRE.
Συναπτοντες τῳ μετρῳ το ποιειν.
—Not,
"on applique au vers seul l'idée qu'on a de la Poesie,"
as M. Batteux renders it, but, as it is translated by Piccolomini , with his usual exactness—
"congiugnendo il verbo, Ποιειν, [Poiein, cio é fare,] con la qualità del metro."
I understand Aristotle's expression to mean, not the connection of the general idea of Poetry with that of Verse, though this indeed be implied; but, the junction of the word,
ποιειν
, with the name of some particular metre, in the compound words,
Ελεγειοποιοι
,
Εποποιοι
, and the like.

8. mvp-aristotle-comment-8

NOTE 8. P. 4.

1.11 TREATISES OF MEDICINE OR NATURAL PHILOSOPHY IN VERSE.
Two Poems of Empedocles—that concerning Nature, and his Expiations—contained together, according to Diog. Laertius , five thousand hexameters, and another, on the subject of Medicine, six hundred.—
τα μεν ἐν περι ΦΥΣΕΩΣ αυτῳ και δι Καθαρμοι, ἐἰς ἐπη τεινεσι πεντακισχίλια, ὁ δε ΙΑΤΡΙΚΟΣ λογώ, ἐἰς ἑπη ἑξακοσια
[End of the Life of Empedocles.]
This, by the way, confirms the emendation of Heinsius —
φυσικον
, for
μεσικον
. 47 Nothing, I believe, is known of any ancient Poem on the subject of Music.
The earliest philosophy was natural philosophy, and the earliest vehicle of that philosophy was verse. Orpheus , Hesiod , Parmenides , Xenophanes , Empedocles , and Thales , are all mentioned by Plutarch as poet-philosophers of this kind. Pythagoras is said to have written a Poem On the Universe, in hexameters. This measure was, at least, suited to the dignity of philosophical speculation. We cannot say so much of the verse chosen by Epicharmus for the vehicle of a treatise Concerning sensible and intellectual objects—
Περι των αισθητων και νοητων
part of which is quoted by Diog. Laertius in his life of Plato . It was written in the Trochaic tetrameter, a very unphilosophical measure, if rightly characterized by Aristotle, who gives it the epithets of
τροχερον ὀρκησικον ΚΟΡΔΑΚΙΚΩΤΕΡΟΝ
. 48 An English reader would be surprised, on opening a didactic and philosophical Poem, to find it written in the measure of
"Jolly mortals, fill your glasses,"
&c.

9. mvp-aristotle-comment-9

NOTE 9.

1.11 P. 4. HOMER AND EMPEDOCLES HAVE NOTHING IN COMMON BUT THEIR METRE.
In his book De Poetis, Aristotle spoke somewhat differently. He there said, as cited by Diog. Laertius ,
"that Empedocles resembled Homer in the beauty of his DICTION; abounding in metaphors, and making a happy use of the other embellishments of Poetic language."
49 It does not seem easy to make this perfectly consistent with what he here asserts that Empedocles had nothing in common with Homer but his metre. He meant, I suppose, no more, than that Empedocles had nothing of the true Poetic character of Homer, his invention, imitation, &c. But he certainly has said more.

10. mvp-aristotle-comment-10

NOTE 10.

1.12 P. 4. SO, ALSO, THOUGH ANY ONE SHOULD CHUSE TO CONVEY HIS IMITATION IN EVERY KIND OF METRE, &C.
The conjecture of Heinsius , who contended, that
ἐκ ήδη και ποιητην προσαγορευτεον
—should be read interrogatively, I have re- jected, because the sense it gives the passage appears to me to be trifling. It makes Aristotle say—
"If Poets are to be denominated from their metre, what name is to be given to him, who writes a Poem in all sorts of metre? You cannot call him an
Εποποιον
, an
Ιαμβοποιον
, &c. Is he, therefore, not to be called a Poet at all, because you cannot call him the Poet, or Maker, of this or that particular metre?"
—But the answer to this would surely be obvious:
"We cannot, it is true, call him any one of these, exclusively; we call him all these; he is the Poet of every metre, in which he composes; and, in our ideas, the more a Poet, in proportion to the number of the different measures, of which he shews himself a master."
—I must also remark, that, in this way of understanding the passage, the word,
ὁμοἰως
, is not accounted for, nor fairly rendered, I think, either in the version of Heinsius , or in any of those that follow him.
I have, also, rejected the reading of Victorius —
ΟΥ ποιοιτο την μιμησιν
; because it appears to me, that the phrase will not admit of the sense, in which it is rendered, of not imitating at all. It is observed by Victorius himself, that the phrase,
ποιεισθαι την μιμησιν
, is never used by Aristotle as equivalent to
μιμείσθαι
only, but always where he is speaking of the means, or manner, by, or in, which, the imitation is made. Thus, ch. i. —
ΠΟΙΟΥΝΤΑΙ την μιμησιν ΕΝ ΡΥΘΜΩΙ και ΛΟΓΩΙ και ΑΡΜΟΝΙΑΙ.
—Again—
ΔΙΑ ΤΡΙΜΕΤΡΩΝ κ. τ. αλ. ΠΟΙΟΙΤΟ την μιμησιν.
And, at the end,
EN ΟΙΣ ΠΟΙΟΥΝΤΑΙ την μιμησιν
—
"the different means, by which they form or execute their imitation."
Thus, too, ch. xxiv.
ἐι γαρ τις ΕΝ ΑΛΛΩΙ ΤΙΝΙ ΜΕΤΡΩΙ διηγηματικην μιμησιν ΠΟΙΟΙTO.
— ch. vi.
EN ΤΟΥΤΟΙΣ [sc. μελοποιίᾳ και λεξει] ΠΟΙΟΥΝΤΑΙ την μίμησιν.
So ibid. with a participle—
ΠΡΑΤΤΟΝΤΕΣ ΠΟΙΟΥΝΤΑΙ την μιμησιν
—as in the passage before us,
άπαντα τα μετρα ΜΙΓΝΥΩΝ ΠΟΙΟΙΤΟ την μιμησιν.
—The construction and the sense are the same, when the same mode of expression is applied to other subjects; as, cap. iv. —
τας μαθησεις ΠΟΙΕΙΤΑΙ ΔΙΑ ΜΙΜΗΣΕΩΣ
—And, Rhet. lib. i. cap. i. sect. 3.
ΔΙΑ ΤΩΝ ΚΟΙΝΩΝ ΠΟΙΕΙΣΘΑΙ τας πίστις και τες λόγες
i. e.
"to argue through the medium of common and popular truths."
—I do not know of any instance, in which
ποιείσθαι την μιμησιν
is used in any other way, or put simply for
μιμείσθαι
. I cannot, for example, conceive, that Aristotle, instead of,
το τε γαρ ΜΙΜΕΙΣΘΑΙ συμφυτον τοις ἀνθρωποις,
( cap. iv. ) would have written—
το τε γαρ ΠΟΙΕΙΣΘΑΙ ΜΙΜΗΣΙΝ συμφυτον, &c.
It appears to me, that, whether the phrase be used positively, or negatively, some imitation is equally implied, and this sentence—
τις άπαντα τα μετρα μιγνύων ΟΥ ποιοιτο ΤΗΝ μιμησιν
—I should by no means think it accurate to translate—
"If any one, mixing all sorts of metre, should not imitate;"
but, (to construe literally for the sake of clearness,)
"if any one should not make THE, (or, which is the same thing, HIS) imitation by mixing all sorts of metre."
This, I confess, appears clearly to me to be the fair English of that Greek; but as this certainly cannot be the meaning of Aristotle here, I must abandon the reading which gives it, and content myself with following that explanation, which is encumbered with the fewest difficulties. 50 The sense, in this way, does not materially differ from that, which is given to the passage by those who adopt the reading of Victorius . The word,
ὁμοιως
, has thus its proper force. So has,
ἐκ ΗΔΗ, ΚΑΙ ποιητην προσαγορευτεον.
As if Aristotle had said—
"Such a writer we might, certainly, on the first glance, call, a versifier—a metre-maker—
ἐποποιον
,
ἐλεγειοποιον
, &c. but we should not immediately ( ΗΔΗ), merely on account of the variety of his versification, allow him also the title of Poet—
ΚΑΙ ποιητην προσαγορευτεον
.”
I must, however, be again permitted to declare my doubt, as to the integrity of the text.

11. mvp-aristotle-comment-11

NOTE 11.

1.12 P. 4. AS CHÆREMON HAS DONE IN HIS CENTAUR.
From some curious fragments of this Poet preserved, or, rather, half-preserved, in Athenæus , his genius appears to have been of a gay and voluptuous cast, and to have delighted in minute description of pleasurable objects. In the lines quoted by Athenæus from his Tragedy of Æneus, which are a description of a group of beautiful virgins sporting by moon-light, there is certainly some fancy, and some elegance; but, of that kind, the effect of which is, perhaps, somewhat counteracted by too much appearance of affectation and research. And this corresponds with the character given of this Poet by Aristotle, in his Rhetoric [lib. iii. cap. xii.] that he was,
ἀκριβης ώσπερ λογογραφος
; and of that class of Poets, whom he calls
ἀναγνωστικοι
; that is, whose productions, as we commonly express it, read better than they act; are more adapted to the closet, than to the stage.
The ancient Poets, both Greek and Roman, were often, I believe, indebted, for their descriptive ideas, to Painting, or Sculpture. This passage of Chæremon is certainly very picturesque, and was, probably, suggested by some painting on the same subject. Athenæus says of this Poet, that he was particularly fond of dwelling upon the description of flowers—
ἐπικαταφορῶ ἐπι τα άνθη
51 ; and cites some lines of that kind from his Tragedies. In his CENTAUR, which Athenæus calls
δραμα πολυμετρον
, we must understand, that even the dialogue was in various metres; for in the choral parts this would have been no innovation.

12. mvp-aristotle-comment-12

NOTE 12.

2.2 P. 68. POLYGNOTUS—PAUSON—DIONYSIUS.
Polygnotus and Pauson are also mentioned by Aristotle in his 8th book De Rep. cap. v. where, speaking of Painting with a view to education, he says, that
"young men should not be permitted to contemplate the works of PAUSON, but those only of POLYGNOTUS, and of other artists who excelled in moral expression."
52 It seems probable, from this passage, that the pictures of Pauson were not only of a ludicrous, but also of a licentiousness cast. To what a degree the abuse of this art was carried in Aristotle's time, appears from another passage, [ Rep. lib. vii. cap. xvii. ] in which he says, the magistrate should suffer no
"licentious and indecent paintings or statues,"
such as would endanger the morals of youth: but the exception that follows is curious;—
"Unless,"
he adds,
"in the temples of some DEITIES OF THAT CHARACTER, whose legal and established worship consists in ludicrous and wanton rites."
53
While I am upon this subject, I cannot forbear adding a singular passage of Euripides , where Hippolytus , vindicating himself, and asserting his chastity, says, with a naïveté that, I fear, would hardly be received with decent gravity by a modern audience;—
Λεχους γαρ, ἐις τοδ᾽ ἡμερας, ἁγνον δεμας. Ουκ οἰδα ΠΡΑΞΙΝ ΤΗΝΔΕ, πλην λόγῳ κλύων, ΓΡΑΦΗΙ ΤΕ ΛΕΥΣΣΩΝ· οὐδε ταυτα γαρ σκοπειν Προθυμα ειμι, ΠΑΡΘΕΝΟΝ ΨΥΧΗΝ ἐχων
Hippol. v. 1003.
I am a stranger to the couch of love;
Nor know I of its rites more than the tale
May have informed me, or the Painter's pencil
Presented to mine eye; yet on such picture
Dwells not mine eye delighted, for my mind
Is as a virgin's pure.—
[Mr. Potter's Translation, v. 1060.]
The Pauson mentioned by Aristotle was probably the same painter, whose poverty only is recorded by Suidas , and of whose wit we have a curious specimen in Ælian . 54
OF DIONYSIUs, too, very little is known. That he excelled in natural representation and exact resemblance—in exhibiting men, such as he saw them, without ideal grace on the one hand, or exaggerated deformity on the other is known, I believe, only from this passage of Aristotle. Dacier says this account is confirmed by Ælian ; but I think he is mistaken. It appears to me, that the
μεγεθα
of which Ælian speaks, as the only difference between the paintings of Polygnotus and those of Dionysius, is literal, not figurative, magnitude. 55 He says only, that the pictures of Dionysius, except, that they were on a small scale, were exact imitations of Polygnotus, in the expression of passions and manners, the attitudes of the figures, the lightness and transparency of the draperies, and every other circumstance. 56 It is not easy to see how Dionysius could copy so exactly,
ἐἰς ἀκριβειαν
, the expre- sion, and the forms, or attitudes, of Polygnotus, without copying, at the same time, his greatness of manner, and his improvement of that nature which he imitated; 57 for these seem entirely to depend upon those two circumstances, the expression of the countenance, and the airs and attitudes of the figures.
It seems, therefore, doubtful, whether Aristotle and Ælian speak of the same person. There must, in all probability, have been more painters than one, of that name; which was so common, that the writers so called, alone, furnished Meursius with matter for a whole book.—The pictures of Dionysius the Colophonion are mentioned by Plutarch as being painted with considerable strength of pencil, [
ίσχυν ἐχοντα και τονον
,] but in a manner which appeared forced and laboured, [
εκβεβιασμενον
,] and which he opposes to the freedom and facility of Nicomachus , who seems to have been the Fà Presto of the ancient painters. 58 This fault, so likely to be that of the artist who aims at an exact and scrupulous resemblance of the nature that is before his eyes, may, perhaps, afford some presumption, that Plutarch and Aristotle speak of the same painter.
What Aristotle says of these three styles of picturesque imitation, is easily applied to modern times. The productions, indeed, of these ancient artists, were perishable and of short duration;—
At "genus immortale manet:"
these specific characters have subsisted, and probably will subsist, in every period of the art. For the name of Polygnotus , it is obvious enough to substitute that of RAPHAEL , or other masters of the higher Italian schools.
"When a man,"
says Mr. Richardson , with that simplicity of enthusiasm, which gives so amusing a singularity to his writings 59 —
"When a man enters into that awful gallery at Hampton-court, 60 he finds himself amongst a sort of people superior to what he has ever seen, and very probably to what those really were."
61 This is exactly the
βελτιονας καθ ἡμας
of Aristotle.
"Michael Angelo,"
says the same author,
"no where saw such living figures as he cut in marble."
—The Flemish and Dutch schools will supply plenty of substitutes for the Dionysii of ancient painting—those, who, like Protogenes ,
"in picturâ verum esse, non verisimile, volunt."
62 Rembrandt must occur to every body. Even Rubens
"took his figures too much from the people before him."
63
As for the Pausons, the buffoons of the art, they are to be seen in the windows of every print-shop. We must not, however, confound with these
"Tom Browns of the mob,"
as Mr. Walpole calls them, the moral humour of Hogarth , or the sportive, but harmless, exaggerations of Mr. Bunbury . Hogarth , indeed, in general, and in his greatest works, seems rather to belong to the highest class of the exact imitators of vulgar nature—
των ΦΑΥΛΩΝ
. His Country-dance, however, may be mentioned as an example, and an admirable one, of exaggerated comic imitation, in which men are made, in some degree at least,
"worse than they are"
—
XEΙΡΟΥΣ ἐκαζε
. And if any man can look at this print, or at the Family-piece, the Coffee-house Patriots, or the Long Story, of Mr. Bunbury , without feeling a high degree of that pleasure which arises from the perception of strong humour, he must, I think, be still more unprovided with a sense of the ridiculous, than even that Crassus , who is recorded to have laughed once, though once only, in his life. 64

13. mvp-aristotle-comment-13

NOTE 13.

2.4 P. 68. WITH THE MUSIC OF THE FLUTE AND OF THE LYRE.
Thus PLATO , in the very language of Aristotle,—
τα περι της ρυθμες και πασαν μεσικην ἐσι τροπων μιμηματα ΒΕΛΤΙΟΝΩΝ και ΧΕΙΡΟΝΩΝ ΑΝΘΡΩΠΩΝ
. A modern reader, that is, a person who reads an antient author with modern ideas, might be inclined to to ask, how men are to be represented as better, or worse, than they are, or how, indeed, represented at all, in a harpsichord lesson, or a solo for a German flute? But the same reader, supposing him in any degree conversant with music, would surely be at no loss to conceive, that it admits of the difference of serious and comic expression; and admits of it in various degrees, from the highest elevation and dignity of style, down to the coarse and vulgar jollity of the gavot, or the hornpipe. Now the meaning of Aristotle, put into modern musical language, amounts, I apprehend, to no more than that. Suppose, then, the music, in these different styles, to be accompanied by words, relating the actions, or imitating the speech, of low, or elevated characters; we might say, that the music was expressive of such actions, or characters; the antients would have said, that it imitated them. On the contrary, suppose this music merely instrumental, we should, in general, only say, that it was grand, and sublime, or comic, mean, vulgar, &c. But the antients, from the close, and almost inseparable connection of their Music with Poetry, and particularly with the most imitative sort of Poetry, the Dramatic 65 ; and partly, also, from the nature of their Music itself, would, in this case likewise, have retained much the same language, and would have considered this Music as imitative of the manners and passions of exalted, or vulgar characters, or even as representing those characters themselves.—But the different ideas, or rather, the different language, of the antients and the moderns on this subject, I have considered more fully, and endeavoured to account for, in the Second Dissertation . 66

14. mvp-aristotle-comment-14

NOTE 14.

2.5 P. 68. CLEOPHON, AS THEY ARE.—
It may be worth while to remark, that the character Aristotle gives of the diction of Cleophon—that it was of the common and familiar kind, without Poetic elevation 67 —corresponds with the account here given of the general object of his Poetry, the exact delineation of common nature and common life. He who means to represent men as they are, will also, of course, represent their language nearly as it is.
The only Poet of this name, of whom, I believe, any account is given, is recorded as a Tragic Poet 68 : but Aristotle undoubtedly alludes here to a Poem of the narrative kind. In another part of his works he mentions a Poem of Cleophon, called MANDRABULUS. 69 From the proverbial expression—
ἐπι Μανδραβέλε χωρει το πραγμα
(
"worse and worse, like the affairs of Mandrabulus"—
) in Lucian , 70 and the account of its origin in Suidas , 71 and Hesychius , it seems very improbable that the Poem was a Tragedy. We may rather conclude it to have been of a comic cast; and it seems no unreasonable conjecture, to suppose, that it might be of the narrative kind; modelled, perhaps, in some respects, upon the MARGITES of Homer . At least, the two heroes seem to have been of kindred characters.

15. mvp-aristotle-comment-15

NOTE 15.

2.5 P. 68. HEGEMON INVENTOR OF PARODIES.
See Athenæus, p. 698, 699 , and 406, 407 . And Fabric. Biblioth. Gr. lib. ii. cap. vii. —The Athenians were delighted with this sort of fun—of all expedients to raise a laugh, the cheapest, and, at the same time, the most infallible. HOMER was the great and inexhaustible resource of these Parodists. The best and most considerable specimen remaining, of this kind of Poem, seems to be the Homeric description of an Attic supper by Matron, a great Parodist, and a great eater, in Athenæus, lib. iv. cap. v. Isaac Casaubon calls it,
"Carmen ingeniosum, et leporis ac venustatis plenissimum."
The first three lines may serve as a specimen:—
Δείπνα μοι ἐννεπε, Μεσα, πολυτροφα και μάλα πολλα 72 , Ἃ Ξενοκλης ῥητωρ ἐν Αθηναις δενπνισεν ἡμας, Ηλθον γαρ κέμκεισε, πολυς δε μοι ἐσπετο λιμα. 73
The Poem, it must be confessed, has some pleasantry, and much dexterity of comical perversion. We cannot wonder at its effect upon a people, who had all Homer in their memories. It is easy to conceive the roar of the Athenian upper gallery, when, in the description of the cook, bringing in the supper, they heard this line:
Τῳ δ' αρα τεσσερακοντα μελαιναι ΧΥΤΡΑΙ ἑποντος. 74
Sometimes the Parody depended on a pun; of which Athenæus gives, with great complacence, a curious example, in a scrap from a Parody of Eubæus , describing a quarrel between a barber and a potter. The barber, whose wife, it seems, the other attempts to force from him, addresses the potter in the language of Nestor:—
Μητε συ τονδ , ἀγαθα περ ἐων, ἀποαιρεο ΚΟΥΡΗΝ, Μητε συ, ΠΗΛΕΙΔΗ.
See IL. L. 275, &c.
—where the joke depends on the allusion to
ΠΗΛΟΣ
, mud, or clay; and, probably, to the trade of the speaker, in the word
κερην
; or, perhaps, to the instrument of his art, which we may suppose the actor of the Parody to have brandished at his adversary.—But I do not mean to take to myself the honour of this illustration of an Attic joke. It is to be found in the Poetics of J. C. Scaliger .—See Athen. p. 699. B.

16. mvp-aristotle-comment-16

NOTE 16.

2.5 P. 68. THE DELIAD.—
The conjecture of Castelvetro ,
την ΔΕΙλιαδα
, (which might be rendered,
The Poltroniad
,) was certainly ingenious, but, I think, unnecessary. Dacier's account is probably right; and both his idea, and the common reading, seem to receive some support from the similar national titles that are preserved of other pieces of this Poet; such as,
Κρητες
,
Λάκωνες
,
Λημνιαι
.—See Suidas and Fabricius .

17. mvp-aristotle-comment-17

NOTE 17.

2.6 P. 68. SO, AGAIN, WITH RESPECT TO DITHYRAMBICS AND NOMES.
The expression, in this passage, is too general, and too little is known of the examples mentioned in it, to admit of perfect satisfaction, with respect to any thing farther than its general meaning; i. e. that both Dithyrambic and Nomic Poetry admitted the same differences in the objects of their imitation. For so, I think, the sense requires us to understand 75 ; not, that the imitation of heroic characters was appropriated to the one, and that of light characters to the other. Both these species of Poetry were hymns; and though the Dithyrambic, or hymn to Bacchus, might, indeed, from its wild and free character, be privileged with a greater latitude and variety of imitation, yet I know of no authority that will warrant our going so far, as to suppose, that they were essentially distinguished from each other in this respect, like Tragedy and Comedy.
The construction of the Greek I understand to be this:—
μιμησαιτο ἂν τις, ὡς Τιμοθεού και Φιλοξενο [sc. ἐμιμησαντο] Περσας και Κυκλωπας
. I am astonished, that any commentators should have taken either of the compositions here mentioned for dramas; an idea totally repugnant to the plain sense of the whole passage, and to the evident purpose for which these examples are cited. With respect to the
Περσαι
, the passage of Pausanias may be regarded as decisive;—
Πυλαδε ἀδοντο Τιμόθεει ΝΟΜΟΝ, τε Μιλησία, ΠΕΡΣΑΣ
Paus. Arcad.
—And the Poem began with an hexameter verse which is there quoted. Yet Fabricius calls it a Tragedy. The Poem of Philoxenus here meant must, clearly, have been either a Nome, or a Dithyrambic Poem; most probably, the latter. Philoxenus is recorded as a Dithyrambic Poet; and Aristotle's illustration will be more complete, if we understand him to exemplify in each of the kinds of Poetry in question. It is by no means certain, that the Cyclops of Philoxenus mentioned by Athenæus , Ælian , and others, is the piece here alluded to: and, if it were, which, undoubtedly, appears rather probable, I know of no sufficient proof that it was a Drama, as it has been repeatedly called. If Ælian is to be regarded, it certainly was not; for he calls it
μελος
—a term appropriated to Lyric Poetry.—
του ΚΥΚΛΩΠΑ ἐργασατο, των ἑαυτε ΜΕΛΩΝ το καλλισον
. 76
I mentioned, in the conclusion of NOTE 1 . a problem of Aristotle, from which it appears, that the Dithyrambic Poetry was not originally imitative, but became so by degrees. It is the 15th of the Harmonic Problems, Sect. 19. It is there said, that the Dithyrambs, after they became imitative, laid aside the antistrophical form, (i. e. the division into corresponding stanzas 77 ,) in which, before, they had been composed. 78 And the reason assigned for this is, that, originally, these Dithyrambic hymns were performed by chorusses of gentlemen, [
ἐλευθερο
] who could not sing in the style of artists, and professors: [
ἀγωνιστικως οἶδειν
:] the words were, therefore, set to the simplest kind of melody, 79 such as that, in which the same air is repeated to similar stanzas, as in our ballads. 80 But afterwards, it seems, the performance of these hymns, like that of the Nomes, was left to professed musicians, the
ἀγωνισαι
, or masters of the art, who contended with each other in trials of skill, and who were, of course, to exert all their imitative powers. The symmetry of strophe and antistrophe, and the simplicity of air regularly repeated, were ill adapted to this purpose, which required length, variety, and frequent changes of metre, melody, rhythm, mode, genus, &c. 81 in conformity to the various subjects of imitation, and transitions of expression. 82 This account, which affords some little glimpse of curious information, with respect both to the Nomic and Dithyrambic hymn, is confirmed, as far as the latter is concerned, by Dionysius Halicarn. De Structura Orat. Sect. 19 . He there traces the progress of all this Lyric corruption, and names TIMOTHEUS and PHILOXENUS as the principal authors of these licentious and wicked innovations—
"for, in the time of the old Poets,"
he says,
"the Dithyrambic ode was an orderly and regular composition."
83
Plutarch , too, in the Dialogue Περι Μεσικης , speaks exactly the same language. Timotheus and Philoxenus are there repeatedly stigmatized as corrupters of the good old music; and the
ладаρειο
and
Σιμονίδειο τροπο
, is opposed to the
Φιλοξενεις
, 84 with a zeal similar to that, with which, in modern music, we sometimes hear the style of Corelli and Geminiani opposed and preferred to the heterodox novelties of Haydn and Boccherini . 85
The manner, in which Aristotle, in this Problem, speaks of the Nomes, when compared with his expressions relative to the Dithyrambics, rather leads one to suppose, that the former were not, even originally, composed in the antistrophic form 86 : the least, however, that can be inferred from it, is, that they discarded that form, and, consequently, became complicated, artificial, and imitative, long before a similar revolution took place in the Dithyrambic Poetry and Music. I may, also, observe that the variety of imitation, and changes of expression, clearly attributed by Aristotle to the Nomes, seem to confirm what I said above—that they did not exclude the same variety, in the objects of their imitation, which the Dithyrambic Poem confessedly admitted.
I will just add, that this Problem of Aristotle throws light upon a passage in his Rhetoric , which has embarrassed his commentators. He there [ lib. iii. cap. 9. ] compares the diction that is divided into periods, to the Antistrophic Odes
"of the old Poets:"
but, the
λεξις ειρομενη
, in which the sentence has no other unity than that which copulatives give it 87 , nor any other measure than the completion of the sense, and the necessity of taking breath 88 , or, as Cicero , in few words, so admirably describes it,
"illa sine intervallis loquacitas perennis et profluens"
89 —this Aristotle compares to what he calls the
αναβολαι
in Dithyrambic Poetry; meaning, I think, evidently, the long, irregular, protracted Odes of the more modern Dithyrambic Poets; such as those, of which he speaks in the Problem. For the word,
Αναβολη
, here, does not, I believe, signify exordium, proæmium, as usually understood, but was, probably, the name by which these
ὠδαι μακραι και πολυειδεις
were distinguished, and opposed to the old and simple Dithyrambic in stanzas.

18. mvp-aristotle-comment-18

NOTE 18.

3.2 P. 68. EITHER IN NARRATION, AND THAT, AGAIN, EITHER, &C.
It may safely be pronounced, that the original here, either is not as Aristotle left it, or, was carelessly and ambiguously written. As the ambiguity, however, does not affect the general sense of the passage, it is scarcely worth while to engage in a minute discussion of the comparative merits of the two different constructions, which have been adopted by different commentators and translators. The learned reader knows, or may see, what has been said on both sides. I have preferred that construction, which has always appeared to me to result most obviously and naturally from the words of the original.—
ἐν τοις αυτοις, και τα αυτα μιμεισθαι ἐσιν, ότε μεν ΑΠΑΓΓΕΛΛΟΝΤΑ ( ἑτερον τι γιγνομενον, ώσπερ Ομηρου ποιει, ὡς τον αυτον, και μη μεταβαλλοντα,) η παντας ὡς ΠΡΑΤΤΟΝΤΑΣ και ἐνεργεντας τις μιμεμένες
.
In the other, and most usual way of taking this passage, the mixture of mere narration, and dramatic imitation, in the Epic species, is expressed by the words,
ότε μεν ἀπαγγελλοντα, ἕτερον τε γιγνομενον
. But it seems not likely, that Aristotle would thus oppose the word
ἀπαγγελλοντα
, to
ἕτερον τε γιγνομενον
; because the term,
ἀπαγγελια
, is constantly applied by him, throughout the treatise, to the narrative species in general: it is opposed, not to the dramatic part of the Epic, but to the drama itself.
Απαγγελια
and
διηγησις
, are used by him as synonymous terms, and are both applied to the whole of the Homeric, or dramatic, Epic Poem. 90 On the other hand, the words—
ΕΤΕΡΟΝ τι γιγνομενου
—seem evidently opposed to
ὡς ΤΟΝ ΑΥΤΟΝ και μη μεταβαλλοντα
, and should, therefore, be joined with them, not with
ἀπαγγελλοντα
.—Lastly, in this way of understanding the passage, Aristotle divides the different manners of imitation, as he might naturally be expected to divide them, into those which characterize the two great and principal species, of which he means to treat—the NARRATIVE and the DRAMATIC. The two different modes of the former, i, e. the pure narrative, and the dramatic narrative, are, with more propriety than in the other construction, (in bis view of the subject, at least,) flung into a subdivision.
In either construction, however, Aristotle agrees with Plato in enumerating three kinds of Poetry, the purely dramatic, the purely narrative, and the mixed. 91 But the generality of the commentators seem, too hastily, to have taken it for granted, that Aristotle must therefore necessarily enumerate them in the same manner; and they have, accordingly, moulded the flexible and ambiguous construction of this passage, exactly upon the division of Plato . 92
I was glad to find myself supported here by the judgment of the accurate Piccolomini , whose version coincides with mine.—
In UN MODO, per via di narratione, e questo, ò ponendo se steslo alle volte il Poeta in persona d'altri, come få Homero, over conservando sempre la propria persona non mutata mai. Nel ALTRO MODO poi, introducendo persone à trattare et negotiare, come se le stesse persone che sono imitate, fuffero.
With respect to the imitation here expressly allowed by Aristotle to subsist even in mere narration, without the intermixture of any thing dramatic, see Diff. I. p. 26 . I agree perfectly with Mr. Winstanley , that his emendations are not necessary.

19. mvp-aristotle-comment-19

NOTE 19.

3.4 P. 69. ELEVATED CHARACTERS
Gr. ΣΠΟΥΔΑΙΟΥΣ. The adjective
Σπουδαιοι
, and its opposite,
Φαυλος
, are words of considerable latitude. They, each of them, comprehend a number of different, though related, ideas, for which we have not, that I know of, any common word. Propriety itself, therefore, requires of a translator that, which, at first view, seems contrary to propriety—that he should render each of those words differently in different places. To have translated
σπεδαίες
here,
"good,"
or
"virtuous,"
as it may generally be translated, would only have been giving an English word with a Greek idea, which none but readers of Greek would have affixed to it.
The Greeks appear to have applied the word,
ΣΠΟΥΔΑΙΟΝ
, to whatever was, on any account,
ἀξιων σπεδης
—whatever was respectable, important, admirable, serious, valuable, &c. as opposed to
ΦΑΥΛΟΝ
, which was applied, not to vice only, but to whatever was contemptible, trifling, light, ordinary, ridiculous—or, as we say in familiar English, good for nothing. 93 Hence the various senses of both these words in the Greek writers, according as they were applied to persons, and things, that were the objects of esteem, or contempt, on different accounts. Sometimes, therefore,
σπεδαίο
may be rendered by
"good;"
sometimes by
"serious, earnest,"
&c.—Sometimes, as in this passage, and in the definition of Tragedy, by
"elevated,"
"important,"
&c. 94
Some kind of virtue, in the extended sense given to the word
ΑΡΕΤΗ
by the ancient writers on morals, was, indeed, always implied in the epithet
Σπεδαι
; but it included such good qualities, and endowments, as we do not usually call virtues; or, at least, such as we never include in our idea of a virtuous man: as, wisdom, courage, eloquence, &c. 95 —Thus Aristotle himself;
το δε ΣΠΟΥΔΑΙΟΝ είναι, εστι το ΤΑΣ ΑΡΕΤΑΣ ἐχειν
. 96 And what are these virtues?—they are
"all laudable habits."
—
των ἐξεων τας ΕΠΑΙΝΕΤΑΣ, ΑΡΕΤΑΣ λεγομεν
. 97
The subject of Criticism is necessarily connected, in some degree, with that of Ethics; and unless we understand well the moral language of any writer, we cannot be competent judges of his criticism.

20. mvp-aristotle-comment-20

NOTE 20.

3.5 P. 69. IN SUPPORT OF THESE CLAIMS THEY ARGUE FROM THE WORDS THEMSELVES.
Ποιεμενοι τα ὀνοματα σημειον
.—The participle,
ποιεμενοι
, should be applied, I think, to all the Dorians—not confined, as in Dacier's translation, to those of Peloponnesus. See Goulston's version, which appears to me to be right.
Aristotle begins by saying expressly, that the Dorians, in general, laid claim to both Tragedy and Comedy, on account of the term
ΔΡΑΜΑ
, which was a Doric word:—
∆ΙΟ
(i. e. from the term
Δραματα
, just before mentioned,)
ἀντιποιενται της τε Τραγωδίας και της Κωμωδίας ΟΙ ΔΩΡΙΕΙΣ
—He then mentions the peculiar claims of the Megarians to Comedy, and of the Dorians of Peloponnesus to Tragedy; throwing in, parenthetically, some other arguments on which the former also founded their title to the invention of Comedy: after which, he returns, at the word
ποιεμένοι
, to shew, how these people concurred in arguing from the etymology of the words themselves; all of them, from the word
δραμα
, as it was common to Tragedy and Comedy, and they, who laid claim to Comedy, both from that, and also from the derivation of the word
Κωμωδια
.
The construction, in this way, is, I confess, somewhat parenthetical and embarrassed; but the reader, who is accustomed to the style of Aristotle, will not, I believe, consider this as affording alone any sufficient presumption against the explanation here given.

21. mvp-aristotle-comment-21

NOTE 21.

4.3 P. 70. THE FIGURES OF THE MEANEST AND MOST DISGUSTING ANIMALS.
Θηρίων τε μορφας των ΑΤΙΜΟΤΑΤΩΝ
.—This reading is strongly supported by the arguments of Victorius, the authority of MSS, and the sense and purport of the passage itself, which seems to require instances of mean, or disgusting, rather than of terrible, objects. Thus too Plutarch , in the passages referred to by Victorius, which undoubtedly allude to this of Aristotle.—
Γεγραμμένην ΣΑΥΡΑΝ η ΠΙΘΗΚΟΝ, ἰδοντες ήδομεθα και θαυμαζομεν, ουχ ὡς καλον, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς ὁμοιον ἐσιᾳ γαρ ἐ δυναται καλον γενέσθαι ΤΟ ΑΙΣΧΡΟΝ
κ. τ. αλ. And presently after—
και ΝΟΣΩΔΗ μεν ΑΝΘΡΩΠΟΝ, και ΥΠΟΥΛΟΝ,
ὡς ἀτερπες θεαμα, φευγομεν
κ. τ. αλ.—See also his Sympos. Problems. lib. v. Prob. 1.

22. mvp-aristotle-comment-22

NOTE 22.

4.4 P. 70. TO LEARN IS A NATURAL PLEASURE.
To the same purpose, in his Rhetoric, lib. i. cap. xi. p. 537. Ed. Duval.
"Επει δε το ΜΑΝΘΑΝΕΙΝ τε ήδυ, και το θαυμάζειν, και τα τοιαυτα, ἀναγκη ήδεα ειναι, το τε μεμιμημενον, ώσπερ ΓΡΑΦΙΚΗ, και ΑΝΔΡΙΑΝΤΟΠΟΙΪΑ, και ΠΟΙΗΤΙΚΗ, και παν ὁ ἀν ἐυ μεμιμημενον , καν μη ή ήδὺ το μιμημα γαρ ἐπι τετῳ χαιρει, άλλα συλλογισμού ἐστι, ὅτι ΤΟΥΤΟ ΕΚΕΙΝΟ· ώστε ΜΑΝΘΑΝΕΙΝ τι συμβαινει."
98
"And as it is by nature delightful to LEARN, to ADMIRE, and the like, hence we necessarily receive pleasure from imitative arts, as PAINTING, SCULPTURE, and POETRY, and from whatever is well imitated, even though the original may be disagreeable; for our pleasure does not arise from the beauty of the thing itself, but from the inference the discovery, that 'THIS IS THAT,' &c. so that we seem to LEARN something."
—
Μανθανειν
to learn, to know, i. e. merely to recognize, discover, &c. See Harris, On Music, Painting, &c. ch. iv. note (b) . The meaning is sufficiently explained by what follows. Dryden , who scarce ever mentions Aristotle without discovering that he had looked only at the wrong side of the tapestry, says—
"Aristotle tells us, that imitation pleases because it affords matter for a rea-
99
soner to enquire into the truth or falsehood of imitation,"
&c. 100 But Aristotle is not here speaking of reasoners, or inquiry; but, on the contrary, of the vulgar, the generality of mankind, whom he expressly opposes to philosophers, or reasoners: and his
συλλογίζεσθαι
is no more than that rapid, habitual, and imperceptible act of the mind, that
"raisonnement aussi prompt que le coup d'œil,"
(as it is well paraphrased by M. Batteux ,) by which we collect, or infer, from a comparison of the picture with the image of the original in our minds, that it was intended to represent that original.
The fullest illustration of this passage is to be found in another work of Aristotle, his Rhetoric, lib. iii. cap. x. , 101 where he applies the same principle to metaphorical language, and resolves the pleasure we receive from such language, into that which arises from the
μαθησις ΤΑΧEIA
—the exercise of our understandings in discovering the meaning, by a quick and easy perception of some quality or qualities common to the thing expressed, and the thing intended—to a mirror, for example, and to the theatre, when the latter is is called metaphorically,
"The mirror of human life."
102
In the Problems, Sect. 19, Prob. V. the same principle is applied to Music. The Problem is, Why we are more pleased with singing when we are acquainted with the air that is sung, than when it is new to us?—And one of the answers is,
ὅτι ἡδυ το μανθανειν
. i. e. to say, this is such a tune, or song, &c. And indeed the pleasure afforded by recognition, is no where, perhaps, more visibly illustrated, than in the raptures and rhythmical agitation of a popular audience, at the return of the leading air, in that species of infallible ear-trap, the RONDEAU.
I must add, as somewhat amusing, that Plato makes use of this principle to prove a dog to be a philosophical animal:
"for, (he argues,)
το φιλομαθες και φιλοσοφον, τ'αυτον
, the love of knowing, and the love of wisdom, are one and the same thing. Now dogs are delighted with knowing, simply, and disinterestedly; they fawn upon every one whom they know, and bark at the approach of every stranger; 103 and that, without having ever experienced good from the one, or harm from the other."
104
The philosophy of Aristotle here, though undoubtedly true, as far as it goes, will, I am afraid, to those who examine it, hardly appear to be perfectly satisfactory, or to reach the bottom of the subject. It is however to be considered, that what he has said, seems applicable chiefly to rude and unskilful spectators, and should, perhaps, be considered as a description of the effect of a picture or a statue upon children, and the multitude, who are little accustomed to view works of imitative art. And even with respect to them, the principle seems scarcely applicable but to portraits, and individual resemblances, such as may not be instantly recognized. When we look at a picture of that kind, we may not discover, till after a comparison of, at least, a few moments, that it is an imitation of this or that person; but, that it is an imitation of a man, we see at once and where there is not even a momentary ignorance, or doubt, I do not see how any information can be said to be acquired by the spectator, nor how, on the philosopher's own principles, (if I rightly understand him,) the pleasure conveyed by the imitation, can, in any sense, be resolved into that, which the mind receives from the exertion of its own powers in inferring, or discovering, the resemblance.
I say, on Aristotle's own principles, because, in the passage above referred to, where he explains himself more fully in applying the principle to metaphor, he expressly allows, that this pleasure of recognition, is not afforded by proper or common words, since they instantly suggest their meaning and cannot be mistaken. 105 Now a painting, considered as an imitation of a man, a horse, a house, in general, obviously answers in this respect, unless the imitation be grossly imperfect, to the common and familiar word; the one suggesting its original, as readily and immediately, as the other suggests its idea. 106
Among Aristotle's illustrations of this physical principle of the pleasure of self-information, as it might be called, there are two short passages, in particular, which seem to be so explicit with regard to the nature of that pleasure, that I will venture to add to the length of this note by a transcript and translation of them both. They will, I think, satisfy the learned reader that I have not, in the foregoing remarks, misrepresented the philosopher's meaning. After having applied the principle to metaphor, he applies it in like manner to the enthymemes, or arguments, of the orator.
"Διο ἐτε τα ἐπιπολαια των ἐνθυμηματων ευδοκιμει (ἐπιπολαια γαρ λέγομεν τα παντι δηλα, και ῾Α ΜΗΔΕΝ ΔΕΙ ΖΗΤΗΣΑΙ·) ἐτε όσα ειρημενα ἀγνοκμενα ἐστι᾿ ἀλλ᾿ ὅσων, ἡ ἁμα λεγομενων ἡ γνωσις γινεται, και ει μη προτερον ὑπηρχεν, μικρον ύστερίζει ἡ διανοια γίνεται γαρ ῾ΟΙΟΝ ΜΑΘΗΣΙΣ· ἐκεινως δε, οὐδετερον."
107
"For the same reason, we are pleased, neither with superficial arguments, (by which we mean such as are obvious to every one, and require no thought or search in the hearer;) nor with such as we do not understand when we have heard them; but, with those, which the mind apprehends, either while we hear them, (though not at first,) or in the moment after they are delivered:—for by these, we, in a manner, LEARN something: by the others, we learn nothing in either of these ways."
The other passage, in which the nature of the pleasure that Aristotle means is still more expressly marked, is this:
"Παντων δε των συλλογισμων θορυβειται μαλιστα τα τοιαυτα όσα ἀρχομενα ΠΡΟΟΡΩΣΙ, μη τῳ ἐπιπολης ἐἶναι ἁμα γαρ και ΑΥΤΟΙ ΕΦ ΕΑΥΤΟΙΣ ΧΑΙΡΟΥΣΙ προαισθανομενοι και ὅσων τοσετον ὑστεριζεσιν, ὡσθ άμα ειρημενων γνωρίζειν."
"Of all arguments, those are most applauded 108 , of which the audience have no sooner heard the beginning, than they foresee the conclusion;—not, however, from their being trite and obvious; for they are pleased, [not only with the ingenuity of the speaker, but] at the same time, WITH THEMSELVES and their own sagacity. Those arguments, also, afford pleasure, which, the moment after they are delivered, we are no longer at a loss to apprehend."

23. mvp-aristotle-comment-23

NOTE 23.

4.4 P. 70. IN A MORE TRANSIENT AND COMPENDIOUS MANNER.
Επι βραχυ
:—literally,
"for a short time."
AS PLATO , Rep. iii. p. 396 ,
κατα βραχυ
, for a moment—
en passant
. Dacier's explanation—
Quoi qu'ils ne soient pas tous egalement propres à apprendre,
—is, surely, wide of Aristotle's purpose. None of the versions, that I have seen, seem to give the exact idea, except that of Heinsius :—
"Quamquam minor BREVIORQUE ad hos perveniat voluptas."

24. mvp-aristotle-comment-24

NOTE 24.

4.6 P. 70. FROM THE WORKMANSHIP.—
Δια την ΑΠΕΡΓΑΣΙΑΝ
—
"neatness"—"finishing,"
&c. In the following passages of PLATO , it is opposed to a slight sketch:—
και αυτων τετων [sc. δικαιοσυνης, σωφροσυνης, &c.] ἐχ ΥΠΟΓΡΑΦΗΝ δει, ώσπερ νυν θεασασθαι, άλλα την τελεωτάτην ΑΠΕΡΓΑΣΙΑΝ μη παριέναι
Rep. vi. p. 504 . So again, lib. viii. p. 548 , the verb,
ἀπεργαζεσθαι
, is opposed to
ὑπογραφειν
.

25. mvp-aristotle-comment-25

NOTE 25.

4.7 P. 70. METRE—A SPECIES OF RHYTHM.
Μορια
—parts. The following passage will ascertain the sense of the word in this place, and justify my version. Explaining the different senses in which the word
Mep
was used, Aristotle says,
ἔτι, εις το διαιρεθειη ἀν, ἄνευ τε Ποσε, και ταυτα ΜΟΡΙΑ λεγεται τετε διο τα ΕΙΔΗ, το ΓΕΝΟΥΣ φασιν είναι ΜΟΡΙΑ
.— Metaphys. lib. v. cap. 25. So, in this treatise, cap. 5. —
τε Αισχρε ἐστι το Γελοιον ΜΟΡΙΟΝ
—
"a part, or species, of the ridiculous."

26. mvp-aristotle-comment-26

NOTE 26.

4.7 P. 70. THOSE PERSONS, IN WHOM, ORIGINALLY, THESE PROPENSITIES WERE THE STRONGEST, &c.
It is obvious to remark here, that Aristotle, in this deduction of the art from the mimetic and musical instincts, includes verse in his idea of Poetry, which he, at least, considered as imperfect without it. All that he drops, elsewhere, to the disparagement of metre, must be understood only comparatively... An eminent writer has adjusted this matter... in his Dissertation On the idea of Universal Poetry . 109 What is there said, of
"the origin and first application of Poetry among all nations,"
will furnish the best comment I can give, upon the passage which is the subject of this note.
"Poetry is every where of the most early growth, preceding every other sort of composition; and being destined for the ear, that is, to be either sung, or at least recited, it adapts itself, even in its first rude essays, to that sense of measure, and proportion in sounds, which is so natural to us. The hearer's attention is the sooner gained by this means, his entertainment quickened, and his admiration of the performer's art excited. Men are ambi-
tious of pleasing, and ingenious in refining upon what they observe will please. So that musical cadences and harmonious sounds, which nature dictated, are farther softened and improved by art, till Poetry become as ravishing to the ear, as the images, it presents, are to the imagination. In process of time, what was at first the extemporaneous production of genius or passion, under the conduct of a natural ear, becomes the labour of the closet, and is conducted by artificial rules; yet still, with a secret reference to the sense of hearing, and to that acceptation which melodious sounds meet with in the recital of expressive words."

27. mvp-aristotle-comment-27

NOTE 27.

4.10 P. 71. MARGITES.
The scraps that have been preserved of this Poem, the Dunciad of HOMER , are so few, and so short, that it may be worth while, for the convenience of the reader, to collect them.—
Μεσαων θεράπων και ἐκηβολε Απολλωνα,
110
—a line as likely to be found in one kind of Poem as in another... The other fragments are a little more interesting, as they give some idea of the hero of the Poem.
ΤΟΝΔ᾽ ἐτ᾿ ἀν σκαπτηρα θεοι θεσαν, ἐτ᾿ ἀροτηρα, Ουτ᾿ ἄλλως τι σοφον πασης δ ήμαρτανε τέχνης.
Preserved by Aristotle, Eth. lib. vi. cap. 7
Πολλ᾿ ἡπιστατο ἐργα, κακως δ ήπιστατο παντα.
Plato, Alcib. Secund. p. 147. Ed. Serrani.

28. mvp-aristotle-comment-28

NOTE 28.

4.12 P. 71. HIS MARGITES BEARS THE SAME ANALOGY TO COMEDY, AS HIS ILIAD AND ODYSSEY TO TRAGEDY.
Whenever Aristotle speaks of
COMEDY
, we must remember, that he speaks of the Old, or Middle Comedy, which was no other than what we should call farce, and to which his definition of Comedy was adapted:
μιμησις φαυλοτέρων
; that is, as he explains himself,
"an imitation of RIDICULOUS characters."
111 —This remark is necessary to explain what is here said of the Margites.
A Poem, which, as far we can form any idea of it, celebrated the blunders and absurdities of an idiot, cannot well be conceived to have been analogous to any thing, that would now be denominated a Comedy. It seems to verge to the very bottom of the dramatic scale;
"jusq' au bouffon; celui-ci sera l'extrême de la Comedie, le
plus bas degré de l'echelle, opposé au terrible qui est à l'autre bout."
112 The Bourgeois Gentilhomme of Moliere is certainly farce, however excellent in its way. But Mons. Jourdain is a very Ulysses, compared with Margites.

29. mvp-aristotle-comment-29

NOTE 29.

4.14 P. 72. BY SUCH SUCCESSIVE IMPROVEMENTS AS WERE MOST OBVIOUS.
Ὅσον ἐγινετο φανερον αυτης
—literally,
"so much of it as was manifest."
I doubt of the reading: but, taking it as it stands, I have given what appears to me to offer itself as the most natural and simple meaning of the expression, if not the only one that it will reasonably bear.

30. mvp-aristotle-comment-30

NOTE 30.

4.16 P. 72. ÆSCHYLUS-----ABRIDGED THE CHORAL PART.
The words are,
ΤΑ το χορό
. Aristotle would hardly have expressed himself thus, had he meant, as Madius , Bayle , and others, have understood, a retrenchment in the number of choral performers.
ΤΑ τε χορε
, the choral part, is opposed to
ΤΑ άπο σκηνης
, the dialogue, Prob. xv. of Sect. 19. It is singular, that Stanley should misunderstand this passage; and still more singular, that he should cite Philostratus , who is directly against him: for his words are,
συνεστειλε τες χορός, ΑΠΟΤΑΔΗΝ ΟΝΤΑΣ
:
"he contracted the chorusses, which were immoderately long."
113
This is confirmed by one of Aristotle's Problems, referred to by Victorius. The Problem is,
Δια τι οι περι Φρυνίχον ἦσαν μαλλον μελοποιοι
; (meaning, I suppose, more Musicians than the dramatic Poets of his own time:) The answer is,
ή, δια το πολλαπλασια είναι τοτε τα μέλη ἐν ταις των μετρων τραγωδίαις
; 114 I believe the passage may be rectified by transposition—
πολλ. είναι τοτε τα μέλη των μέτρων ἐν τ. Τ.
Perhaps, too, we should read,
των ΤΡΙΜΕΤΡΩΝ
. But, even taking it as it stands, it may sufficiently answer our purpose, as it shews clearly enough how much the Lyric parts of Tragedy, before the time of Æschylus, wanted contraction.
The prolixity of the Tragic Chorus, we know, was sometimes trying to the patience of an Athenian audience. This is pleasantly glanced at by Aristophanes in his Ορνιθες: where the Chorus of birds, descanting on the convenience of wings, tell the spectators, that if they had wings, whenever, in the Theatre, they
"found themselves hungry, and were tired with the Tragic Chorus, they might fly home and eat their dinners, and fly back again, when the Chorus was over."
ΧΟΡ. Ουδεν ἐς᾿ ἀμεινον, ἐδ᾽ ἡδιον, φυσαι πτερα. Αυτιχ, ύμων των θεατων ἐι τις ὴν ὑποπτερο, Ειτα, πανων, τοις χοροισι των Τραγῳδων ήχθετο, Εκπετομενοι ἐν ἑτα ἠρισησεν, ἐλθων ὀικαδε, Κατ᾿ ἀν, ἐμπλησθεις, ἐφ ἡμας ἀυθις κατεπτατο.
v. 786.

31. mvp-aristotle-comment-31

NOTE 31.

4.16 P. 72. AND MADE THE DIALOGUE THE PRINCIPAL PART OF TRAGEDY.
—
Και τον λογον πρωταγωνισην παρεσκευασε.
Victorius, and others, have supposed Aristotle to mean the Prologue. But it seems to be a sufficient objection to this sense, that no example has been produced of the word
πρωταγωνισην
, used as merely synonymous to
πρωτο
; as signifying first only, not principal. Nor is it easy to discover any reason, why Aristotle should have recourse here to an unusual and ambiguous expression, when, presently after, in speaking of the improvements of Comedy [ cap. v. ], he makes use of the proper and established term,
προλογ
. There seem to be no words in the Greek language, of which the sense is more clearly fixed, than that of
πρωταγωνισης—πρωταγωνιζειν
. They occur frequently, and always, as far as I know, in the same sense, of principal—
primas agere
, &c. To this sense, therefore, I thought it necessary to adhere.
But I confess I cannot be satisfied with either of the explanations which have been given of the word
ΛΟΓΟΣ
. It appears strange to say, that Æschylus first introduced two actors, and then to add, as a distinct improvement, that he also first introduced a principal part or character:—unless we are to understand, what seems not very probable, that the two actors even of Æschylus himself were, at first, personages of equal dignity and importance in the drama... and that, afterwards, he was the first who corrected this error... and reduced the drama to unity of action by a proper subordination of characters. But, admitting this sense to be without difficulty, the expression of it, I think, is not.
Λόγος
, for a part in the drama,
role, personnage
, (as Dacier ,) character, &c. seems harsh, and unusual. At least, I know no example of it.
The difficulties which attend both the expression and the sense, in each of these interpretations, have almost convinced me, that the very construction of the words has been mistaken; and that the meaning is,
"he made the discourse, or dialogue, the principal part of Tragedy."
This is well connected with what precedes, and agreeable to the known history of the Tragic drama, in which, originally, the Chorus was the essential, and the Episodes, or dra- matic part, only the accessory. But Æschylus
"abridged the Chorus, and made the Episodic part the principal."
Λόγος
, here, may well be understood to mean what Aristotle elsewhere calls
λεξις
; the speaking, or recitative, part of Tragedy, whether delivered by one or more actors, as opposed to the
μέλη
, or Lyric part. 115
Παρεσκευασε
,
reddidit, effecit
, &c. as...
ευσεβεστερες τε και σωφρονεςέρες της συνοντας παρεσκευασεν
"magis pios et temperatos reddidit."
116 And thus Aristotle himself, cap. xix.
ὅταν ἡ ἐλεεινα δεινα δεη παρασκευαζαν.
i. e. to make things piteous, terrible, &c. as in Goulston's version; and that of the accurate Piccolomini :—
"Quando occorre d'havere à far parere le cose, à miserabili, atroci,"
&c. 117 If the use of
πρωταγωνισης
as an adjective be an objection, it is one to which the other explanations are equally liable. On the whole, I have not scrupled to prefer this sense in my version.

32. mvp-aristotle-comment-32

NOTE 32.

4.16 P. 72. SOPHOCLES ADDED THE DECORATION OF PAINTED SCENERY.
To adjust exactly the rival claims of Æschylus and Sophocles with respect to the
oψις
, or decoration, of the Tragic stage, would be a desperate undertaking. Some accounts are so liberal to Æschylus, as scarce to leave his successors any room for farther improvements. They give him
"paintings, machinery, altars, tombs, trumpets, ghosts, and furies:"
—to which others add a very sin- gular species of Tragic improvement, the
"exhibition of drunken men."
—
την δε σκηνην ἐκοσμησε, και την όψιν των θεωμενων κατεπληξε τη λαμπρότητι - ΓΡΑΦΑΙΣ και μηχαναίς, βωμοις τε και τάφοις, σαλπιγξιν, ειδωλοις, ἔριννυσι.
118 —And Athenæus says,
πρωτου ἐκεινΘ----παρηγαγε την των ΜΕΘΥΟΝΤΩΝ ΟΨΙΝ ἐς τραγωδιαν.
p. 428. He adds an example. In the Tragedy called Καβειροι, he introduced
"Jason and his retinue drunk!"
The passage given by Dacier from Vitruvius is very general; it says only,
"scenam fecit."
119 This may, or may not, include painting; which, indeed, rather seems to be implied, in what follows, about the improvements of Democritus and Anaxagoras , where the
"imagines ædificiorum in scenarum picturis"
are mentioned. But all this is far outweighed by the testimony of Aristotle, who here explicitly attributes the introduction of painted Scenery to Sophocles.

33. mvp-aristotle-comment-33

NOTE 33.

4.17 P. 72. IT WAS LATE BEFORE TRAGEDY----ATTAINED ITS PROPER DIGNITY.
—
Οιψε ἀπεσεμνωθη
:—and to
"late,"
we might add, imperfectly. For, what Horace says of the Roman Tragedy, is, in some measure, though perhaps not equally, applicable to the Greek:
in longum tamen ævum Manferunt, hodieque manent veftigia ruris.
Ep. ad Aug. v. 160.
Prejudice aside, it cannot surely be said, that the Greek Tragedy, in the hands, at least, of Æschylus, Sophocles, or Euripides, ever attained its proper dignity. I do not speak of modern dignity; of that uniform, unremitting strut of pomp and solemnity, which is now required in Tragedy. This was equally unknown to the manners, and to the Poetry, of the antients. I speak only of such a degree of dignity as excludes, not simplicity, but meanness—the familiar, the jocose, the coarse, the comic. Now it cannot, I think, be said, with any truth, that these are thoroughly excluded in any of the Greek Tragedies that are extant: in some of them they are admitted to a very considerable degree.
In particular, something of this sort—of what the French call
mesquin
—is almost constantly to be found in the short dialogue of the Greek Tragedies; in that part, I mean, which the eye, when we turn over any Tragedy, easily distinguishes from the rest, by its being carried on in a regular alternation of single verses. In this
"close fighting"
of the dialogue, as Dryden calls it, 120 which seems to have retained something of the spirit of the old satyric diverbia, where...
VERSIBUS ALTERNIS opprobria rustica fundunt,
HOR. —in this part of the dialogue, we generally find... somewhat more than what Brumoy calls
"un petit vernis de familiarité ;"
121 especially when these scenes are, as they often are, scenes of altercation and angry repartee. 122 In the Iphigenia in Aulide of Euripides , Menelaus, in the struggle with the old messenger for the letter, threatens to break his head with his sceptre,
Σκηπτρῳ ταχ άρα σον καθαιμάξω καρα.
v. 311.
Fairly rendered by Mr. Potter's verse—
"Soon shall thy head this sceptre stain with blood."
Unfairly dignified by Brumoy's prose—
"Prends garde qu'une mort prompte ne punisse ton audace."
Even Sophocles, who gave the Tragic tone, in general, its proper pitch, between the
ογκος
of Æfchylus, and the
ίσχνοτης
of Euripides, 123 is by no means free from some mixture of this alloy in the language of his short dialogue. For example: in the scene between Ulysses and Neoptolemus in the Philoctetes, [v. 1250,] when Neoptolemus declares his resolution of restoring to Philoctetes his bow and arrows, at which Ulysses expresses his surprise by a repetition of the question,
Τι φης; τιν ειρηκας λογον;
—Neoptolemus replies,
"Would you have me tell you the same thing two or three times over?"
Δις τ'αυτα βέλει και τρις ἀναπολειν μ ἐπη;
v. 1238 [Oxford turn v. 1267].
In another scene... between Teucer and Menelaus, after a long altercation about the interment of Ajax, Menelaus says—
ὧν σοι φρασω τονδ᾽ ἐστιν ἐχι θαπτεον.
—to which Teucer replies—
Συ δ' ἀντακεσον τετον ὡς τεθαψεται.
Ajax, v. 1140 [Oxford turn v. 1159].
In plain English, but no plainer than the Greek—
"M. One thing I'll tell you—he shall not be buried. T. And I'll tell another thing—he shall be buried."
—Certainly this approaches very nearly to the language of a contest between two washer-women. 124
These may be reckoned among the passages, in which the spirit of Sophocles, according to the observation of a great critic,
σβεννυται άλογως πολλακις, και πίπτει άτυχεστατα
. 125 In the Antigone there is a scene of altercation between Creon, Ismene, and Antigone, in which, when Ismene, pleading for her sister, asks Creon whether he will put her to death, who was to become the wife of his son, his answer is—
ΑΡΩΣΙΜΟΙ γαρ χάτερων εισιν ΓΥΑΙ.
v. 569 [Oxford turn v. 576].
The prejudiced admirers of the antients are very angry at the least insinuation that they had any idea of our barbarous Tragi-Comedy. But after all, it cannot be dissembled, that, if they had not the name, they had the thing, or something very nearly approaching to it. If that be Tragi-Comedy, which is partly serious and partly comical, I do not know why we should scruple to say, that the Alcestis of Euripides is, to all intents and purposes, a Tragi-Comedy. I have not the least doubt, that it had upon an Athenian audience the proper effect of Tragi-Comedy; that is, that in some places it made them cry, and in others, laugh. And the best thing we have to hope, for the credit of Euripides , is, that he intended to produce this effect. For though he may be an unskilful Poet, who purposes to write Tragi-Comedy, he surely is a more unskilful Poet, who writes one without knowing it.
The learned reader will understand me to allude particularly to the scene, in which the domestic describes the behaviour of Hercules ; and to the speech of Hercules himself, which follows. 126 Nothing can well be of a more comic cast than the servant's complaint. He describes the hero as the most greedy 127 and ill- mannered guest he had ever attended, under his master's hospitable roof; calling about him, eating, drinking, and singing, in a room by himself, while the master and all the family were in the height of funereal lamentation. He was not contented with such refreshments as had been set before him;
ἐτι σωφρονως ἔδεξατο Τα προστυχοντα ξενια Αλλ ἐι τι μη φερομεν, ΩΤΡΥΝΕΝ φερεια
Then he drinks—
Ἕως ἐθερμην᾿ ἀυτον ἀμφιβασα φλοξ
—crowns himself with myrtle, and sings,
ΑΜΟΥΣ ΥΛΑΚΤΩΝ
—and all this, alone.
"Cette description,"
says Fontenelle ,
"est si burlesque, qu'on diroit d'un crocheteur qui est de confrairie ."
128 A censure somewhat justified by Euripides himself, who makes the servant take Hercules for a thief:—
πανέργον ΚΛΩΠΑ και ΛΗΙΣΤΗΝ τινα.
The speech of Hercules ,
φιλοσοφεντου ἐν μεθῃ
, as the scholiast observes, (v. 776,)
"philosophizing in his cups,"
is still more curious. It is, indeed, full of the
φλοξ όνε
, and completely justifies the attendant's description. Nothing can be more jolly. It is in the true spirit of a modern drinking song; recommending it to the servant to uncloud his brow, enjoy the present hour, think nothing of the morrow, and drown his cares in love and wine:
ΟΥΤΟΣ τι σεμνον και πεφροντικού βλέπεις; 129 Ου χρη σκυθρωπον, κ. τ. αλ. ΔΕΥΡ ΕΛΘ᾽, ὅπως ἀν και σοφωτέρου γενη. Τα θνητα πραγματ οἰδας ἦν ἐχει φυσιν; ΟΙΜΑΙ μεν ΟΥ· ΠΟΘΕΝ ΓΑΡ; –ἀλλ᾿ ἀκει με. Βροτοις άπασι κατθανειν ὀφειλεται, Κεκ ἐστι θνητων όστις ἐξεπισταται Την άυριον μελλεσαν ἐι βιωσεται. Ευφραινε σαυτον ΠΙΝΕ! –τον καθ ήμεραν Βιον λογίζε σον, τα δ' άλλα, της τυχης. Τιμα δε και την πλειστον ήδιστην θεων ΚΥΠΡΙΝ βροτοισιν κ. τ. λ.
v. 773-812 [Oxford turn v. 783-812].
If any man can read this, without supposing it to have set the audience in a roar, I certainly cannot demonstrate that he is mistaken. I can only say, that I think he must be a very grave man himself, and must forget that the Athenians were not a very grave people. The zeal of Pere Brumoy in defending this Tragedy, betrays him into a little indiscretion. He says,
"tout cela à fait penser à quelques critiques modernes que cette piece etoit une Tragicomedie; chimere inconnu aux anciens. Cette piece est du gout des autres Tragedies antiques."
130 Indeed they, who call this play a Tragi-Comedy, give it rather a favourable name; for, in the scenes alluded to, it is, in fact, of a lower species than our Tragi-Comedy: it is, rather, burlesque Tragedy; what Demetrius calls
τραγωδια παίζεσα
. 131 Much of the comic cast prevails in other scenes; though mixed with those genuine strokes of simple and universal nature, which abound in this Poet, and which I should be sorry to exchange for that monotonous and unaffecting level of Tragic dignity, which never falls, and never rises.
I will only mention one more instance of this Tragi-comic mixture, and that from Sophocles . The dialogue between Minerva and Ulysses , in the first scene of the Ajax, from v. 74 to 88 , is perfectly ludicrous. The cowardice of Ulysses is almost as comic as the cowardice of Falstaff . In spite of the presence of Minerva, and her previous assurance, that she would effectually guard him from all danger by rendering him invisible, when she calls Ajax out, Ulysses, in the utmost trepidation, exclaims—
Τι δρας, Αθανα; μηδαμως σφ' ἐξω καλει. 132
Minerva answers—
Ου σιγ άνεξη, μηδε δείλιαν ἀρεις; 133
But Ulysses cannot conquer his fears:—
ΜΗ, ΠΡΟΣ ΘΕΩΝ-ἀλλ᾽ ἐνδον ἀρκειτω μένων. 134
And in this tone the conversation continues; till, upon Minerva's repeating her promise that Ajax should not see him, he consents to stay; but in a line of most comical reluctance, and with an afide, that is in the true spirit of Sancho Pança :—
Μενοιμ᾿ ἀν ΗΘΕΛΟΝ Δ᾽ ΑΝ ΕΚΤΟΣ ΩΝ ΤΥΧΕΙΝ.
v. 88.
No unprejudiced person, I think, can read this scene without being convinced, not only, that it must have actually produced, but that it must have been intended to produce, the effect of Comedy. 135
It appears, indeed, to me, that we may plainly trace in the Greek Tragedy, with all its improvements, and all its beauties, pretty strong marks of its popular and Tragi-comic origin. For,
Τρα-
γῳδια
, we are told, was, originally, the only dramatic appellation 136 ; and when, afterwards, the ludicrous was separated from the serious, and distinguished by its appropriated name of Comedy, the separation seems to have been imperfectly made, and Tragedy, distinctively so called, seems still to have retained a tincture of its original merriment. Nor will this appear strange, if we consider the popular nature of the Greek spectacles. The people, it is probable, would still require, even in the midst of their Tragic emotion, a little dash of their old satyric fun, and Poets were obliged to comply, in some degree, with their taste. 137
When we speak of the Greek Tragedies as correct and perfect models, we seem merely to conform to the established language of prejudice, and content ourselves with echoing, without reflection or examination, what has been said before us. Lord Shaftsbury , for example, talks of Tragedy's being
"raised to its height by Sophocles and Euripides, and no room left for further excellence or emulation."
138 I should be sorry to be ranked in the class of those critics, who prefer that Poetry which has the fewest faults, to that which has the greatest beauties. 139 I mean only to combat that conventional and hearsay kind of praise, which has so often held out the Tragedies of the Greek Poets, as elaborate and perfect models, such as had received the last polish of art and meditation. The true praise of Æschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, is, (in kind at least, though not in degree,) the praise of Shakspeare; that of strong, but irregular, unequal, and hasty genius. Every thing, which this genius and the feeling of the moment could produce... these writers possess in great abundance: what meditation, and
"the labour and delay of the file"
only can effect, they too often want. Of Shakspeare, however, compared with the Greek Poets, it may justly, I think, be pronounced, that he has much more, both of this want, and of that abundance.

34. mvp-aristotle-comment-34

NOTE 34.

4.18 P. 72. ORIGINALLY, THE TROCHAIC TETRAMETER WAS MADE USE OF, &c.
As the Trochaic measure was still occasionally admitted, even in the improved and serious Greek Tragedy, and, in particular, occurs very frequently in the Tragedies of Euripides, it is natural to suppose, that a still more frequent use of it would be one of the characteristics of the fatyric drama, which seems to have been only a sort of revival, in an improved and regular form, of the old Trochaic Tragedy with its chorus of dancing fatyrs. It seems therefore somewhat remarkable, though I have not seen it noticed, that in the only fatyric drama extant, the CYCLOPS, and that written by Euripides, who has made so much use of this measure in his Tragedies, not a single Trochaic tetrameter is to be found.

35. mvp-aristotle-comment-35

NOTE 35.

4.19 P. 73. THE IAMBIC IS, OF ALL METRES, THE MOST COLLOQUIAL, &c.
Compare Rhet. lib. iii. cap. i. and cap. viii. Ed. Duval. And Demet. Περι Ἑρμ. Sect. 43.

36. mvp-aristotle-comment-36

NOTE 36.

4.19 P. 73. ----SELDOM INTO HEXAMETER, AND ONLY WHEN WE DEPART FROM THE USUAL MELODY OF SPEECH.
It has been thought strange, that Aristotle should introduce here the mention of hexameters, when he has been speaking only of Trochaic and Iambic verse, and is accounting for the adoption of the latter, in preference, not to the hexameter, but to the Trochaic tetrameter: and it has, therefore, been doubted, whether we should not read
τετραμετρα
140 . But the established reading, I believe, is right. The Trochaic tetrameter, Aristotle has, both here, and in his Rhetoric, characterized as
σατυρικον - τροχερον όρχης ικωτερον
and even
κορδακικωτερον
141 . He did not, I apprehend, consider it as being, in any degree,
λεκτικóν
. It was therefore entirely out of the question, when a metre proper for the general dialogue of Tragedy was to be sought for: but the bexameter was not so; and it might, without absurdity, be asked by an objector, as Castelvetro and Piccolomini have observed, why that species of verse was not adopted; especially as the Tragic Poets were the successors of the Epic, or Heroic, and Homer, according to Plato, was "the first of Tragic Poets" 142 . As its character was grave and stately, it might seem, on that account, well adapted to Tragedy, where, indeed, we actually find it occasionally introduced. But Aristotle objects to it as less proper, because, though
σεμνον
, it was at the same time, least
λεκτικον
. He allows, however, that it was not so remote from the rhythm of common speech, but that it might be casually produced, like the Iambic, though it rarely happened. He even goes so far, as to allow, in his concluding chapter, that Tragedy "might adopt the Epic metre." 143 —All this seems to afford sufficient support to the common reading. The Heroic and Iambic feet are, in the same manner, considered together, Rhet. iii. 8.
By
λεκτικη άρμονια
, Aristotle means what Aristoxenus calls
ΜΕΛΟΣ λογωδες
144 . We must not suppose him to use the word
ἁρμονια
here, in that lax and general sense, in which we commonly apply it to the rhythm of speech, when we talk of the harmony of a verse or a period. He speaks with his usual accuracy. Speech, as well as Music, has its melody and its rhythm; and these, in speech animated by passion, are so modified, as to approach, more or less perceptibly, to musical melody and rhythm. 145 And what Aristotle here asserts, I think, is, that the Greeks seldom, or never, departed so far from the usual rhythm of speech, as to run into hexameter verse, except when they were led, by the same cause, to depart equally from its usual melody or tones.

37. mvp-aristotle-comment-37

NOTE 37.

4.20 P. 73. THE EPISODES WERE MULTIPLIED.
The mistakes, into which some commentators have been led by annexing to the term
Επεισοδιον
, as applied by Aristotle to Tragedy, the modern and Epic idea of a digression, "hors-d'œuvre, intermede, morceau d'attache", have been well pointed out by Le Bossu, Tr. du Poeme Ep. liv. ii. ch. iv. v. vi. . But he appears to me to have gone too far, and to have fallen into the opposite error, by extending the word even to the most essential parts of the general action, to which he will not allow the
ἐπεισοδια
to be, in any sense, added, united, &c.-but insists that they constitute that action, "comme les membres font la matiere des corps." With this idea, he had, indeed, some reason to call the word
ἐπασοδιον
, "terme trompeur;" for, in this application of it, all sight of its etymological sense is lost. By all that I can gather from an attentive comparison of all the passages in which Aristotle uses the word, there appears to me no reason to suppose, that he any where meant to apply it indiscriminately to all the incidents of a fable; and it is for this reason that I have no where ventured to render it by the word incident, which would have been too general. Le Bossu's definition is," Les Episodes sont les parties necessaires de l'action etendues avec des circonstances vraisemblables." -The death of Cato, for example, in the Tragedy of Addison, answers to this definition. But would Aristotle have called that an Episode? I can scarce think it. The most I can conceive is, that he might have applied the term
ἐπεισοδια
to the particular circumstances and detail of the action, which were the additions of the Poet's fancy. Le Bossu mentions, as an instance, the escape of Orestes by means of the ablution, in the Iphig. in Taur. of Euripides; which, he says, Aristotle calls an Episode. But, it is not the escape of Orestes, (
ἡ σωτηρια
) that Aristotle so denominates; this was an essential circumstance, and is expressly included by him in that general sketch of the plot, into which the
ἐπεισοδια
were afterwards to be worked: and one of these Episodes was the detail of the manner in which the escape was effected,
δια της καθάρσεως
. - See NOTE 143 .
The word
ἐπεισοδιον
is, I think, used by Aristotle only in two senses: 1. The technical sense, in which it is clearly defined to mean, all that part, or, rather, those parts, of a Tragedy, that are included between entire choral odes. 146 2. It is evidently applied, in other passages, to the particular parts, subordinate actions, circumstances, or incidents, of the fable; but only, I think, to such, as were not essential parts of the Poet's plan or story, though they might be, and indeed ought to be, closely connected with it:-such, as, however important in the action, by contributing to promote the catastrophe, were yet no way necessitated by history, or popular tradition, or, in subjects of pure invention, by the Poet's general and determined plan, but depended on the invention or the choice of the Poet, who might, without any alteration in the
καθόλε λογώ
, as Aristotle calls it, of his drama, have conducted the action to its catastrophe by different means.
The word
ἐπεισοδιον
, then, appears to me never to be used by Aristotle but in its proper and derivative sense, of something more or less adventitious or accessory-something inserted, superadded, introduced, at pleasure, by the Poet. But the Epic Poem, from its extent of plan, and the variety requisite to its purpose, admits, and requires, subordinate actions of greater length and slighter relation to the principal action of the fable, than is consistent with the shorter compass, closer unity, and different end, of Tragedy. As the Episodes of Epic Poetry, therefore, had more distinctness, entireness, and projection from the subject, if I may so express myself, than those of Tragedy, this, as it was the most obvious, became in time almost the only, application of the term; till, at length, from the frequent abuse of this Epic privilege of variety, and the
μεταβαλλαν τον ἀκεοντα
, scarce any other idea was annexed to the word Episode, than that of digression, bors-d'œuvre, something foreign to the subject, or connected with it only by the slightest thread. Hence, too, in modern language, the word, I think, is applied only to entire actions of this additional, or digressive kind; not to the minuter circumstances or incidents which form the detail of an action. Thus, we call the whole story of Dido, in the Aneid, an Episode; but we should not give that name to any of the incidents by which the death of Turnus (an action essential to the fable,) is circumstantiated, though equally introduced and supplied by the Poet, and therefore equally, in Aristotle's sense,
ἐπεισοδια
. And so much, as to his use of this term, in general. Whether these remarks are well or ill founded, will best appear, when we come to apply them to the particular passages in which the word occurs. In that now before us, it is used, I think, in the second of the two senses I mentioned; and its best comment seems to be another passage, cap. xxiv. where the critic observes the advantage which the Epic Poem has in the variety of its Episodes, and assigns the want of that variety, as one common cause of ill success in Tragic writing: –
το γαρ ΟΜΟΙΟΝ ταχυ πληρεν ἐκπιπτειν ποια τας τραγωδίας
.

38. mvp-aristotle-comment-38

NOTE 38.

5.1 P. 73. THE RIDICULOUS-A SPECIES OF TURPITUDE OR DEFORMITY; SINCE IT MAY BE DEFINED, &C.
It has been asserted by some writers of eminence, that Aristotle here speaks, not of what is laughable or ludicrous, in general, but only of the ridiculous, in that particular sense of the word, in which it is distinguished from the merely risible, and implies laughter mixed with disapprobation or contempt. This, however, is certainly not what Aristotle has said; for the word
γελοιον
, which he uses, is as general as possible, and answers exactly to our word laughable. And it is in this general sense, justified, I think, by common usage, that I have used the word ridiculous in my version. For though in a philosophical speculation the distinction above-mentioned may be necessary for clearness, and is undoubtedly well founded, yet, in common language, the word ridiculous is never used with this nice appropriation, but applied, like its Latin original, to whatever excites laughter.
But it is objected, that, if Aristotle means the laughable in general, his account of the matter is false; because "men laugh at that, in which there is neither fault nor turpitude of any kind." 147 I answer, that this is true in English, but not true in Greek. Our word, turpitude, is confined, I think, to a moral sense, and I suppose is here so used by Dr. Beattie; and it is certainly true, that we laugh at many things that have in them no turpitude of that kind-nothing morally wrong. But the Greek word,
ΑΙΣΧΡΟΝ
, was a word of wide extent, and seems manifestly used here by Aristotle in its utmost latitude; comprehending every thing that is, in any degree, ugly or deformed, from atrocious villainy, the highest moral ugliness, to a ridiculous cast of features in an ugly face. It is the opposite to
ΚΑΛΟΝ
, which was used in a correspondent latitude of application. - The objections, which have been made to this passage, have chiefly, I think, been owing to this, that the objectors have not been sufficiently aware of the extensive signification in which the Greeks used the words,
καλον, αισχρον, –ἀρετη, κακια σπεδαιον, φαυλον-άμαρτημα
, &c. We trans- late the words of antient authors by words to which we annex different ideas, and then raise objections and difficulties from our own mistakes. The consequence of taking
αισχρον
here in the restrained sense of moral turpitude, has been, that those writers, who have so taken it, have been obliged to deny, that
γελοιον
means laughable, because the laughable in general could not truly be defined, "a species of moral turpitude."
It plainly was not Aristotle's design here to enter into an accurate inquiry about the nature of laughter, and the distinction of risible and ridiculous objects. This he had perhaps done, in that part of this mutilated treatise, which related to Comedy, and to which he himself refers in his Rhetoric. 148 His purpose, here, seems to have been, merely to support and explain his account of Comedy; i. e. that it was
μιμησις φαυλοτερων
, "an imitation of bad characters;" that is, as he immediately limits the sense of the general term
φαυλον
, of ridiculous, or laughable, characters. Such, he continues, are properly denominated
φαυλοι, κακοι
, bad, &c. because the laughable (
γελοιον
) is one species of the
αισχρον
, taken in its most general sense. "But to what species, or class," it was obvious to ask, "does it belong?"-To that class, it is answered, of things
αισχρα
, which are neither destructive nor painful: for these, exciting terror or pity, are the property of Tragedy. And he asserts, I think, plainly, that the laughable in general,
το γελοιον
, i. e. every thing that excites laughter, is
ἁμαρτημα ΤΙ και αισχα ἀνωδυνον και φθαρτικον
-is, in some respect or other, faulty, wrong, deformed, but neither painful nor pernicious. What follows, about a ridiculous face, is, I think, clearly, not an illustration merely, as Dr. Campbell understands it to be, but an instance. 149 This seems evident from Aristotle's using the very word
αισχρον
; (
προσωπον αισχρον
) which he would hardly have done, had he just before used the words
αισχρον
and
αισχ
, as Dr. Campbell and Dr. Beattie contend that he bas used them, in a moral sense only.
But it is objected "We can never suppose that Aristotle would have called distorted features 'a certain fault or slip.'" To call them a slip, would indeed found strangely; because that expression conveys the idea of something morally wrong. But when we say, that a very long nose, or a wide mouth, is a fault in a face, we use a very common expression; the word fault having, I think, the same latitude of application as the Greek word
ἀμαρτημα
.
It must be observed, however, that all Aristotle says is, that these two characters, deformity of some sort, and the absence of pain, or hurt, are to be found in every object of laughter: he neither says, nor implies, the converse that every thing so qualified is laughable. With respect to one of these characters the absence of pain or harm-there can be no doubt. It is only saying that we cannot laugh at that which shocks us. As to the other general character, deformity, ugliness, something wrong, &c. (
ἁμαρτημα ΤΙ και αισχα
) it seems to me, that these expressions, taken in that large sense, in which Aristotle plainly means to use them, amount to much the same as those used by modern philosophers to characterize the risible in general; such as, "incongruity, incongruous association, striking unsuitableness," "disproportion, inconsistence and dissonance of circumstances in the same object" 150 . With respect to works both of nature, and of art," says the ingenious and philosophical author of the Elements of Criticism, "none of them are risible but what are out of rule, some remarkable defect or excess; a very long visage, for example, or a very short one. Hence nothing just, proper, decent, beautiful, proportioned, or grand, is risible." 151 This appears to me to be exactly the meaning, and to approach very near to the language, of Aristotle. For, of whatever may be thus characterized it surely may be said, that it has some species of fault, deformity, or distortion: in Aristotle's words,
ἁμαρτημα Τι και -αισχρον ΤΙ και ΔΙΕΣΤΡΑΜΜΕΝΟΝ
.
Aristotle's account, then, of the
γελοíον
, appears to be right, as far as it goes. It might, indeed, be objected to, as too general, had he given it as the result of an exact and particular analysis of the subject. But this, as I have already observed, was not his purpose in this place.
It is farther objected by Dr. Campbell, that to speak of laughter in general, "would have been foreign to Aristotle's purpose:" because, "laughter is not his theme, but Comedy; and laughter only so far as Comedy is concerned with it. Now the concern of Comedy reaches no farther than that kind of ridicule which relates to manners." 152 —Undoubtedly it was this kind of ridicule that Aristotle had principally in view. But I apprehend, that the Comedy here in question was concerned with the ridiculous or laughable in general. For Aristotle's notion of Comedy, as an excellent writer has observed, "was taken from the state and practice of the Athenian stage that is, from the old or middle Comedy, which answers to his description. The great revolution which the introduction of the new Comedy made in the drama, did not happen till afterwards." 153 Now the old and middle Comedy, as I have before observed, were no other than what we should call Farce. To raise a laugh was so eminently their object, that the ridiculous (
το γελοιον
) is frequently used by Plato, as synonymous to Comedy, and substituted for it; as pity is also for Tragedy. 154 Nor was it even very "foreign to Aristotle's purpose" to instance in a ridiculous face; for that this also was an established source of fun in the Greek theatre, is well known from the curious account of the comic masks in Jul. Pollux; who says, particularly of those of the old Comedy, that they were ridiculous caricaturas of the persons represented:—
ἐπι το γελοιοτερον ἐσχηματισο
. 155 The Athenians were certainly not more delicate than Cicero, who thought, we know, that bodily deformities were "satis bella materies ad jocandum." 156 He, also, agrees perfectly with Aristotle, or rather follows him, in his account of the ridiculous: "Locus autem et regio quasi ridiculi TURPITUDINE ET DEFORMITATE QUADAM continetur."

39. mvp-aristotle-comment-39

NOTE 39.

5.4 P. 73. ITS POETS HAVE BEEN RECORDED.
The original is,
δι ΛΕΓΟΜΕΝΟΙ αυτης ποιηται μνημονευονται
: the only fair translation of which, I think, is,
"they who are called its Poets."
But as it seems not easy to find any reasonable meaning for this, I have not translated the word at all. The text is probably corrupt. Castelvetro conjectured, very ingeniously,
ΟΛΙΓΟΙ ΜΕΝ ΟΙ ΑΥΤΗΣ ποιηται
.—But this Greek,
όλιγοι οι ποιηται
, is, I fear, what the critics call,
πονηρκ κομματα
. I will venture to mention another conjecture that has occurred to me. The learned reader will dispose of it as he pleases. It seems not improbable that Aristotle wrote,
Ηδη δε σχηματα τινα αυτης ἐχεσης ΟΙΑ ΛΕΓΟΜΕΝ, ΟΙ αυτης, &c.
i. e.
"When it had acquired a certain form, such as we say,"
alluding to what he had said of Homer's suggesting, by his Margites, the true form, or idea, of Comedy, in which the ridiculous was substituted for the mere invective of the old Iambic, or Satyric form.
Τα της κωμωδίας ΣΧΗΜΑΤΑ πρωτο ὑπεδειξεν, ἐ ψογον, άλλα ΤΟ ΓΕΛΟΙΟΝ δραματοποιησας,
[cap. iv.]
See, also, what he says immediately after, of the forms (
σχηματα
) of Tragedy and Comedy being
ἐντιμοτερα
, in higher credit and esteem, than those of the old satirical and encomiastic poems which preceded them: for this seems to accord with what he here says, that Comedy was neglected till it attained something of this its proper form, and aimed at its proper object, the ridiculous. The reader will see the connection :
Ἡ δε κωμῳδια, δια το ΜΗ ΣΠΟΥΔΑΖΕΣΘΑΙ ἐξ ἀρχης, ἐλαθεν. ——ΗΔΗ ΔΕ ΣΧΗΜΑΤΑ τίνα αυτης ἐχεσης ὉΙΑ ΛΕΓΟΜΕΝ, ΟΙ αυτης ποιηται μνημονευονται
.—This differs from the present reading only by the insertion of a single letter,
Δ
, which might easily have been omitted, from its resemblance to the
Α
that follows.

40. mvp-aristotle-comment-40

NOTE 40.

5.4 P. 73. PROLOGUES.
We are not, I think, to look for a sense of the word
Προλογο
, as here applied to Comedy, different from that, in which it is applied, ch. xii.
[Transl. Part II. Sect. 10.]
to Tragedy. In both, it was that introductory part of the drama, the business of which was, to give the spectator, either directly, in its very outlet, or, more obliquely, in the course of it, so much information relative to the subject of the piece, as would enable him to follow the action without confusion. 157 This we learn clearly from the following passage in that part of Aristotle's Rhetoric , where he explains and illustrates the oratorical exordium, by a comparison of it with that of the Epic Poem, and with the prologue of a drama. After giving, as examples, the openings of the Iliad and Odyssey, he goes on:—
και οι Τραγικοι δηλεσι περι το δραμα, καν μη ευθυς, ώσπερ Ευριπίδης, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν ΤΩΙ ΠΡΟΛΟΓΩ γε ΠΟΥ δηλοι, ώσπερ και Σοφοκλης ---ΚΑΙ Ἡ ΚΩΜΩΔΙΑ ΩΣΑΥΤΩΣ
[Rhet. iii. 14.]
. 158 —This clearly excludes the separate prologue, such as that of the Roman Comedy; and it is, also, irreconcilable with Dacier's idea, that by the prologue, in the passage we are considering, Aristotle meant what was afterwards called the Parabasis ; for this was merely an address from the Poet to the audience, through the mouth of the Chorus, occurring indifferently in any part of the play, and even, sometimes, at the end of it. 159 It seems to differ from the prologue of the Roman Comedy, and of the modern drama, only in its being delivered by the Chorus, and in the body of the piece.
Tragedy, according to the usual account of it, seems to have consisted, at first, only of two parts, the
Χορικον
, and
Επεισοδίον
, and to have begun and ended with those choral songs, which were then esteemed the essential part of Tragedy. But, afterwards, these scanty fables,
μικροι μυθοι
, as Aristotle calls them, were drawn out to their proper size , not only by introducing a greater variety of episodic incidents , but by prefixing to the first choral song, (or to the first speech of the entire chorus, according to Aristotle's account of the Parode, cap. xii.) the introductory part called
Προλογού
, and adding, after the last, the concluding part called
Έξοδος
. The case was probably the same with Comedy. The Phallic songs, from which it received its birth, were, I suppose, regarded originally as the essential part of the Comic drama, in the same manner as the Bacchic hymns were of the Tragic. Aristotle plainly speaks of Comedy, as having gradually received similar additions and improvements to those of Tragedy ; and, among these, that of the
Προλογά
. That such an introductory part, or act, which should be, as Aristotle expresses it,
δειγμα λογε
, and
ὁδοποιησις τῳ ἐπιοντι
, was indeed still more necessary to Comedy than to Tragedy, is obvious from the very nature of the former drama.
The nature and office of the Greek prologue, and its two different manners, are, I observe, very exactly expressed by Terence in the conclusion of his separate prologue to the Adelphi ; as they are also very well exemplified in the two first scenes. Dehinc, ne expectetis argumenta fabulæ. Senes qui primi venient, hi, partem aperient, In agendo partem oftendent. That is, as I understand it, part of the plot they will open to you in the way of direct narration, like the prologues of Euripides, (as, in the soliloquy of Mitio,) and part they will discover in a more oblique and dramatic way, in the scene of action and dialogue that follows:
"In agendo partem oftendent."
I ventured, in a former note, to say, that the Greek Tragedy appeared to me to have retained, with all its improvements, some traces of its origin. Something of this may be perceived, I think, in the very opening of many of the Greek dramas: but especially in those of Euripides , whose inartificial prologues of explanatory narration, addressed directly to the spectators, remind us of the state of Tragedy previous to the introduction of the dialogue ; when it consisted only of a story told between the acts, (if I may so speak,) of the Dithyrambic Chorus, which was then the main body and substance of the entertainment. When I read the opening of the Hecuba:
ΗΚΩ, νεκρων κευθμωνα και σκοτε πύλας Διπων, ἐν᾿ Αδης χωρις ᾠκισται θεων, ΠΟΛΥΔΩΡΟΣ, Εκαβης παις γεγως της Κίσσέως Πριαμέτε πατρα κ. τ. αλ.
Hec. v. 1.
160 —that of the Perfe of Æschylus :—
ΤΑΔΕ μεν Περσων των διχομενων Ελλαδ᾽ ἐις άναν πιστα καλείται.
Pers. v. 1.
—or, even the—
ΑΥΤΟΣ ὧδ᾽ ἐληλυθα Ο ΠΑΣΙ ΚΛΕΙΝΟΣ ΟΙΔΙΠΟΥΣ ΚΑΛΟΥΜΕΝΟΣ
Oed. Tyr. v. 7.
—of Sophocles , I cannot help thinking of the single actor of Thespis , announcing his own name and family, and telling the simple tale of his achievements or misfortunes.
This sort of direct explanation was afterwards, with much more propriety, taken from the persons of the drama, and consigned to the actors in a detached prologue, such as those of Plautus and Terence : a practice, which, if we did not know the attachment of Ben Jonson to every thing antient, we might suspect he meant to ridicule, by the pleasant use he has made of it in the prologue to his puppet-shew of Hero and Leander, in the Bartholomew Fair. "Gentles, that no longer your expectations may wander, Behold our chief actor, amorous Leander, With a great deal of cloth lapp'd about him like a scarf, For he yet serves his father, a dyer at Puddle-wharf," &c.
The next, and the last step, in the history of Prologues, was again to leave the argument, as it had been left by Sophocles, to the oblique information and gradual development of the action itself, and to make the separate prologue subservient to other purposes, unconnected with the subject of the drama. The worst of these purposes, and the greatest possible abuse of the term, is to be found in what is called the Prologue of the French Opera ; which is wholly composed of two ingredients, almost equally disgusting to a just poetical, or moral taste—allegory and adulation.

41. mvp-aristotle-comment-41

NOTE 41.

5.5 P. 73. EPICHARMUS AND PHORMIS FIRST INVENTED COMIC FABLES.
Dacier , here, raises unnecessary difficulties. His positive assertion, that, in the old and middle Comedy,
"Il n'y avoit rien de feint,"
is surprising. The slightest inspection of Aristophanes will confute it. Was it, then, a fact, that Socrates used to be suspended in a basket for the benefit of aerial meditation? and that Æschylus and Euripides weighed their verses in a pair of scales, to decide, by that means, a contest or superiority, after they were dead? &c.. 161
Μυθες ποιειν
, is clearly to invent plots or subjects; and whatever is invented, or feigned, is, in Aristotle's language,
καθολε
, or general, as opposed to a strictly historical plot, which is
καθ ἐκαστον
, particular. 162 The expression, therefore, which Aristotle presently after uses, in speaking of Crates ,
ἀφεμενα της ιαμβικης ίδεας, καθολα ποιειν λογες μυθες
, I understand to be no more than the development of the shorter expression which preceded,
μυθες ποιειν
. He does not say, that Crates was the first Poet, but only the first Athenian Poet, who invented such comic subjects. The distinction seems clearly marked:
το μεν ἐν ἐξ ἀρχης ἐκ ΣΙΚΕΛΙΑΣ ἦλθε : ΤΩΝ ΔΕ ΑΘΗΝΗΣΙ, Κρατης πρωτο κ. τ. αλλ.
.

42. mvp-aristotle-comment-42

NOTE 42.

5.7 P. 74. EPIC POETRY AGREES SO FAR WITH TRAGIC, &C.
Of the corruption of this passage I have no doubt. It has been proposed to eject the words,
μετα λογε
. My suspicion rather falls upon the word
μετρε
; which, as it adds nothing but embarrassment to the sense, (
λογο
, speech, or words, being a general term, and including metre, as in ch. i. ) I have omitted. It appears to me, likewise, that the only meaning, which can reasonably be given to the expression,
μεχρι ΜΟΝΟΥ μετρα
, is—as far as metre alone; i. e.
"without considering the other means of imitation, melody and rhythm."
And, accordingly, some commentators, by
μετρον ῾ΑΠΛΟΥΝ
, understand verse alone, without music. But had this been Aristotle's meaning, he would probably have used the appropriated and clear word,
$\psi u\lambda ov$
. The proper and obvious sense of
μετρον άπλεν
, is, a simple, or single, kind of metre. 163 This sense seems also supported by what he says of the metrical difference of the Epic and Tragic Poems, cap. xxiv. where melody and rhythm are not taken into the comparison, but the different kinds of metre only, and their being one, or many:—
ἐι γαρ τις ἐν ἀλλῳ τινι μετρῳ διηγηματικην μιμησιν ποιοιτο, ἐν ΠΟΛΛΟΙΣ, ἀπρεπες ἂν φαινοιτο.
And farther, that Aristotle did not mean to express by
μετρον άπλεν
, the exclusion of melody and rhythm, appears the more probable, because he sufficiently expresses this presently afterwards, when he says, that some of the parts of Tragedy were peculiar to it. Now these parts are no other than the decoration, (
oψις
), and the Melopæia, which included melody and rhythm.
On the whole, it seems not improbable, that the passage originally stood in some such way as this:
Ἡ μεν ἐν Εποποϊία τη Τραγω δια μέχρι μονα ΤΟΥ μετα λογε μιμησιΝ ἐἶναι σπεδαιων ἠκολεθησεν.

43. mvp-aristotle-comment-43

NOTE 43.

5.9 P. 74. THIS, AT FIRST, WAS EQUALLY THE CASE WITH TRAGEDY ITSELF.
It seems to have been taken for granted, without any foundation, by Dacier , and other commentators, that the modern rule, (for an antient rule it certainly is not,) of what is called the unity of time, was strictly adhered to in every period of the Greek drama: and this has led them, in this passage, to confound the length of the action, or fable, with that of the representation ; for these, where a strict unity of time is observed, are indeed the same. But Aristotle here says plainly, that in the earliest state of Tragedy, no rule at all, with respect to the time of the action, was observed ; that it was not only allowed to exceed
"a single revolution of the sun,"
but was
"indefinite (
ἀορις
)"
like that of the Epic Poem. This evidently cannot be applied, without absurdity, to the time of representation. Yet so it is applied by Dacier in his note on this passage, p. 70.
But it appears farther, I think, from what is said, and plainly said, in this chapter, that, after all we have heard so often about this famous unity of time, the rule receives not the least support from Aristotle's authority. Every one, who knows how much stress has been laid by modern critics on the three dramatic unities, and happens not to be well acquainted with Aristotle's treatise on Poetry, would, I suppose, naturally take it for granted, that they are all explicitly laid down, and enforced by him, as essential and indispensable laws, in that famous code of dramatic criticism. But the fact is, that, of these three rules, the only one that can be called important—that of the unity of action—is, indeed, clearly laid down and explained, and, with great reason, considered by him as indispensable.
Of the two other unities, that of place is not once mentioned, or even hinted, in the whole book ; and all that is said, respecting the time of the action, is said in this chapter, and in these words:
"Tragedy endeavours, as far as possible, to confine its action within the limits of a single revolution of the sun, or nearly so."
164 Almost all the commentators seem agreed in understanding the expression,
μια περιοδου ήλιε
, to mean only an artificial day. But I own I could never yet perceive any good reason, why we should not permit Aristotle to mean what he seems, in plain terms, to say. If he meant only twelve hours, why did he prefer an expression so ambiguous, to say the least of it, as
μιαν περιοδον ήλιε
, to the clear and obvious expression of
μιαν ΗΜΕΡΑΝ
? —But, to wave this question, the utmost, which the most strenuous advocates for the unity of time can make of this passage, is this—that the Poet should endeavour, as far as possible, to confine the supposed time of the action to that of a single day, or nearly so. Now it seems allowed, that none of the Greek Tragedies extant could have taken up, in the representation, more than three or four hours. What Aristotle, therefore, here says, is so far from being a rule for the unity of time, that, on the contrary, it is saying as plainly as possible, that, in his view, it was no duty incumbent on the dramatic Poet even to aim at the observance of such a rule: for, had he thought otherwise, his mode of expression would, surely, have been very different. He would have proposed the strict unity of time—the exact coincidence of the actual time of representation with the supposed time of the action—as the point of perfection, at which the Poet was to aim: he would have said,
"Tragedy endeavours, as far as possible, to confine its action within the time of representation, or nearly so."
It is certain, indeed, that the nature of the drama, strictly and rigorously considered, would require, I will not say, to the perfection, but to the closeness, of its imitation, the exact coincidence here mentioned ; and it is on this foundation only, that any rule at all relative to time could be necessary, and that the dramatic Poet could, with any reason, be denied the privilege of the Epic. All I contend for is, that Aristotle has no where required such a coincidence ; that he has not even mentioned it; much less has he, either here, or in any other part of his work, enjoined it as a rule. His rule is, as generally understood,
"confine your action, as nearly as you can, to a single day;"
—or, as I think, in conformity to his plain words, it should be understood—
"to a single revolution of the sun, or twenty-four hours."
165
It may, perhaps, be objected, that Aristotle has not delivered this in the form of a rule ; that he only refers to fact, and to the usual practice of the dramatic Poets of his time.
"Tragedy endeavours,"
&c. But, surely, to mention the general practice of Poets with seeming approbation, or, at least, without a word to the contrary, is, in fact, to erect that practice, (as he has done on many other occasions throughout his treatise,) into a rule. It is sufficient for my purpose, that, at least, he has given no other rule. Moreover, what he here says of the practice of the Greek dramatists, seems somewhat adverse to the language of those modern critics, who so often appeal, if I mistake not, to that very practice, for the support of their rigorous unity of time. For, if his expression does not prove, that he thought the rule of a single revolution of the sun the only rule which the Poets ought to observe, it surely proves, because it actually says, that he thought it the only rule, which, in general, they did observe.
But what says Dacier ?
"Une Tragedie, pour être parfaite, ne doit occuper ni plus, ni moins de tems, pour l'action, que pour la representation; car elle est alors dans toute la vraisemblance. Les Tragiques Grecs L'ONT TOUJOURS PRATIQUE."
What he adds, it seems not very easy to comprehend:
"Et ils s'en font fait une loi si indispensable, que pour ne la pas violer, ils ont quelquefois violentè leurs incidens, d'une maniere que je ne conseillerois pas de suivre:"
i. e. in plain English, (for I can make nothing else of it,)
"they have so scrupulously adhered to the rule, that, sometimes, for the sake of observing it, they have been obliged to break it."
p. 118.
I believe, every reader, who, in perusing the Greek Tragedians, has taken the pains to examine this matter, must be sensible, that what Dacier so confidently asserts, of their constant adherence to this rule, is palpably false. I shall only mention one remarkable instance of the utter neglect of it, and that in SOPHOCLES ; who, in this, as in other respects, is usually regarded, I think, as the most correct and regular of the three Greek Poets whose Tragedies are in our hands. In his Trachiniae, v. 632, Lichas sets out to carry the poisoned garment to Hercules, whom he finds upon the Cenaean promontory, which is said to be about sixty Italian miles from the scene of the action. At v. 734, Hyllus, who was present when his father received the garment, arrives with the terrible relation of its effects. Thus, during the performance of about a hundred lines, a journey of about one hundred and twenty Italian miles is supposed to have been taken. For this, and other instances of the same kind, I must content myself with referring the reader to the sensible and well written Estratto della Poetica d'Aristotile , published among the posthumous works of Metastasio , and which did not fall into my hands till all my notes were written. It contains many ingenious and sagacious observations. The subject of the dramatic unities, in particular, is discussed at large, and, I think, in a very masterly and satisfactory way. And, with respect to the strict unities of time and place, he seems perfectly to have succeeded in shewing, that no such rules were imposed on the Greek Poets by the critics, or by themselves;—nor are imposed on any Poet, either by the nature, or the end, of the dramatic imitation itself. 166 It would be inexcusable to quit this subject without reminding the reader, that the unities of time and place, were long ago powerfully, and, in my opinion, unanswerably combated, as far as their principles are concerned, by Dr. Johnson, in his preface to Shakspeare, p. 20, &c.

Commentary on the Poetics (Henry James Pye, 1792) (OCR draft) (Henry James Pye's 1792 English commentary, aligned to the Kassel reference edition.) focus

1.1. mvp-aristotle-comment-1 1.1

THE EPOPEE AND TRAGEDY, AS ALSO COMEDY AND DITHY- RAMBICS, AND THE GREATER PART OF THOSE COMPOSITIONS WHICH ARE SET TO THE FLUTE AND THE LYRE, ALL AGREE IN THE GENERAL CHARACTER OF BEING IMITATIONS.

By imitation, Aristotle does not mean merely description, but a lively representation of human actions, paffions, and manners. It would be fuperfluous to say much on a subject which has been so amply and clearly treated by Mr. Twining, in his ' Differtation on Poetry confidered as ، an imitative art,' and to which I refer such of my readers as defire full and fatisfactory information on this subject. Aristotle, undoubtedly, places that species of imitation in the first class, which is performed by persons acting, as in the drama, and, for the most part, in the epopees of Homer. This appears from what he says of the epopee, in the twenty-fourth chapter. • The poet (he observes) should appear • himself as little as poffible, for whenever he speaks in his own person N 2 ' he
⚫ he ceases to be an imitator;' seeming even to contradict what he had before allowed in the third chapter, ' that the poet might imitate, either like Homer, fometimes by fimple narration, and sometimes by affuming a different character; or entirely by narration, without affuming any ' character.' It may perhaps be impoffible strictly to reconcile this difference of opinion, but it obviously shews the great preference he gave personal imitation to any other, from which arose his strong predilection for tragedy; and I think we may fairly deduce from it, that even the poet whose imitation is folely narrative, must paint in strong colours the effects of action, paffions and manners, and not merely relate a fable though fictitious, like an hiftorian, for the purpose of drawing moral reflections from it. Those passages, nevertheless, of an epic poem, where the poet speaks in his own person, have great beauty from their contrast with the impaffioned parts, and the relief they give the mind, provided they are neither too frequent nor too long, and the rule laid down by Ariftotle, in his twenty-fourth chapter, concerning the elegance of the versification be carefully observed. Mr. Twining quotes a beautiful example from the first Æneid. ، ، • Urbs antiqua fuit, (Tyrii tenuêre coloni,) Carthago, Italiam contra Tiberinaque longe Oftia-.' Innumerable instances may be produced from Milton; as the description of evening and of paradise, in the fourth book of Paradise Loft; in this he is superior to any poet ancient or modern, though there are many striking passages of the fame kind in the Odyssey. The
POETIC OF ARISTOTLE. The modern invention of reciting a tale, by means of an epistolary correspondence between the perfons concerned, is a very happy mode of imitation, uniting in some measure the different advantages of the epopee and the drama. Perhaps a work of this nature, where the character and style of all the persons corresponding, is nicely difcriminated and rigidly observed, is yet a defideratum in imitative compofition [A].

1.2. mvp-aristotle-comment-2 1.5

THERE ARE SOME DANCERS WHO, REGULATING THEIR GESTURES BY RHYTHM, CAN IMITATE MANNERS, PASSIONS AND ACTIONS.

THE dances of our opera will afford proof of this. In the dance of the Deferter, I have seen the spectators almost as much affected by Roffi, as by the acting of Mrs. Siddons. This fubject is well illustrated in an ingenious treatise (written by Mr. Nares,) entitled, REMARKS ON THE FAVORITE BALLET OF CUPID AND PSYCHE.

1.3. mvp-aristotle-comment-3 1.6

THE EPOPEE USES PLAIN LANGUAGE, OR VERSE.

MY own opinion of the proper construction of this passage, and with what qualification it is to be understood as to the regular epic poem I have already given in a note on this place in my tranflation, and [A] See Beattie on Fiction and Romance, page 567. on
on a passage in the fixth chapter. But it is impossible to observe the great earnestness with which Dacier and Metastasio support their oppofite opinions, the one zealous for the honor of (B) Telemachus, and the other partial to the beautiful poems of Ariosto and Tasso, without being convinced of the neceffity of fober criticism, divesting itself of all national and personal partiality. And yet after all it can be of little consequence what Aristotle says on this subject, since in his time the (c) epopee, or the drama, unadorned by verse, if known at all, so far from having attained that degree of perfection to which they have been carried by the moderns, were confidered as an irregular and spurious kind of composition. [B] A fellow-countryman of Dacier's, Bossu, has settled this difference of opinion by the following accommodating hypothefis. • But if an epopee should be written in prose, would * it be an epic poem ? I think not, because a poem is a compofition in verse, but neverthe- * less that does not hinder it from being an epopee; so a tragedy in profe is not a tragic ' poem, but it is still a tragedy. Those who have been in doubt whether the Roman ' comedy was a poem have never doubted its being comedy.' Boffu, 1. 1. chap. v. See also Beattie on Poetry and Music, page 295, and on Fable and Romance, page 518. [c] The Cyropædia of Xenophon, though I believe generally allowed to be not wholly founded on truth, still takes its most prominent features from history, and perhaps does not deviate much more from fact than the account of Cyrus given by Herodotus, though it has more of a poetical form, as there is a manifest design in the arrangement of the circumstances. It seems to bear fome resemblance to the historical novels of the present day.. Strabo, it is true, mentions other writers of poetical profe. Λύσαντες τὸ μέτρον, τ᾽ ἄλλα δὲ φυλάξαντες, τὰ ποιητικὰ συνέγραψαν ὁι περὶ Κάδμον κὶ Φερεκύδην κὶὴ Ἑκατᾶιον, Ι. Ι. • For Cadmus and Pherecydes and Hecatæus wrote poetry, not confining themselves to verse, < but retaining its other requifites. Perhaps, however, by ποιητικά, in this place, compofition in general is meant, fince Suidas says of Hecatæus, Πρῶτος ἰσορίαν πεζῶς ἐξήνεγκεν. • He first wrote history in profe.' From
POETIC OF ARISTOTLE. From the examples here produced by Aristotle, I think it obvious he confiders the word epopee, in this place, according to its etymology, as imitating by woRDS alone, independent of musical accompaniment [D], without the distinction of prose and verse, and not at all as confined to narrative imitation. Neither is his use of the word epopee afterwards, in its more appropriated sense, any objection to the more general meaning he gives it here, since similar instances may be found in this short treatise, as in the words ἐπεισόδιον, μέτρον, and ἀπλόος. See note [c] on the tranflation of chapter xiii. I think it may be doubted whether Aristotle would have classed a modern comedy with the drama, as being a species of dramatic compofition, though deficient in the necessary requisites of verse and musical accompaniment; or with the epopee, as he has the mimes of Sophron, and the Socratic dialogues, as wanting every character of poetry except the essential one of imitation. The construction of the whole passage has occafioned much difference of opinion among the various commentators. As it appears to me, Aristotle having asserted that the epopee uses either plain language, or verse of different forts, as well as the particular species of verse which custom, founded on the nature of the compofition, had [D] Though I profefs this to be my opinion, yet as I by no means am an advocate for any particular hypothesis at the expence of truth, I must mention one objection that strikes me. If Aristotle, by λόγοις ψιλοις, means prose, there appears to be wanting something added to μέτροις, in this particular place, to distinguish verse unaccompanied with music, as one of the means of imitation peculiar to the epopee. The friends of an hypothesis to be combated hereafter, would perhaps say, that by μέρδις here, hexameter verse only is meant, did not the τουλοις μιγνῦσα that immediately follows, convey the most compleat refutation of such an appropriated use of μέτρον. See note II. on chapter xxvi. appropriated
СНАР. Г. appropriated to it, aware that he was hazarding a paradox, explains himself by saying, imitation, and not verse, was the criterion of Poetry; and as on one hand there would be no general name under which imitations, whether narrative or in a dramatic form, if written in profe, or an unusual kind of verse, could be classed, unless they were allowed to come under that of the epopee, whose characteristic it was to imitate by words alone, unassisted by mufic or representation; fo on the other it was a mistake to suppose that verse alone, independant of imitation, was the effential part of poetry, or that poets were styled elegiac, or epic, from writing in epic or elegiac measures, and not from the fubjects they chose, and their manner of treating them. Perhaps the following free paraphrafe of the whole passage may more plainly elucidate my idea of the reasoning of the critic. • The epopee imitates by language alone, without the afsistance of • musical accompaniment; and that, either in [E] prose, or in verse, • which verse may be either of various forts mixed together, or of one • fort only, viz. hexameter, as has hitherto been the general, and almost • universal practice.. • I know I am now advancing a paradox. But if we do not admit ⚫ certain compofitions in prose to be classed under the general name of epopee, what shall we call the mimes of Sophron and Xenarchus, [E] Mr. Twining thinks it odd that Aristotle should mention prose first. But it seems to be his usual practice to begin with the worst mode. See his enumeration of the different forms of tragic fable, chapter xiv. and the methods of discovery, chapter xvi. Prose is the greatest deviation from the proper form of the regular epopee, mixed verse the next. and
POETIC OF ARISTOTLE. ' and the dialogues of Socrates? Fictitious imitation of action, and • character, is the essential diftinction of poetry, and this they possess; • therefore we must at least allow them to be a species of poetry, as • poffeffing its principal requifite, though divested of verfification, • which we acknowledge to be a great, and indeed a necessary ornament; on the fame principle as the history of Herodotus (fee chap. ix. [F]), • if written in verse, would still be a species of history, as being defti- ، tute of the essential character of poetry, fictitious imitation, though • possessing its chief and peculiar ornament, verfification.' • If, indeed, we are so strict as to admit no fort of compofitions to • be classed with the epopee but such as are regular epic poems, where • shall we place any narrative imitation, that might be made in iambic, ، elegiac, or any other kind of verse, except hexameter, poffeffing the • essential character of poetry, though wanting the requifite of heroic ' verse, which we allow to be most congenial with it?' • It may poffibly be said in answer, that these compositions may be ' classed according to the structure of the verse; for custom, it must be ، allowed, has authorized fuch a distinction; and we are used to diftinguish poets rather by the form of the verse than the nature of the imitation, calling those elegiac poets who use elegiac verse, and those epic poets who use heroic verse, without paying any regard to the • subject they write on. Nay, if a didactic essay, either on phyfic or ، mufic, is written in verse, though entirely destitute of fiction or • imitation, it is usual to call the author a poet; yet certainly Homer [G], [F] See also note I on that chapter. [G] (Virgil and Milton.) • whose
' whose works imitate actions and manners, can have nothing in common ، ' with Empedocles [H], except the verse; therefore one indeed may • justly be styled a poet, according to the proper sense of the word, but ⚫ the other is rather a naturalift than a poet.' • The fame objection may be made to my classing compofitions in ' mixed verse with the epopee, and the fame answer may be given. • Chæremon has written a poem, called the Centaur, in various forts ' of verse; the work poffeffes the poetic requifites of fiction and imitation; it is true it is written in a new and an unusual form, and is fo • far faulty, in deviating from the proper composition of the regular epopee [1]; but shall the author on this account be denied the name • of poet, fince his work possesses the essential qualities of poetry?' • I think then there can be no doubt of my being right as to claffing poetry according to the imitation and not the verse.' In this concluding fentence, in the original, the critic speaks a little more ex cathedra, using the imperative, διωρίσθω. Taking the word epopee in this enlarged sense, I shall, in the course of these obfervations, draw a part of my illustrations from fome of those compofitions which we usually call novels, and which Dr. Beattie [K] [H] (Lucretius and Armstrong). It is true there are parts of these writers, especially the former, which may be classed with poetry of the highest order, but these are episodic; the same thing, in some degree, may be faid of the historian and the orator. [1] See note III. chapter xxiv. [*] Effay on Fable and Romance, page 518. On Poetry and Mufic, part i. ch. ii. p. 45. obferves,
POETIC OF ARISTOTLE. observes, may be stiled the comic or profe epopee. I do not mean to controvert the fentence the bishop of Worcester has pronounced againft these writers, in his Effay on the Idea of universal Poetry (page 153), yet if the best of them, who cannot be supposed to have guided their pens by the rules of the Stagirite, have in practice, essentially conformed to those rules, it will go far to shew that, they do not folely originate from the caprice of the critic, or the peculiar customs of the ancients, but are really founded on truth and general nature. CHAP.

2.1. mvp-aristotle-comment-4 2.1

THE PERSONS IMITATED MUST EITHER BE REPRESENTED AS BETTER THAN THOSE OF THE PRESENT TIME, OR WORSE, OR AS THEY ACTUALLY ARE.

BY better, in this place, as Mr. Twining justly observes, fuperiority in mental and bodily accomplishments is rather meant than in moral virtues; a distinction which will be confidered more at large hereafter, when poetical manners are investigated and distinguished [A]. Even Homer tells us his heroes were of a nature superior to the degenerate race of men in his time. With regard to modern compositions, this rule seems to be observed in the following manner. In tragedy and the regular epopee, the characters are drawn better, or beyond the life: in farce, in pantomime, and in the burlesque tragedy and epopee, they are drawn worse; and in the comic epopee or comedy, whether truly comic, like Tom Jones and the School for Scandal, or serious, like Grandifon and Clariffa, the School for Rakes, and the Gamester [B], as they actually are [A] See note I, chap. xv. See alfo Beattie's Essay on Poetry and Music, part i. chap. iv. page 69. [B] It may appear odd to class such imitations as Clarifsfa and the Gamester with Comedy; but so they must be, according to the definition given here by Aristotle. Even the Fatal Curiofity
ΙΟΙ POETIC OF ARISTOTLE. are at the time. Such characters as Grandison and Lovelace, though possessing virtues and vices beyond common life, and let me add, out of nature, are yet not drawn with manners different from those of the present day, which cannot be faid of Macbeth and of Pofthumus, of Hudibras, and of Pierrot. It must be observed, that many of our afterpieces, though called farces, are in reality short comedies. As a further illustration of this, it may be observed that there are few tragic fables, (taking tragic in its usual sense,) which may not be rendered comic or burlesque, by altering the station and manners of the persons. For to use the words of Dr. Beattie, ' in most human cha- ⚫racters there are blemishes moral, intellectual, or corporeal, by augmenting which to a certain degree you may form a comic character, or by • raifing the virtues, abilities, or external advantages of an individual, you • form epic, and tragic characters [c].' This subject is alluded to with some humour in Lloyd's Prologue to the Jealous Wife. Quarrels, upbraidings, jealoufies and spleen, • Grow too familiar in the comic scene; Curiosity of Lillo falls under the same circumstance, though given as a perfect mode of Tragedy, equal to the Edipus, by a most elegant Critic, whom Mr. Winstanley justly calls * vir fi quis alius ἀρισοζελικώταλος,' ، see Philological Enquiries. For a refutation of this eulogium on the Fatal Curiosity, see note III. chap. xiii, [c] Eflay on Poetry and Music, part i. chap. v. page 120. See also the Effay on the Dramatic Character of Falstaff, page 158, and Phil. Enquiries, page 159. Tinge !
، Tinge but the language with heroic chime, ''Tis paffion, pathos, character fublime. • What big round words had swell'd the pompous scene, • A king the husband, and the wife a queen!'

2.2. mvp-aristotle-comment-5 2.7

'PARODIES.'

THE prefent use of this word is strictly confonant with that of the ancients, who applied it to the giving a ridiculous turn to passages in Homer and the tragic poets. There are many in Ariftophanes. One of the happiest modern instances I know is the parody of the speech of Sarpedon to Glaucus, in the Rape of the Lock. See also the genealogy of Agamemnon's fceptre parodied in the fame poem, Canto v. ver. 87. CHAP.

3.1. mvp-aristotle-comment-6 3.7

THESE, AS WE SAID AT FIRST, ARE THE THREE DIFFERENCES OF IMITATION.

ARISTOTLE, having given examples of the different circumstances by which the varieties of imitations were diftinguished, proceeds now to shew that imitations, differing from each other in one of these circumstances, may be alike in another. It is remarkable that he gives no instance of this partial resemblance arifing from the means of imitation being the fame; which is the more to be regretted as fuch an inftance must have thrown more light on what is faid of the epopee in the first chapter, and shewn more particularly in what respect Homer's poems resembled the Mimes of Sophron and Xenarchus, the Dialogues of Socrates, and the Hippocentaur of Chæremon. CHAP.

4.1. mvp-aristotle-comment-7 4.2

THOSE THINGS WHICH WE VIEW WITH PAIN IN THEMSELVES, WE LIKE TO SEE REPRESENTED AS ACCURATELY AS POSSIBLE; SUCH AS THE FIGURES OF THE MOST SAVAGE WILD BEASTS, AND OF DEAD BODIES.

I CANNOT agree here with Mr. Twining in the reason he gives for prefering with Vittorio ἀτιμοθάτων, to ἀγριοζάτων,–' the sense of the passage • itself:-which (he says) seems to require instances of mean and dif- • gusting rather than of terrible objects;' since a dead body with which it is joined certainly comes under the last circumstance, and was a usual exhibition in ancient tragedy. For we should recollect that Aristotle, though he draws the allufion from painting, must still be supposed to keep his eye on the subject he is treating of, poetic, and more especially, tragic imitation; which could never be confidered in any light as an amusement, if the terrible scenes which it produces did not come under the cafe of the illustration here brought from painting, pleasing as an imitation though disagreeable in reality; disagreeable, not from producing mean and difgusting objects, but from awakening too strongly the pafsions by affecting and terrible ones. The author of the Essay on the Sublime and Beautiful, justly observes, when danger or pain press too nearly they are incapable of giving any delight, and are simply terrible, but at certain distances, and
POETIC OF ARISTOTLE. ' and with certain modifications, they are delightful, as we every day experience [A]. It must, however, be confessed, that the following remark of the fame judicious critic, is strongly in favor of Mr. Twining and Vittorio. When the object represented in painting or poetry is such as we should • have no defire of seeing in reality, then I may be sure that its power * in poetry or painting is owing to the power of imitation, and to no 'cause operating in the thing itself. So it is with most of the pieces ' which the painters call still life. In these a cottage or a dunghill, the • meanest and most ordinary furniture of the kitchen are capable of giving us pleasure. But when the object of the painting or poem is • such as we should run to see if real, let it affect us with what odd fort ' of sense it will, we may rely upon it that the power of the poem or ، ، picture is more owing to the nature of the thing itself than to the mere effect of the imitation, or to a confideration of the skill of the imitator, however excellent [B].' In the letters of Mr. Jackson of Exeter, we find an observation something fimilar as to painting. ' A deep road, a puddle of water, a bank ' covered with docks and briars, and an old tree or two, are all the cir- ، * cumstances in many a fine landscape. As clowns and half-ftarved cattle are the figures a landscape-painter chuses for his pictures; fo rough-looking fellows, wrapped up in sheets and blankets, are chofen by the history painter to express the greatest personages, and in the ، [A] Part i, sect. vii. See also part iv. sect. vii. [B] Part i. sect. xvi. P ' most
• most dignified actions of their lives [c].' Nearly the same observa- ' tion is made by M. Marmontel [D]. From this circumstance in painting, however, I have often heard a false conclufion drawn; and because the various tints of autumnal decay afford a better subject to a painter than the luxuriant charms of summer, it is not uncommon to hear that season preferred as being really more beautiful. The poet knows better; for one poetical description of autumn, there are a thousand of spring (E). As well might a real [c] Letter VI. [D] See Encyclopedie, Art. Interêt. fituation [E] 'To the appearance of spring, the imagination joins that of the seasons which are to • follow; to the tender buds that are perceived by the eye, the imagination adds, flowers, • fruit, shades, and sometimes the mysteries they may conceal. It brings into one point of ⚫ view the scenes that are to fucceed, and sees things less as they are than as it wishes them to be. On the contrary, in autumn we can only contemplate the scene before us. If we › wish to anticipate the spring, our course is stopped by winter, and our frozen imagination • expires among snows, and fogs.' EMILIUS, Vol. I. 1. 1. • Yet in these presages rude, • 'Midst her pensive solitude, • Fancy with prophetic glance • Sees the teeming months advance; • The field, the forest, green, and gay, • The dappled flope, the tedded hay, • Sees the reddening orchard blow, • The harvest wave, the vintage flow: • Sees June unfold his gloffy robe • Of thousand hues o'er all the globe; • Sees Ceres grasp her crown of corn, And plenty load her ample horn.' WARTON. In
POETIC OF ARISTOTLE. situation of distress be preferred to tranquility, because it excites the feeling more in imitation. In regard to imitation as effected by the fine arts in general, I perfectly agree with Metaftafio, that to render an imitation pleasing, (especially of a terrible object, or of an object that does not of itself interest us,) it is necessary that the means of imitation should be apparent [F]. This appears in painting from the [G] greater excellence allowed to a good picture, compared with those representations of letters, newspapers and deal boards, which sometimes really deceive the eye; and in fculpture, from the great fuperiority of a fine statue, to a piece of colored wax work. Even in personal mimicry, it seems that the resemblance In painting we confine ourselves to the individual scene; in poetry we go more to cause and effect. For as Mr. Gilpin observes, the business of the poet is only to excite ideas, ⚫ that of the painter to represent them. The pencil fixes the scene in the happy moment; and ' the fading tints of autumn become perennial; but the idea excited by the poet connects the falling leaf and the disagreeable impression of decay with it, and anticipates the dreary scenes ' of winter.' [F] That which is called an imitation has always something in it that is not in the original. If the prototype and transcript be exactly alike; if there be nothing in the one which is not ' in the other, we may call the latter a representation, a copy, a draught, or a picture of the * former, but not an imitation. BEATTIE ON POETRY AND MUSIC, Part i. chap. v. p. 94. [G] Deception, which is so often recommended by writers on the theory of painting, ⚫ instead of advancing the art, is, in reality, carrying it back to its infant state. The first essays of painting were certainly nothing but mere imitations of individual objects, and • when this amounted to a deception the artist had accomplished his purpose.' NOTE BY SIR JOSHUA REYNOLDS ON MR. MASON'S TRANSLATION OF FRESNOΥ. P2 may
may be too striking, as in the story of the person who was hissed for not imitating the squeaking of a pig, so naturally as his competitor, though it proved to be the animal itself, which he had concealed under his coat. The fame circumstance will be found in theatrical imitation [H]. An actor who has really a defect, will never represent such a defect well on the stage. In Hill's Actor [1] there is a very just observation on this. • There are some characters in which a representation of old age is necessary, but even in these it is better that it should be a pre- • tended than a real age we fee. The stage is the scene of reprefenta- ، ، tion, not realities. Mr. Foote pleases more in Fondlewife than an old man possibly could: and the reason is evident: we wish to fee the representation of a ridiculous, not of a pitiable old fellow. We expect to be entertained with the follies of age, not disgusted with its in- • firmities. The poet can feparate these perfectly in the character that ' he draws; and when a person of real judgment is to represent it, he ، also can feparate all that is contemptible, from what is the object [к] [H] This does not apply to excellence, as human nature is always inadequate to our idea of poetical perfection. [1] Chap. x. page 166. [K] See Ariftotle's idea of comedy, at the beginning of chapter v.. In the Dictionnaire d'Anecdotes, Art. ACTEUR, the following story is told, on what founda tion I know not. The authority quoted is a book entitled l'Anné. Litteraire. ' An actor, • after having for thirty years played with success, in several parts, had the misfortune to lame • himself, and ever afterwards limped. In spite of this misfortune, as his paffion was for tragedy, ⚫ he concluded that from this accident he was the fittest person in the world to play Richard the Third, whom Shakespear, the author of the tragedy, had represented as lame. Our actor • flattered himself with the most brilliant success. He presented himself to the audience with • the greatest confidence. But when he came to repeat these words, " the dogs bark at me « as I halt by them," there was a general laugh, and he was obliged to quit the stage.' of
POETRY OF ARISTOTLE. ' of compaffion, and shew it singly.' I remember an instance of a French gentleman, who spoke English with the accent of his country, performing the Frenchman in Lethe, on a private theatre, with very indifferent effect. Irish and Scotch characters, it is true, are often well represented by persons of those countries, but such actors are all able to speak good English in other parts, and know how far to carry the imitation. I conceive a Scotchman, or an Irishman, whose conversation was always strongly marked by their respective dialects, would succeed no better than the French gentleman I have mentioned. To apply this to the illustration of Aristotle. Certainly the picture of a dead body will in general give no disgust, or excite no painful horror, however well executed: but a dead body might be so formed in wax-work, as absolutely for a moment to deceive the eye, and then, even if the deception were declared before its exhibition, I doubt if the spectator would receive any other pleasure than what might arise from the accuracy of the workmanship. But even in a picture, if circumstances in themselves really disgusting are added, horror will rather be excited than pleasure, as in the (L) print of a robber entering a vault to plunder it, and some engravings from Holben's celebrated picture of Death's Dance, which I have seen. The fame thing is incident also to poetry, as in a little poem on the death of a lady, which begins, ' In yonder grave my Helen lies.' The effect produced on the mind, by the different degrees of exactness in picturesque imitation, may perhaps be illustrated by the common [L] See Beattie on Poetry and Music, Part i. chap. vi. page 124, note. looking-
looking-glass, the plano-convex mirror on a black foil, and the camera obfcura. The looking-glass is the exact representation, or rather reflection of nature, without any apparent alteration in the objects, (for the reverfing them is not observed ;) and a landscape seen in it, however fine, only gives the fame pleasure as when seen through a window, except from the frame, which, if the glass is not too large, both from its artificial boundary, and confining the eye to a part of the view, will give the landscape something more of a picturesque character, than when the objects are seen without it. (M) The plano-convex mirror pleases more, as having more the appearance of an imitation produced by art, and objects in themselves infignificant and mean, acquire a beauty from this, and afford delight. But the camera-obfcura gives by far the greatest pleasure, as having every property of a picture, except that it possesses the superior advantage of expreffing motion, as well as color and figure. And I am inclined to imagine, that even an affecting or terrific object seen in it, would in some measure partake of that alleviation which Aristotle ascribes to artificial imitation. As painting imitates entirely by natural means, (I mean as opposed to symbols) it is able to imitate the most exactly of any art except colored statuary; but as its means of imitation are always apparent, the imitation can never be too exact to please, except in objects that are in themselves loathsome and disgusting. The fame may be faid of statues in stone or [M] I have not the least doubt of this being the cause why we fee fome scenes in the planoconvex mirror with greater pleasure than in nature. I am surprised it did not occur to Mr. Gilpin, who is sensible of the effect, but is at a loss to account for it. REMARKS ON FOREST SCENERY, Vol. II. p. 224. If he had shewn it to the first countryman he met, in all probability he would have solved the doubt at once, by telling him it looked like a picture. metal, ง
III POETIC OF ARISTOTLE. metal, where the material, the mean of imitation is, I think, yet more apparent; but in coloured statuary, or wax-work, where the imitation may for a short time be concealed, that pleasure is not produced, which is the proper refult of imitative art, and objects of pity and terror may be so accurately represented as to be really painful. The collection of figures in wax-work coloured, dressed, and fitting down at card tables, exhibited some years ago by Mrs. Wright, on first entrance gave exactly the idea of a well dressed assembly, and the impression remained after the illusion ceased. Nothing of this fort is produced by painting or statuary, and yet how different and superior to this surprise is the pleasure we receive from a portrait of Sir Joshua Reynolds, or a statue of Banks. As to music I am very ill qualified to treat it scientifically, therefore I hope the musical reader will forgive me if my language is deficient in technical accuracy, provided I make myself understood. But I conceive where it is an imitative art, it imitates sometimes by natural means, and sometimes by compact. Its natural means are the imitation of certain sounds, as the noise of a battle, the finging of birds, the ringing or tolling of bells. Its imitation by compact consists in expreffing forrow by flow movements, anger by quick; high and low, by high and low notes: most of these imitations are rather fanciful than real [N]. The chief energy of music, (to those I mean who, in the words of Shakespear, really have it in their fouls, and with the want of which, many who possess it so as to be tremblingly alive to its effects are upbraided, [N] See Beattie on Poetry and Music, Part 1. Chap. vi. Sect. 1, paffim. because
because they take no delight in the dexterity of a performer's execution of difficult passages ;) I say to those who really feel the energy of mufic, it chiefly arises from the power it possesses of raifing, heightening, or foftening the passions. Nevertheless the influence it derives from the combination of ideas is often mistaken both for imitation and sympathy [o]. Mr. Twining, who I believe is a very good musician, observes that the • best instrumental music,' (and I prefume vocal music where the words are not heard, or not understood, comes under the fame predicament 'expref- ، fively performed,) leaves the hearer to the free operation of his emotions on his fancy, and as it were to the free choice of fuch ideas as are to him ' most adapted to re-act upon and heighten the emotion which occafions ' them.' [P]. That is, in other words, that the effect of musical expreffion depends much on the temper of our own minds, at the time. Now that temper must be greatly influenced by any ideas that a particular strain may raise in us from circumstances that have formerly attended our hearing it [Q]. Will the grenadier march have the fame effect on a warrior [o] 'Such is the secret union when we feel A fong, a flower, a name at once restore • Those long-connected scenes where first they mov'd 'The attention.' AKENSIDE. [P] Differtation on music as an imitative art, page 49. For an application of this to the different kinds of verfification, as confidered particularly congenial with different kinds of poetry, see note Iv. chap. xxiv. [Q] 'There is in fouls a sympathy with sounds; And as the mind is pitch'd, the ear is pleased • With melting sounds or martial, brifk or grave. ، Some
POETIC OF ARISTOTLE. warrior whom it has led on to battle, and a man who was never at a review? But this is not peculiar to musical sounds. A nightingale fings very differently to the perfon who has only heard it in a cage in London, and the lover who has listened to its voice in the woods in the company of his mistress, or fighed to it in her abfence. The cry of a pack of fox hounds in a hollow cover, in which the sportsman hears the finest music, is the mere barking of dogs to the sober citizen. Neither is this fympathy confined to sound, it is equally active in the objects of the other senses. Roufseau says [R], 'I do not know whether to congratulate or pity the man of wisdom, but insensibility, whose bosom was never agi- • tated by the odour of the flowers that adorned the bosom of his • mistress.' From this association of ideas, however, music derives a power very much resembling imitation, and which has a very strong effect on the < Some chord in unison with what we hear ' Is touch'd within us, and the heart replies, • How foft the music of the evening bells < Falling at intervals upon the ear * In cadence sweet! Now dying all away, • Now pealing loud again, and louder still * Clear and fonorous as the gale comes on. * With easy force it opens all the cells Where memory flept; wherever I have heard • A kindred melody, the scene recurs, ' And with it all its pleasures.' COWPER. This kind of recollection resembles imitation in making pleasing objects afford additional pleasure, and in throwing some pleasure over melancholy objects, which last also will be equally destroyed in both if the sensation is too strong. [R] Emilius, Vol. 1. Part 1. paffions.
passions. The RANS DES VACHES, mentioned by Rousseau in his Dictionary of Mufic, though without any thing striking in the composition, has such a powerful influence over the Swiss, and impresses them with so violent a defire to return to their own country, that it is forbidden to be played in the Swiss regiments in the French service, on pain of death. There is also another circumftance relating to music, which makes it in some instances more than imitation. Certain musical instruments are from custom constantly attendant on certain actions, as the organ on religion, and the drum and fife on war and its preparations; therefore when these instruments are heard, our ideas are not raised by association only, but as far as the sense of hearing is concerned an actual deception takes place. If my other senses do not undeceive me when I hear a drum and fife play a march, I conclude soldiers are marching by; and if I hear a choir and an organ, I imagine myself in or near a place of religious worship. The absurd attempt to make the found an echo to the sense,' by mentioning the names of musical inftruments in language, and then accompanying that language with the found of the instruments that are named, is very justly censured by Mr. Jackson of Exeter [s]. There is a ridiculous instance of a musical pun of this kind in a fong of that agreeable compofer, Dibden, in the Padlock, where, while Don Diego is finging Horns! horns! I defy you,' he is accompanied by Frenchhorns. The effect of music when combined with poetry, is also principally eccafioned by association. The notion that the words of a fong and its [s] Preface to his Opera Iv. tune
POETIC OF ARISTOTLE. tune are particularly adapted to each other, often arises from constantly hearing them together. I will not dispute that some movements are more suited to one kind of poetry than another, or deny that an elegy and a drinking song require a different kind of music to accompany them; but undoubtedly the words of a song often stamp a character on the tune which of itself it would never have acquired. Since the popular fong of Hosier's Ghost was written, how many fea songs have been put to the same tune? Would not a person be induced to think from this, that it was particularly adapted to maritime ideas? Yet it was originally composed for a fong on a very different subject, which began 'Welcome, ' welcome, brother debtor.' I am far, however, from meaning to assert that music has not strong powers of exciting our feelings, independent of the subject or the words it accompanies, or any kind of association whatever, and that there is no real difference between a jig and a dirge. A particular instance, something applicable to this, occurs to me. Dr. Armstrong, in his SKETCHES, asks • Who was it that threw out those dreadful wild expressions of • distraction and melancholy in LADY CULROSS'S DREAM, an old composition now I am afraid loft, perhaps because it was almost too • terrible for the ear?' A modern collector of old ballads has however found the WORDS, and tells us he can perceive nothing terrible in them. The natural means of imitation poffefsed by poetry are few and weak, and are solely confined to the versification. Most of the verses quoted as proofs of its power in this respect, make more impression on the imagination than the ear. I am astonished how Mr. Harris [T] could give [T] Discourse on Music, Poetry and Painting, page 73. poetry
poetry the preference to music in its ability to imitate found. I should very much doubt, should the strongest instance of verfification conveying the fenfe by the found, be repeated to a person of however good an ear, who was unacquainted with the language, if he would discover the imitation: but should the music of those two airs of Handel, which begin Hush, ye pretty warbling choir,' and 'Let the merry bells ring ' round,' be played to a person of the most irreligious ears, and the imitation would be instantly obvious. But the powers of imitation by means of compact, which are poffefsed by poetry, are infinite; they are applicable to actions and pafiions, which they can follow through all their various forms and modifications; they can comprehend every being in nature or in art, animate or inanimate; and their nobler objects and extensive field of imitation more than compensate for any inferiority in the particular means [u]. But there is one species of poetical imitation, nearer to nature, and in every respect superior to those effected by any other art; I mean the modern drama well acted. In comedy, and the private life tragedy in profe, the representation is exact, it ceafes to be imitation, it is the thing itself, and therefore, to judge by my own feelings, (I can have no other criterion to judge those of others,) such representations of scenes of terror and deep distress are dreadful, they press too nearly on the mind, the deception is for the time compleat, the horror [v] of the scene is not foftened by the apparent means of imitation so as to be pleasing. I rife from feeing fuch tragedies as George Barnwell, the Fatal Curiosity and [u] See Gerard on Taste, Part 1.. Sect. IV. [v] Encyclopedie, Art. Illusion, by Marmontel. See Note v, Chap. vI.. the
POETIC OF ARISTOTLE. the Gamester, with nearly the same sensation as if I had been actually present at scenes of the fame kind in real life. In the higher tragedy, the blank verse, the [w] exalted perfonages, and the inadequacy of the theatrical [x] apparatus to the objects represented, fufficiently discover the means of imitation, and the most tragical catastrophe will not be always so affecting as to displease. I say not always, because there are, in my opinion, some cafes where the distress may be too forcibly worked up even in the higher tragedy, but this will be examined more at large when we come to confider Aristotle's idea of the proper effect of tragedy, and the most perfect construction of tragic fable [v]. It is however obvious that our theatrical language and apparatus is infinitely more natural than that of the Grecian stage. And perhaps it may admit a doubt, whether even Aristotle, if he had feen a Garrick in Lear, or a Siddons in Isabella, would have given the preference to the unhappy catastrophe, or afferted that a tragedy attained its end by reading as well as in representation [z]. W In [w] It is true, the Bishop of Worcester fays, 'Whatever be the unhappy incidents in the • story of private men, it is CERTAIN they must take faster hold of the imagination, and of < course impress the heart more forcibly when related of the higher characters in life.' Dis- SERTATION ON THE PROVINCES OF THE DRAMA, page 168; and this is corroborated by the quotation of the two concluding lines of the Hippolytus of Euripedes. I have the utmost deference for the opinion of fo elegant a critic and fo pathetic a poet, but the direct contrary is to me so CERTAIN from my own feelings and experience, that I cannot acquiefce in it. 'Amicus Plato, amicus Socrates, fed magis amica veritas.' [x] See note III. on Chap. XI, and note 1. on Chap. xxvI. (Y) See Note VII. Ch. XIII. [z] Chap. xxvI. The means of imitation are as much or more liable to err from being too defective, or too apparent, than from the oppofite quality; and this I take to have been the cafe with
[A] In comedy where the effect is chearful, the complete delufion rather encreases the pleasure; and even in the serious comedy the present anxiety is alleviated by the certainty of a happy catastrophe.

4.2. mvp-aristotle-comment-8 4.9

MARGITES.

FROM the account given of this fictitious personage by Suidas, and Eustathius, he must have been an absolute ideot, and therefore an improper object of ridicule even in the grossest and lowest kind of farce. But the fragments of the poem itself, which are quoted by Aristotle, Eth. L. vI. ch. viii. and by Plato, Alcibiad. 11. especially the last, give the outline of a character that would not be unfit for modern comedy. [B] • Nor skill to dig or plow, the gods impart; • Unwife in all, he fail'd in every art.'- • Much had he learn'd but all had learn'd amiss.' The character of Mrs. Baynard, in Smollet's novel Humphrey Clinker, is fomething like the hint in the last line, 'She could read, and write, and with the ancient Greek tragedy. In the passage here referred to, it is probable that Ariftotle means to compare the tragedy when read, with the epopee, and not with the fame tragedy acted. [A] Encyclopedie, Art. Illufion. [Β] Τόνδ᾽ ἔτ᾿ ἀρ σκαπλῆρα θεοὶ θέσαν ἔτ᾿ ἀροθῆρα Ουτ᾿ ἄλλως τι σοφόν, πάσης δ᾽ ἡμάρτανε τέχνης- Πολλ᾽ ἠπίςαλο ἔργα κακῶς δὲ ἠπίςαλο πάνια. fing,
POETIC OF ARISTOTLE. 。 ، fing, and play on the harpsichord, and smatter French, and take a hand ' at whift, or ombre, but even these accomplishments she knew by halves, ' and excelled in nothing.* It must be remarked, that though Aristotle says the Margites was in iambics, all the fragments we have are hexameters. But Hephæstion and M. Victorinus, quoted by Mr. Winstanley in a note, both observe that the iambics were mixed with hexameters.

4.3. mvp-aristotle-comment-9 4.10

AS HOMER THEREFORE WAS THE GREATEST POET ON SERIOUS SUBJECTS, STANDING ALONE IN POINT OF EXCELLENCE, NOT ONLY FROM THE GENERAL MERIT OF HIS IMITATIONS, BUT FROM THE DRAMATIC FORM HE GAVE THEM, SO HE ALSO FIRST TAUGHT THE PROPER SYSTEM OF COMEDY.

SO Lord Shaftesbury, 'He (Homer) paints so as to need no infcription over his figures, to tell what they are or what he intends by them; a few words let fall on any flight occafion from any of the parties he introduces, are fufficient to denote their manners and distinct character. From a finger or a toe he can represent to our thoughts, the frame and • fashion of a whole body. He wants no other help of art to personate ⚫ his heroes, and make them living. There was no more left for tragedy to do after him than to erect a stage, and draw his dialogues and characters into scenes, turning in the fame manner upon one principal • action, or event, with that regard to place, and time, which was suit- • able to a real spectacle. Even comedy itself was adjudged to this great ' master,
master, it being derived from those parodies or mock humours of which ' he had given the specimen (c) in a concealed fort of raillery, inter- ' mixed with the fublime.' ADVICE TO AN AUTHOR, Part 1. Sect. 111.

4.4. mvp-aristotle-comment-10 4.18

OF ALL VERSE THE IAMBIC IS MOST CALCULATED FOR DISCOURSE.

THIS account of iambic verse, and its distinction from hexameter, is applicable to our rhymed and blank verse. All attempts to introduce rhyme into the drama, though aided by the melodious and flowing verfification of Dryden, have failed. For to use the expreffion of Ariftotle, nature herself had pointed out the proper measure. Dryden carried his predilection for rhyme so far as to make a tragedy in rhyme of Paradife Loft. Perhaps the best specimen we have of dramatic rhyme is in the dialogue of Henry and Emma. Prior is less scrupulous about confining his sense to the couplet than Pope, or even Dryden. Whether blank or rhymed verse is the best adapted to the epopee, will be enquired elsewhere [D]. But there is a difference between epic and dramatic blank verse, the latter afsuming a greater freedom of cadence, and the frequent use of one or two redundant syllables at the end of the line, of [c] Not only in his Margites, but even in his Iliad and Odyssey.' Euftathius observes, that Thersites in the Iliad, and Elpenor in the Odyssey, are kind of sketches of the character which he drew more at large in the Margites. [D] See Note Iv. Chap. xxiv. which
POETIC OF ARISTOTLE. which the opening of the Fair Penitent is a good example. In this, as in every other province of the drama, Shakespear is unrivalled. Mr. Mason, in his Memoirs of the Life and Writings of Whitehead, (fee page 59, et seq.) has given a good criticism on the excellence of dramatic language; and in his poems of Elfrida and Caractacus, a compleat model for imitation. R CHAP.

5.1. mvp-aristotle-comment-11 5.1

RIDICULE IS PRODUCED BY ERRORS UNATTENDED BY DAN- GEROUS AND FATAL CONSEQUENCES; THUS DEFORMITY OF BODY IS RIDICULOUS, PROVIDED IT IS NOT OCCASIONED BY PAIN.

MISTAKES even in language, as blunders, and provincial and foreign dialects, are among the errors of this species, and are frequently used as a fource of the ridiculous in modern farce, and even comedy; ، So though I cannot agree with Lord Kaimes, as to the cause of this. ' quick-fighted' (he says) ' is pride in blemishes, and so willing to be ، ، gratified, that it takes up with the very flighteft improprieties; such as a blunder by a foreigner in speaking our language, especially if the blun- • der can bear a sense that reflects on the speaker.' ELEMENTS OF CRITICISM, Vol. 1. Ch. XII. As for deformity of body being an object of ridicule, it must be observed that Aristotle is here speaking of the old, or middle comedy, equivalent with our farce. Such as many of Foote's pieces were, who, like Ariftophanes, brought personal characters on the stage and marked them for public ridicule, not only by their habitual manners, but by bodily deformities, infirmities, and misfortunes; violating, without remorse, the latter part of the precept of the Stagirite. This liberty, or rather licentiousness of imitation, is justly reprobated by Churchill.
• Mimics
• Mimics draw humour out of nature's fault, • With perfonal defects their mirth adorn, • And hang misfortunes out to public fcorn.' This humane qualification, as to the objects of personal ridicule, is strictly observed by Shakespear. A very ingenious critic observes, • He has given him (Falstaff) every infirmity of body that is not likely to • awaken our compaffion, and which is most proper to render both his • better qualities and his vices ridiculous.' ESSAY ON THE DRAMA- TIC CHARACTER OF FALSTAFF, Page 149 [A]. The rule of not sporting with serious misfortunes should be equally observed in comic narration. Indeed it is pointed out by nature; for he must have a heart little sensible of the feelings of humanity, who can find any thing ludicrous in the real distresses and fufferings of others, with whatever ridiculous circumstances they may be related. It is wonderful, that a people who boast so much of their refinement as the French, and whose delicacy cannot bear the exhibition of spectacles of suffering on the tragic scene for the purpose of exciting pity and terror, should approve the narration of such facts, when introduced to occafion mirth. And yet not only Scarron and Rabelais, the last of whom has defcribed very minutely, a monk kicked to death by a vicious horse, as a laughable accident; but even the works of Le Sage, abound with instances of this kind. Savage as we have often been called by our politer neighbours, our comic writers are seldom guilty of this impropriety. We have, however, one flagrant instance of it in the works of an author of [A] See alfo Beattie on Laughter and Ludicrous Composition, Ch. iii. p. 431. R2 undoubted
undoubted comic excellence. I mean Arbuthnot's Journal of the fix days preceding the death of the Bishop of Salisbury.

5.2. mvp-aristotle-comment-12 5.6

AMONG THE ATHENIANS, CRATES WAS THE FIRST WHO FORSOOK PERSONAL SATIRE, AND INTRODUCED A GENERAL SUBJECT OR FABLE.

FROM this passage it is obvious that every kind of comedy, in the time of Aristotle, was not like those of Ariftophanes, generally founded on personal ridicule; (B) and not only from this but from his obfervation in the eleventh chapter, that comic poets first form the fable, and - then add names correfpondent with the manners of the characters; and still more particularly from his assertion, that a double catastrophe, like the Odyssey, where virtue is rewarded and vice punished, is better calculated for [c] comedy than tragedy. From these remarks, and especially the laft, one would be induced to think, that comedy had affumed a higher character in the days of Aristotle than is usually ascribed to the old and middle comedy. The same idea has occurred to M. Leffing, who makes the following observation on it. • The Stagirite had feen the origin of • the new comedy, and he mentions it expreffly in his treatise on ethics, • addressed to Nicomachus, where he speaks of what is decent and what indecent in humourous converfation, "which (he says) may be illuf- " lustrated by the example of the old, and new comedy, of which the [B] Though many of the comedies of Ariftophanes are not entirely perfonal; as the Plutus, the Lyfiftrata, and the Ecclefiazuze. Yet they can hardly be faid to have a general fable. [c] See Note VIII. on Chap. XII. " humour
" humour of one confifts in gross expressions, but that of the other arifes " rather from ambiguous language [D]." It might indeed be objected, ⚫ that the middle comedy is here defigned under the name of the new comedy [E]; for before the new comedy arose the middle comedy ⚫ would neceffarily have that appellation. It might farther be added, ⚫ that Aristotle died in the fame olympiad in which Menander produced ' his first piece, and even in the year before. (Eufebius in Chronico ad • Olymp. C. XIV. 4.) But we are wrong in dating the new comedy ' from Menander only; he was the first poet of that age of comedy as ' to poetical excellence, but not as to time. Philemon, who belonged ' to it, wrote some time before, and the tranfition from the middle to the new comedy, was so imperceptible, that it is impoffible Ariftotle could * have wanted models.' DRAMATURGIE, VOL. II, PAGE 173 NOTE. Mr. Cumberland in his account of the Greek comic theatre, for which the republic of letters is much indebted to him, obferves of Philemon, * that he was fome, years elder than Menander, and no unworthy rival of 'that poet.' (Observer, No. 138.) From the fragments of the middle comedy, frequently quoted in the fame work, it appears, that fo far from being devoted to indecency and buffoonry, that species of the drama abounded in passages inculcating the noblest precepts of morality. But the deduction of Mr. Cumberland from this (F), that Aristotle has not given a just character of comedy as it stood in his time, by saying it is ، [D] Ἰδοι δ᾽ ἂν τις κὰι ἐκ τῶν κωμωδιῶν τῶν παλαιών και τῶν καινῶν. Τοῖς μὲν γὰρ ἐν γελοῖον ἡ ἀισχρολογία, τοις δὲ μᾶλλον ἡ ὑπόνοια. ΕTHIC. L. IV. CAP. XIV. [E] The name appears of little consequence as the difference is so strongly marked in the quotation. [F] OBSERVER, No. 72. • a picture
، a picture of human nature worse and more deformed than the original, feems to arife from a mistake as to the idea intended to be conveyed by the word WORSE, confidered in a poetical light. As Aristotle does not require the persons of tragedy to be better in a moral view, but only in the sense explained in note 1. on chap. 11. so the characters in comedy, on which its poetical diftinction depends, are not, according to the obfervation at the beginning of this chapter, to be worse than those of the prefent time, as to depravity in general, but only to be more uniformly charged with those qualities calculated to excite laughter than is usually, or indeed ever met with in real life. That Achilles never faid an abfurd thing, or Thersites never acted wifely, or feriously, is out of common probability; but the poet who introduces these persons, or characters refembling them, on the tragic, or comic scene, would fruftrate his own purpose if he shewed an instance of ridiculous absurdity in Achilles, or serious reafoning in Thersites; and in this sense, one is drawn better, and the other worse than human nature in general (G). I believe this rule is observed by every tolerable dramatic poet, without any notion of acting according to the precepts of the Stagirite. But though this is the general diftinction of the two provinces of the drama, it does not follow but there may be some characters in comedy not deftitute of tragic dignity, as there were evidently parts of the Greek tragedy which had not only a comic but even a burlesque cast. Shakespear has not only blended tragédy and comedy in the fame piece, but he often introduces a stroke of humour in a grave, though never I believe in a pathetic scene; and a trait of dignity in a ridiculous scene. But he always preserves the propriety of character. In the field at Shrewsbury, when Worcester and Vernon come to the king's camp just before the battle, he introduces a ridiculous farcafm on Worcester's excusing his rebellion as involuntary, but he puts [G] See Note 1, Chap. xv. it
it in the mouth of Falstaff [H]. And in the tavern at Eastcheap the Prince of Wales recollects the impropriety of his conduct, at so critical a period, and [1] blames himself with great spirit and dignity; but no such reflection is uttered by any other of the party. Yet though Shakespear has avoided this confufion of character, it would be the abfurdest partiality to deny, that the mixing the ferious and the comic, in one piece, tends to destroy the efficacy of both, and is therefore a fault. That the neceffity of committing this fault was imposed on him by the taste of the public, is apparent, from the practice of all the cotemporary writers, and if he has contrived to do it with less impropriety than others, it furely is no small degree of merit. However faulty the practice of the age of Shakespear may have been in this respect, it was referved for the next, though proud of their encreasing refinement, to produce that monster of the drama, the regular tragi-comedy; where two distinct fables, the one distressful, the other ridiculous, were carried on together; not only violating the unity of action, but making so abfurd a mixture of forrow and mirth, that as Addison observes, a poet might as well think of weaving the adventures [H] Rebellion lay in his way and he found it.' Ist Part HEN. IV. Act v. Sc. r. See Note VII, Ch. xi. [1] By heaven, Poins, I feel me much to blame, • So idly to profane the precious time, • When tempeft of commotion like the North, Borne with black vapour, doth begin to melt And drop upon our bare unarmed heads. • Give me my sword and cloak.'.
Ild Part HEN. IV. Act II. SC. IV. of
of Æneas and [K] Hudibras into one poem. This comic under-plot, was not confined to the plays of Dryden which end happily, as the Spanish Friar, Love Triumphant, and Marriage Alamode; but it also mixed with the deep pathos of the Fatal Marriage, Venice Preferved, and Oroonoko. The error of Shakespear is like that of Homer, in introducing Thersites in a serious poem, but the tragi-comedy resembles the Iliad and Margites, mixed together. The following observation of Lord Kaims, in his Sketches of the Hiftory [L] of man, having fome relation to this subject, I shall cite it with a short remark. Nothing is more evident than the fuperiority of Terence • above Plautus in the art of writing; and confidering that Terence is a • later writer, nothing would appear more natural, if they did not copy • the fame originals. It may be owing to genius that Terence excelled • in purity of language, and propriety of dialogue; but how account for • his fuperiority over Plautus in the construction and conduct of a play? • It will not certainly be thought that Plautus would imitate the worst ، • constructed plays, leaving the best to those who should come after ⚫ him. This difficulty has not occurred to any of the commentators, fo ' far as I can recollect. Had the works of Menander and his cotemporaries been preserved, they probably would have explained the mystery; ' which for want of that light will probably remain a mystery for ever." I own I can perceive no mystery at all in this. It did not depend on the taste of Plautus, or Terence, but on the taste of the Roman people when they wrote. Plautus compofed for the public at large, who were best [K] Imoinda and the Widow Lackit, Jaffier and Antonio, are more discordant characters, both in manners and action, than Æneas and Hudibras.. [L] Book 1. Sketch v. Sect. 2. pleased کو
pleased with the broader humour of the earlier Greek comedy. Terence wrote at a later period and under the patronage of Scipio, and the [M] mild Lælius, whose more refined taste preferred the infipid elegance of Menander. Shakespear was guilty of the fame error in judgement, if it was one. It appears from the account of those claffic writers which were tranflated in his time, that the Menæchmi of Plautus, and the Andrian of Terence, were both before him, and we know which he chose for a model. As for the superiority of Terence over Plautus in any refpect except beauty of language, it remains to be proved, and perhaps is no more capable of proof, than the superior excellence of the modern fentimental comedy to those less regular dramas, Twelfth Night and As You Like It. Were the plays of the two Roman comic poets to be clothed in an English dress, and performed before an English audience, near the close of the eighteenth century, by no means surely an age or a country of barbarifm, I have little doubt of the judgement being in favor of the elder poet. To return more particularly to the difficulty suggested by Lord Kaims. It must be remembered that the poems of Homer were equally open to Ennius and Lucretius, as to Virgil; and yet the last is the first Roman poet who imitated, I had almost said translated, the works of the father of poetry. Of the comedies of Menander we can only judge through the medium of Terence, whose dramas, to me, have neither humour nor intereft, nor indeed any other merit than their style, which,' (to use words applied, perhaps with rather too much severity to Virgil, by a very ingenious though eccentric writer) ' is pure and exquisite, and is the pickle that has preserved his mummy from corruption [N].' [M] Mitis fapientia Lælî." [N] HERON'S LETTERS OF LITERATURE. HOR. S NOTE

5.3. mvp-aristotle-comment-13 5.8

TRAGEDY ENDEAVOURS AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE TO CONFINE ITSELF TO ONE REVOLUTION OF THE SUN, OR ONLY TO EXCEED IT A LITTLE.

FROM this plain direction, the critics of the French school, and especially Dacier, have deduced that the action should not exceed the exact time of reprefentation, and have found out that one [o] period or revolution of the fun comprises twelve hours, which would be, at least, four times that length. That people urged by superstition, or worfe motives, should wish to give the most absurd and contradictory sense to plain and obvious passages in writings of sacred authority, to support their own systems, when we consider the force of enthusiafm and ambition, is more to be lamented than wondered at. But such a strange perverfion of common sense, to justify a dramatic prejudice, is at once an object of furprize and ridicule. If the practice of the Greek tragedy had been always in strict conformity with this rule of the French critics, there would have been some shadow of reason for their trying to accommodate. this precept of Aristotle to the custom of the ancient stage; but on the contrary, the [P] Greek tragedians often afsume a greater latitude than [ο] Μίαν περίοδον ἠλίς.. See note II, chap. vii. for some further observations on Ariftotle's definition of the unity of time.. [P] For examples of the violation of the unities of time and place, (Ariftotle says nothing of the laft) by the Greek dramatic poets, the curious reader is referred to METASTASIO'S ES- TRATTO DELLA POETICA D'ARISTOTLE. See also ELEMENTS OF CRITICISM, Chap. xxiii.. paffim. the
POETIC OF ARISTOTLE. ! the rule laid down by Aristotle, or even the nature of the thing itself will justify.
The words of Dacier, on the supposed invariable adherence of the ancients to this strict unity of time, are these. They have made it fo • indispensible a law, that to avoid violating it they have fometimes done violence to the incidents.' Which Mr. Twining observes is in fact saying, that they have so scrupulously adhered to the rule, that ' sometimes, for the fake of observing it, they have been obliged to • break it.' But they have done much more, there is a unity of time marked by nature, the breach of which destroys the probability of every fictitious tale whatever, either narrative or dramatic. I may conceive days, and months, and years, to have passed during an interval in a representation, which I know to be a representation, and not a reality; but every shadow of probability vanishes, and we are instantly disgusted, either, when without any interruption of the action during a dialogue of fix minutes, fix hours are supposed to have elapsed, or, (which is nearly the fame thing,) when the space of time occupied by the drama is exactly defined, and then incidents are crouded into it which could not poflibly have happened in that space [Q]. [Q] This absurdity is well described by M. Lessing. < Do not you admire the conduct of • the piece? it is in general fo complicated that it would be a miracle if so many things had • happened in so short a time. The ruin or preservation of an empire, the marriage of a prin- * cess, the deftruction of a prince, all this is executed in the twinkling of an eye. The affair ⚫ is opened in the first act, it is connected and strengthened in the second, every measure is ▲ taken, every obstacle removed, and the conspirators arranged in the third, then follows a re- ⚫ volt, a fight, perhaps a pitched battle, and this you call conduct, intereft, fire, and probability.' DRAMATURGIE, Vol. i. p. 139. S2 In
In the ancient drama, where the action was never interrupted, and the stage continually occupied by the chorus, I must think that probability is really in fome measure violated when the supposed time of action is at all extended beyond the actual time of representation. Of this the suppliants of Euripides afford us a striking instance. Theseus marches from Athens to Thebes, gains a complete victory, and a messenger returns to give an account of the battle, during a short lyric dialogue between his mother Æthra and the Chorus. I appeal to any unprejudiced judge if the conduct of Shakespear, who most likely would have transported us to Thebes, and made us spectators of the battle, has any thing so really contrary to probability as this, or if any thing can be more unreasonable than the rules of those critics, who, because Aristotle allowed the period of twenty-four hours, or a little longer, to a drama without intervals, would, on that very authority, confine a drama with intervals to three hours [s]. [s] Le Pere Brumoy, though a staunch advocate for the doctrine of the French school as to the rigid observance of the unity of time, has this mitigating sentence, ' As the resemblance be-- • tween the drama and nature cannot be always so exact as not to admit fome difference in favor of the beauties of art, even art, to avail itself of these beauties, may deceive the spectator, ⚫ and reprefent an action whose duration comprehends eight or ten hours, although the drama • employs only two or three.' Now though the Pere Brumoy mentions particular periods of time in which the dramatic fable, on certain great occafions, may exceed the dramatic representation, as we cannot suppose he mentions eight or ten hours in contradistinction to nine and eleven, his meaning must be, that this rule may be broken when the observation of it ceases to be necessary, and that truth and general probability are the only proper judges of this law, fince, as Horace allows, • Utor permiffo, caudæque pilos ut equinæ • Paulatim vello, et demo unum, demo etiam unum. But
POETIC OF ARISTOTLE. But though the modern drama, from the breaks in the representation, by the division of acts and change of scene, has not its duration marked out by the nature of its composition, yet if the period of time is defined by any circumstance whatever, and events are supposed to happen in that period, which it is either physically or morally impoffible could have happened, the error is against truth and nature, and not only against the arbitrary or the reasonable laws of the drama; and, it must be confefsed, we sometimes find our own inimitable dramatic Bard erring in this respect. The tragedy of King Lear will furnish an inftance of this kind of error. In the second act, Lear comes in, with all his train, to Regan at Glocester's castle, having been recently affronted by Goneril. From the circumstance of the storm continuing, it is obvious that the interval between the second and third act, does not comprehend a period of time, much exceeding that which really passes, and the eyes of Glocefter are put out on the fame night, just as he had relieved the old king on the heath; yet in this time we hear, there is part of a power already footed ، ، to revenge the injuries the king now bears;' and Cornwall says, 'the army of France is now landed.' This rule of natural unity is equally essential to the drama, the epopee, the fable, and the tale; it has nothing to do with the most striking flights of improbability. If a writer puts his hero on a magic courser that can Put a girdle round about the earth • In forty minutes,' it is no offence against this rule; but it would be a great one to make an army march from London to Edinburgh in one night. I have fomewhere met with an observation, that the time of the representation and the fable, in the tragedy of Cato, might have been made exactly
exactly equal, and the strictest rule of dramatic unity observed, had not Addison chofen, wantonly, to violate it by opening the play with a description of the morning; and making Juba say of Cæfar's army, in the last act, • The setting fun Plays on their shining arms and burnish'd helmets.' Addison certainly was not obliged to mark the time in this manner; but whether he had or not, it must have been impoffible to conceive the business of the play could have been transacted in a shorter time, than between sun-rife and fun-set, in the longest day, at Utica. Of the unity of place, it has already been observed, Aristotle says nothing. However, it is strongly connected with the unity of time, and depends on it: 'I mean the natural unities; not that artificial rule of never altering the supposed spot of representation [T), because the Greek theatre never changed its scenes, which is about as reasonable as it would be not to wear shirts because the ancients had no linen. During the continuance of the action, or when the exact time is otherwise defined, no greater change of place can be supposed, than what might probably happen in fuch a period [u]. But it may possibly be asked, though the Muse of Shakespear has ventured to pass the bounds of time and space,' and therefore a change of scene is neceffary for the reprefentation of his dramas; yet as no [T] See note r, chap. xvii. [U] For a further illustration of this, see the application of the unities to the epopee, note 11, chap. xxiv. See also Philological Enquiries, page 218. modern
POETIC OF ARISTOTLE. modern poet ventures to extend his length of time beyond the period prescribed by Ariftotle, why may not the strict unity of place be observed on the English stage, as well as on the French stage? Perhaps it might be a fufficient anfwer to this, to say, the [v] taste of the English demands this change of scenes, but I will not rest my defence of the practice of our stage on this, or on the fuperiority of the theatrical decoration from a variety of well painted [w] scenes, but from the fuperior probability of the play, and the removal of one great and unfurmountable, or, at least, as yet unfurmounted difficulty attending the strict observance of the unity of place, the bringing in and sending out the characters with propriety. And I chuse to do this, in the words of a writer, who cannot be influenced by national prejudices, in favour of either the French or English theatre [x]. • To confefs the truth, the English, [v] Of the taste of the English in this refpect, the following anecdote is a ftriking proof. • In the play of Phædra and Hippolytus, the author has observed the unity of place so well, ⚫ that all the scenes are exhibited in one spot, in an outer court of the palace. Mr. Garrick • faw this; he had a good scene prepared, and it stood the whole time of the play. The ma- ، nager was right; critics will say, the author was right, but the audience were disgufted." HILL'S Actor, page 255. However much the manager might think himself in the right, he found it prudent, on a subsequent occafion, to change his conduct. Mr. Whitehead, in his SCHOOL FOR LOVERS, observed the strict unity of place, and the whole action passes in a garden; but Mr. Garrick introduced a change of fcene in the representation, and he concludes his prologue to the comedy, after some humorous obfervations on the taste of the audience and the perfeverance of the poet, with these lines: • Still he persists-and let him-ENTRE NOUS • I know your tastes, and will indulge them too. • Change you shall have; so set your hearts at ease; WRITE AS HE will, we'll ACT it as you please.. [w] See note v, chap. vi. [x] Schlegel, a German dramatic poet, cited by M. Lessing in his Dramaturgie, vol. i. p. 215. who
• who do not pride themselves in observing the unity of place, obferve • it for the most part better than the French, who boast so much of • their strict adherence to the rules of Aristotle. It little imports, that • the decoration of the scene does not change, but it is of confequence ⚫ that the reason should be obvious why the perfons who enter should • find themselves exactly in that given spot, instead of remaining where they were. When a character behaves as the inhabitant and master • of an apartment, where, just before, another has been affuming the • fame appearance of authority, and talking with the greatest confiden- • tial freedom to his friend, without its being brought about by any ، probable means; in short, when the characters come into the room, or the garden, merely to appear on the stage, the author of the tragedy would do better, instead of writing, "the scene is in the chamber " of Climene," to say, "the scene is in the theatre." Or, to ، speak serioufly, it certainly would be more reasonable, if the author, according to the English custom, had changed the scene from one • house to another, and conducted the spectator to the hero, instead of obliging the hero to appear in a place where he has nothing at all to • do, for the purpose of amufing the spectator.' The false reasoning of the French critics, and their followers in this country, has arifen from the mistaken notion that dramatic imitation ever was, or ever could be a real deception. We are affected by the general probability of the incidents arranged by the poet, in such a manner as to render the impression of those he intends should work on the paffions, most forcible, by foftening, or fuppreffing, every circumstance which might at all interfere with the passions he wishes to excite; and this, when accompanied by the recitation and action of a good player, must have the strongest effect on the spectator; but as to real deception,
POETIC OF ARISTOTLE. deception, in the most empassioned scene of Lear, acted by Garrick, it never for an instant existed. The means of imitation were always apparent, or, to speak in the language of a late commentator, • It is false ' that any representation is mistaken for reality; that any dramatic fable, ⚫ in its materiality, was ever credible, or, for a fingle moment, was ever ' credited [B].' [B] Dr. Johnson's preface to Shakespear. T CHAP.

Commentarius in Aristotelis Poeticam (Franciscus Ritter, 1839) (OCR draft) (Ritter's Latin commentary, extracted from the 1839 volume, divided by Ritter's chapters and sections, and linked to the corresponding Perseus reference subsections.) focus

1. mvp-aristotle-comment-1

Ritter, cap. 1 § 1

Operis consilio et instituti ratione paucis verbis exposita, statim singula poesis genera artesque cognatas eo conspirare ut imitentur, sed easdem tribus rebus differre, quod diversa materia imitationem peragant aut quod diversa imitando exprimant aut quod diverse, monetur; quo facto prima illa artium differentia, quae nascitur ex diversa imitandi materia, paulo accuratius explicatur. περὶ ποιητικῆς – εἰδῶν αὐτῆς: de arte poetica et ipsa et formis ipsius quod Aristoteles in hoc libro se dicturum, h. e. eius artis rationem tam universe explicaturum quam de singulis eiusdem formis separatim absoluturum profitetur, priorem propositi argumenti locum breviter quidem sed plene pertractavit (c. 1-5), alterum in relicuo opere ita exsecutus est ut primum de tragoedia, tum de epopocia, deinde de comoedia ceterisque poesis generibus quae meditatus esset cum lectoribus communicaret. nobis vero nonnisi tragoediae explicatio, neque ea quidem integra ut videtur, et pauca quaedam de epopoeia conservata sunt: cetera temporum iniuria interciderunt omnia. sed de hac re explicatius in Praefatione diximus. ἣν τινα δύναμιν ἕκαστον ἔχει : δύναμις cuique poesis generi inhaerescens vis est et effectus qui declaratur in hominum animis et afficiendis et percolendis. - καὶ πῶς δεῖ συνίστασθαι τοὺς μύθους: partim ut natura et vis singulorum poesis generum accuratius explicaretur, partim ut praeceptis instruerentur poetae futuri, Aristoteles in unoquoque genere docuit quomodo fabulas, h. e. materiam poemati subiectam ac fere ex fabulosa historia petendam, tractari oporteat, si quis poesis fini iuste respondere velit. illi μύθοι pro variis artis poeticae generibus sive formis variam speciem induunt; in tragoedia v. c. μῦθος est ἡ σύνθεσις τῶν πραγμάτων, h. e. facta compluria argumento conserta. vid. c. 6,6. ἐκ πόσων καὶ ποίων ἐστὶ μορίων : ex quot et quibus constet partibus unaquaeque artis poeticae species post generalem huius artis explicationem persecuturus est. subiectum enuntiati est ἕκαστον ( εἶδος), non ποίησις: poesis enim in species sive formas ( είδη, Arten), formae rursus in partes ( μόρια, μέρη) dividuntur. tragoediae partes enumerantur c. 6, 4-7., epopoeiae breviter significantur c. 24, 1. - κατὰ φύσιν : ut natura argumenti ad pertractandum propositi requirit. ἀπὸ τῶν πρώτων: ab iis quae prima sunt, h. e. unde ars poetica nascitur. conf. Rhetor. III, 1. pag. 1403 b 18. τὸ μὲν οὖν πρῶτον ἐζητήθη κατὰ φύσιν, ὅπερ πέφυκε πρῶτον, αὐτὰ τὰ πράγματα ἐκ τίνων ἔχει τὸ πιθανόν.

2. mvp-aristotle-comment-2

Ritter, cap. 1 § 2

ἐποποιία δή: particula δὴ lectorem admonet, iam eam disputandi normam secuturum esse Aristotelem quam modo praescripsit verbis illis αρξάμενοι κατὰ φύσιν πρῶτον ἀπὸ τῶν πρώτων. – ἔτι δὲ κωμῳδία καὶ ἡ διθυραμβοποιητική: poesin dithyrambicam hoc loco commemoravit, ut etiam ex lyrico genere una saltem species poneretur, cum ante per nomen ἐποποιίας totum genus epicae poesis ac continuo dramatici generis duas illas species praecipuas ad partes vocasset. infra c. 2, 4. duas lyrici generis species memoravit: ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ περὶ τοὺς διθυράμβους καὶ περὶ τοὺς νόμους μιμήσαιτο ἄν τις. id non opus erat, ut omnes artis poeticae species collectas poneret, sed praecipuas appellasse sufficiebat, ubi quid sit commune artis poeticae formis indicare volebat. ceterum poesis divisio his duobus locis subiecta Ciceroni ob oculos versata est scribenti de Optimo gen. or. c. 1. poematis enim tragici, comici, epici, melici etiam ac dithyrambici, suum quodvis est diversum a reliquis, cet. καὶ τῆς αὐλητικῆς ἡ πλείστη καὶ κιθαριστικῆς: duas hasce artes ad poeticam non pertinentes memoravit, ut quid huic cum aliis artibus commune esset appareret, statim dicturus quibus illa differret. quod cum ita sit, post διθυραμβοποιητική commatis signum posui, ut diversae quae sequuntur artes a prioribus quodammodo discernerentur. qui citharam pulsat quique tibiis canit tum imitatur, cum hominum affectus animi perturbationesque concentu sonorum exprimit. at vero cum non quivis pulsandae citharae tibiisque canendi modus in tali imitatione necessario versetur, sed citharista vel tibicen nonnisi gratum sonorum concentum et varietatem sectari possit, accurate scripsit Aristoteles τῆς αὐλητικῆς ἡ πλείστη καὶ κιθαριστικῆς : neque huic sententiae repugnat quod ille aliis locis (Polit. VIII, 5. p. 1340 a 18 et 38. Problem. XIX, 27 et 28) pronuntiavit, mores scilicet et affectus potissimum arte musica exhiberi, cum quod aptum est ad imitationem peragendam, idem ut semper imitetur nihil sit quod cogat. conferantur quae paulo post ad §. 4 extr. et ad §. 5. dicta sunt. πᾶσαι τυγχάνουσιν οὖσαι μιμήσεις τὸ σύ νολον: per μίμησιν et μιμεῖσθαι et hic et paulo post significatur quidquid sive verbis sive sonis musicis sive motibus sive coloribus aliave materia expressum ad veritatis similitudinem accedit (Nachbildung durch Worte oder Töne oder Bewegungen oder Stoffe). eatenus igitur omnis poetica μίμησις est et omnia eius genera μιμητικά sunt. sed aliis locis id poeticae genus quod dramaticum appellare solemus ab Aristotele κατ' ἐξοχὴν vocatur μιμητικόν, quatenus res a poeta expressae ab hominibus aliam personam in se suscipientibus repetuntur oculisque spectantium aut mentilegentium subiiciuntur. hoc intellectu poesis epica non est imitativa ( μιμητική) sed narrativa ( διηγηματική). conf. Hermanni ad h. 1. Commentarii p. 84-90. Formam μιμήσεις ex codicibus Bekkerianis praebent ABC, μίμησις Να: libri ab aliis collati in utramque partem discedunt. si μίμησις scripsit Aristoteles, omnes artes modo allatas imitationem esse, h. e. in imitando convenire, sin μιμήσεις, easdem esse varios imitandi modos dixit, utrumque recte. sed quoniam structura verborum recepto numero multitudinis expeditior est, et quia is facilius in singularis formam a librariis syllabam i tamquam ī pronuntiantibus commutari potuit, pluralem praeferendum existimavi.

3. mvp-aristotle-comment-3

Ritter, cap. 1 § 3

διαφέρουσι δὲ ἀλλήλων τρισίν: dum artes modo enumeratae in imitando conveniunt, eaedem tribus differunt: imitantur enim aut iis quae genere (h. e. natura sua) diversa sunt, aut diversa, aut diverse. de primo illo artium discrimine ex imitationis materia ducto statim dis putatur, alterum in capite secundo, tertium deinceps explicatur. illa καὶ μὴ τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον explicationis causa adverbio ἑτέρως adiunguntur, idque factum videtur, ne quis ἑτέρως opponeret iis quae proxime antecedunt, sed illud per se constare intelligeret. rhetores Graeci appellant ισοδυναμοῦν κατὰ τὸ ἀκόλουθον. conf. Victorii ad h. 1. annotatio. subsimile est illud ex c. 6, 2. δρώντων καὶ οὐ δι' ἀπαγγελίας.

4. mvp-aristotle-comment-4

Ritter, cap. 1 § 4

ὥσπερ γὰρ καὶ χρώμασι καὶ σχήμασι: in arte pingendi et materia imitandi et ipsa imitatio admodum manifesta apparet; ea causa fuit cur inde exemplum peteretur, quo artis musicae et poeticae ratio, quantum ad materiam pertinet, illustraretur. χρώματα καὶ σχήματα interpretor colores et lineamenta (Farben und Umrisse sive Zeichnungen). scilicet pictores ad figuras exhibendas aut coloribus utuntur aut lineis vel lineamentis, ipsae figurae hoc loco non denotantur: figurae enim sunt illud ipsum quod imitando efficitur ( τὸ μίμημα), non imitandi materia. eodem modo χρώματα καὶ σχήματα pictori ( τα ζωγράφῳ) tribuit Plato in Civitate X. p. 601 A, χρόας καὶ σχήμαια idem ibidem V. p. 476 B. ipse hic noster σχήματα καὶ χρώματα pictorum esse indicat in Politicis VIII, 5. p. 1340 a 34. ἔτι δὲ οὐκ ἔστι ταῦτα ὁμοιώματα τῶν ἠθῶν, ἀλλὰ σημεῖα μᾶλλον τὰ γιγνόμενα σχήματα καὶ χρώματα τῶν ἠθῶν. aliis in locis σχήματα ipsae figurae sunt: conf. Plat. Civit. II. p. 373 B. Gorg. p. 465 B. 474 D et E. Menon. p. 74 E. Cratyl. p. 431 C. Sophist. p. 251 A. Phaedon. p. 100 D. nomen pictores ( γραφεῖς, ζωγράφοι, εἰκονογράφοι) indefinite per τινες et ἀπεικάζοντες significavit, eo opinor consilio ut omne pingendi negotium, etiam vulgare et minus politum, comprehenderet. ἀπεικάζοντες est assimulantes, h. e. ad similitudinem rei cuiusdam ad imitandum propositae imaginem facientes. praepositio ἀπὸ in ἀπεικάζοντες ad rem illam spectat, unde ( ὅθεν) imago ducitur." οἱ μὲν διὰ τέχνης οἱ δὲ διὰ συνηθείας : hoc additamentum salva loci sententia omitti potuit, sed accessit ut lectores admonerentur eam imitationem quae fiat coloribus lineamentisve duobus modis ab hominibus vulgo exerceri, aut per artem professionemque aut per consuetudinem. qui per artem ( διὰ τέχνης) pingit, is data opera hoc negotium exsequitur, h. e. artem pingendi factitat et profitetur; qui per consuetudinem ( διὰ συνηθείας) pingit, is animi causa et pro arbitrio, non aliorum hominum gratia, modo ad id negotium incumbit modo missum facit et alias res agit. τέχνη h. 1. neque artis exercendae facultatem (Kunstfertigkeit) neque artis legum intellectum (Kunsteinsicht) potest denotare, propterea quod sic non συνήθειαν sed aut ἐμπειρίαν (cf. Metaphys. A. 1 sub init.) opponi oportuit aut φύσιν, quemadmodum c. 8,3. ἤτοι διὰ τέχνην ἢ διὰ φύσιν legimus. ac sane tantum abest ut sermo sit de imitatione cum arte et scientia instituenda, ut communi hoc imitandi negotio, quo fungentes multa imitantur aliqui, imitationem veris illis artibus subiectam illustrari scriptor voluerit. iam vero tam is qui per consuetudinem pingit (der Dilettant) quam qui per artem (der Maler von Fach), et felicissime et pessime negotio suo defungi possunt, prout ingenio et natura fautrice aut instructi sunt aut destituti. hoc igitur iam in aperto est, in subsequentibus pro ἕτεροι δὲ διὰ τῆς φωνῆς legi non posse ἕτεροι δὲ διὰ τῆς φύσεως, quod a Madio excogitatum ab ipsoque reprobatum in operis contextum admisit Hermannus, improbante recte quidem, non tamen iustam ob causam ¹), Augusto Matthiae in diurnis Ienens. a. 1805. n. 223. p. 547. sed quid nos faciemus verbis istis quae mutanda negamus? ea membris duobus praecedentibus, οἱ μὲν διὰ τέχνης οἱ δὲ διὰ συνηθείας, respondere et tamquam tertium adiungi non posse, hoc et per se manifestum est et magis etiam liquet ex nostra verborum διὰ τέχνης et διὰ συνηθείας interpretatione. Buhlius igitur aliis praeeuntibus in hunc modum Aristotelia disposuit: ὥσπερ γὰρ καὶ χρώμασι καὶ σχήμασι πολλὰ μιμοῦνταί τινες ἀπεικάζοντες ( οἱ μὲν διὰ τέχνης, οἱ δὲ διὰ συνηθείας), ἕτεροι δὲ διὰ τῆς φωνῆς, ut ad haec postrema ex prioribus πολλὰ μιμοῦνται intelligerentur. sed ut omittam pessimam et ambiguam membrorum sententiae copulationem, hoc tamen silentio praetermittere non possum, agi de materia imitandi, vocem autem esse quidem instrumentum imitationis, materiam non esse, vide quam absurde dicatur ex pictoribus alii coloribus imitantur, alii autem manu, et tamen hoc illi de quo disputamus simile esset. itaque ad hanc explicationem vindicandam pro διὰ τῆς φωνῆς (durch die Stimme) scriptum certe oportuit διὰ φωνῶν (durch Laute), sed eam mutationem neque admittere ullus sustinebit, neque per eam ipsam omnes loci difficultates vitabuntur: scilicet illam imitationem quae fit φωναῖς in arte poetica et musica, eam ipsam per hoc exemplum ex imitatione pingentium petitum illustrari voluit Aristoteles. quid multa? additamentum illud, unde sanam sententiam nemo 1) Censor eruditus paulo confidentius pronuntiat συνήθειαν h. 1. esse usum ingenio partum, quem συνήθειαν ἀφ᾿ ἕξεως vocaverit Aristoteles in Rhetoricis I, 1. p. 1354 a 7.interpretum adhuc potuit elicere, a consilio scribentis alienissimum est neque ab ipso profectum est, sed insertum ab homine male sedulo qui sententiam a se pro manca habitam explere pro virili sed infeliciter tentavit. fortasse hanc notam in margine posuit ut breviter comprehenderet illa οὕτω κὰν ταῖς εἰρημέναις κτλ., sed tum debuit saltem διὰ φωνῶν. ἢ τε αὐλητικὴ καὶ ἡ κιθαριστική : potuit musicam simpliciter appellare, sed eam cum per partes paulo ante significavisset, eandem loquendi rationem hic quoque tenuit; ut tamen recte intelligeretur addidit κἂν εἴ τινες ἕτεραι τυγχάνωσιν οὖσαι τοιαῦται 2) τὴν δύναμιν. sed cavendum ne, cum Aristoteles dixerit artem tibiis canendi citharaeque pulsandae imitari per concentum numerumque, inde imitativas esse has artes, h. e, semper imitari, statuisse illum opinemur. id enim si fecisset, paulo ante inconsiderate posuisset τῆς αὐλητικῆς ἡ πλείστη καὶ κιθαριστικῆς, cum illam latiorem et angustiorem imitandi significationem, quam in poesi admissam invenimus, ad musicam Graeci non adplicuerint. hoc dicit Aristoteles, auleticam et citharisticam ceterasque musicae species, si imitentur, imitari per concentum numerumque. idem ille de tota musica profitetur in Politicis VIII, 5. р. 1340 a 18. ἔστι δ' ὁμοιώματα μάλιστα παρὰ τὰς ἀληθινὰς φύσεις ἐν τοῖς ῥυθμοῖς καὶ τοῖς μέλεσιν ὀργῆς καὶ πραότητος, ἔτι δ᾽ ἀνδρίας καὶ σωφροσύνης καὶ πάντων τῶν ἐναντίων τούτοις καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἠθικῶν.

5. mvp-aristotle-comment-5

Ritter, cap. 1 § 5

οἱ τῶν ὀρχηστῶν: numeri sive motus saltatorum. nomen ῥυθμοί ad verba οἱ τῶν ὀρχηστῶν ex praegressis αὐτῷ δὲ τῷ ῥυθμῷ advocatum intelligo. durum hoc est, fateor, sed quod melius sit vix invenias. nam Dacerius linguae vim facit, cum οἱ τῶν ὀρχηστῶν idem vult esse quod οἱ ὀρχησταί. D. Heinsius οἱ πολλοὶ τῶν ὀρχηστῶν, Twinin- 2) Τοιαῦται in nullo dum codice repertum aut Aldus addidisse aut accepisse a correctore Italo videtur. pronomen quamvis necessarium ab illo ex libro non interpolato receptum esse vix credo.gius ἔνιοι τῶν ὀρχ. coniecit, sed utraque medicina et violentior est neque omnes difficultates tollit, cum post οἱ πολλοί aeque ac post ἔνιοι vix pergere Aristoteles potuisset καὶ γὰρ οὗτοι κτλ. unus Parisiensis 2038 exhibet μιμεῖται - ἡ τῶν ὀρχήστῶν, quod vel facilitate sua indocti correctoris manum prodit. nisi a temeraria medicina animus abhorreret, scribendum suaderem οἱ τῶν ὀρχηστῶν σχηματοποιοῦνται. saltatores omnes imitari, ea non est Aristotelis sententia: ipse enim veriorem rationem monstravit adiectis illis διὰ τῶν σχηματιζομένων ῥυθμῶν μιμοῦνται. numeri σχηματιζόμενοι eiusmodi sunt motus, quibus actio et gestus adiunguntur.

6. mvp-aristotle-comment-6

Ritter, cap. 1 § 6

ἡ δὲ ἐποποιία μόνον τοῖς λόγοις ψιλοῖς κτλ. nomine ἐποποιία ita h. 1. usus est ut non tam quotidiani sermonis consuetudinem quam vocis originem respiceret, id quod paulo post excusavit. comprehendit enim eo nomine universam imitationem quae solis verbis ( ἔπεσι) peragitur (die Darstellung durch Worte oder Rede), sive fit illa pedestri oratione ( λόγοις ψιλοῖς), sive adstricta numeris ( τοῖς μέτροις), et rursus metris sive mixtis inter sese ( εἶτε μιγνῦσα μετ᾿ ἀλλήλων), sive eisdem κατὰ στίχον repetitis ( εἴθ' ενί τινι γένει χρωμένη), quod adhuc (usque ad Aristotelis aetatem) factum est ( μέχρι τοῦ νῦν). ad hanc nostram interpretationem vindicandam primum dicemus quos intelligamus λόγους ψιλούς. per eos orationem numeris adstrictam sed musica destitutam denotari cum temere a Buhlio pronuntiatum esset, cumque Hermannus prosam significari contra dixisset, Augustus Matthiae in diurn. Ienens. a. 1805. n. 223. p. 549. recte monuit nihil obstare, quo minus utrumque per sese λόγοις ψιλοῖς exprimeretur. itaque ad litem dirimendam hoc quaeritur, particula ἢ ante τοῖς μέτροις utrum h. 1. explicandi (sive) an disiungendi (aut) vim habeat. disiunctivam esse tria commonstrant. primum quod additum est μόνον ante τοῖς λόγοις ψιλοῖς ἢ τοῖς μέτροις, id satis clare indicat epopoeiae nonnisi sermonem, non etiam saltationem et concentum competere, ut ἐπεξήγησις qua id moneretur ( ἢ τοῖς μέτροις) sane inanis accederet; idem porroapparet ex verborum collocatione et structura: nam τοῖς λόγοις ψιλοῖς est sermonibus qui nudi (sunt), ad quod cum accedat ἢ τοῖς μέτροις articulo repetito (oder durch die Maasse), hoc ab eo quod praecedit diversum esse liquet, si quidem scripturus fuisset τοῖς ψιλοῖς λόγοις ἢ μέτροις, si prius per alterum explicari voluisset. denique Sophronis commemoratio et Xenarchi atque Socraticorum dialogorum declarat, etiam prosae quasdam partes ad ἐποποιίαν nove dictam referri. λόγοι ψιλοὶ igitur hoc loco pedestrem denotant orationem, cui opponuntur τὰ μέτρα, h. e. oratio numeris adstricta sed cantu destituta. conf. c. 6, 3. c. 9,9. Rhetor. III, 2. p. 1404 b 12. Problem. XIX, 31. numerum singularem eadem potestate praeditum infra posuit (§. 10.), sed ita ut excusatio ei licentiae fieret ex praecedentibus ῥυθμῷ καὶ μέλει. Quae subsequuntur καὶ τούτοις (intellige μέτροις) εἶτε μιγνῦσα κτλ., iis hoc pronuntiavit, per se quidem nihil obstare, quo minus in epopoeia quam dicit metris inter se mixtis quis utatur, sed id adhuc usu non venisse. verba μέχρι τοῦ νῦν in hac disputatione quae τὰ καθόλου consectatur melius abessent, sed indicium satis certum, quo haec ad interpolatorem remittantur, non adest, itaque cohibeo iudicium.

7. mvp-aristotle-comment-7

Ritter, cap. 1 § 7

οὐδὲν γὰρ ἂν ἔχοιμεν κτλ. excusatur nova ἐποποιίας significatio huic nomini modo concessa: non enim communi nomine comprehendere possemus Sophronis Xenarchique mimos et Socraticos sermones, omnemque imitationem quae peragitur iis poesis generibus quibus neque concentus neque saltatio adiuncta est. concentu et saltatione caret poesis elegiaca et iambica, ac propterea hae species commemorantur illis εἴ τις διὰ τριμέτρων ἢ ἐλεγείων ποιοῖτο τὴν μίμησιν. enuntiatio condicionalis mente supplenda talis fuerit, nisi hoc nomen ( ἐποποιία) novo intellectu ponere- De Sophrone Euripidis aequali mimisque ab ipso filioque Xenarcho Dorica Siculorum dialecto scriptis cum diligentissime a Valckenario ad Theocriti Adoniazusas p. 188 sqq. expositum sit, ego de eodem argumento pauca quaedam, mus.quae ad hunc Aristotelis locum recte intelligendum et a vanis dubitationibus vindicandum faciant, libasse contentus ero. mimi illi morum notationes fuere ac descriptiones hominum quos offert vita vulgaris magna cum accuratione expressae. prosa oratione compositos fuisse non solum Suidas (s. v. Σώφρων) atque cius pedisequa Eudocia testatur, sed idem liquet ex hoc quem tractamus loco ac praecipue ex alio, quem Athenaeus ex Aristotelis περὶ Ποιητῶν opere nobis perdito protulit XI. ρ. 505 C. οὐκοῦν οὐδὲ 3) ἐμμέτρους τοὺς καλουμένους Σώφρονος μίμους μὴ φῶμεν εἶναι λόγους καὶ μιμήσεις ἢ τοὺς ᾿Αλεξαμενοῦ τοῦ Τηΐου τοὺς πρώτους γραφέντας τῶν Σωκρατικῶν διαλόγων, h. e. itaque ne metricos quidem (qui ne numeris quidem adstricti sunt) Sophronis quos vocant mimos, eos ne dicamus esse sermones et imitationes (sermones imitativos), vel quos Alexamenus Teius primus scripsit Socraticos dialogos. Aristoteles hisce verbis falsam quandam aliorum sententiam coarguit: ipse enim non negaturus erat Sophronis mimos esse λόγους καὶ μιμήσεις, h. e. λόγους μιμητικούς. mirum Tyrwhitti errorem (ille Sophronem metris usum esse sibi Buhlioque persuasit) Hermannus confutavit, idemque apte monuit, ne hunc Xenarchum Sophronis Syracusii filium confundamus cum Xenarcho Attico mediae comoediae poeta, de quo nostra memoria breviter disputavit vir egregie doctus, Meinekius in Quaestionum scen. specim. III. p. 61. Socraticos sermones ( Σωκρ. λόγους) eos esse quos primus Alexamenus Teius Socratis disputandi morem secutus edidit, post Tyrwhittum credidit Hermannus : sed nihil est causae cur hic obscurum illum scriptorem potius quam illustrissimum imitationis exemplar, Platonem dico, in primis significari credamus, quamquam neque Alexamenus excluditur nec si quis alius Socraticos sermones ita conscripsit ut simul τὸ μιμητικὸν consectaretur. prope abest a vero Augustus Matthiae in diurnis Ienens. a. 1805. n. 223. 3) Οὐδὲ hoc loco est ne quidem, ut in Poetica c. 8 extr. οὐδὲ μόριον τοῦ ὅλου ἐστίν. πλὴν οἱ ἄνθρωποί γε κτλ, communem loquendi usum in nomine ἐποποιίας recedere a suo concedens ab illo metrum spectari monet, non rei veritatem. ἐλεγειοποιούς τοὺς δὲ ἐποποιοὺς ὀνομάζουσιν : haec nomina composita ita accepit quam si posuisset ἐλεγείων (distichorum) ποιητὰς atque ἐπῶν (hexametrorum) ποιητάς 4). per ἐλεγεῖα et ἔπη quamvis et versuum species et ipsa carmina significentur, hoc tamen loco nonnisi prior significatio obtinet. de hac ἐλεγείων potestate cum nemo dubitare possit, propter alterum illud nomen ( έπη) satis sit provocasse ad Rhetorica III, 16. p. 1417 a 14. παράδειγμα ὁ ᾿Αλκίνου ἀπόλογος, ὅτι πρὸς τὴν Πηνελόπην ἐν ἑξήκοντα ἔπεσι (sexaginta hexametris) πεποίηται. conf. Pseudo - Aristoteles in Poetica ε. 26, 5. εἴ τις τὸν Οἰδίπουν θείη τὸν Σοφοκλέους ἐν ἔπεσιν ὅσοις ἡ Ἰλιάς. Sine iusta causa editores fere omnes (non Bekkerus) codicibus adversantibus legunt τοὺς μὲν ἐλεγειοποιοὺς τοὺς δὲ ἐποποιοὺς ὀν.,. ut sententia evadat haec, poetarum genus unis verbis imitantium aut ἐλεγειοποιούς aut ἐποποιοὺς vocari: sed id non verum est, cum etiam ἰαμβοποιοὶ nonnisi verbis imitentur. itaque ex pluribus nominibus duo ponuntur. οὐχ ὡς τοὺς κατὰ μίμησιν ποιητάς-προσα χορεύοντες: Tyrwhitto iudice articulus τοὺς elegantius abesset, sed is elegantiae loci neque addere quidquam potest neque detrahere. Hermannus scripsit οὐχ ὡς κατὰ τὴν μίμησιν π., aliis alia excogitantibus. nimirum vulgo interpretantur poetas non tam propter imitationem sed communiter propter metrum appellantes. ac sane articulus expungendus foret, si ea esset loci sententia. sed quod codices offerunt, bonam id sententiam facilemque structuram praebet, dummodo intelligamus τοὺς pertinere quidem ad ποιητάς, sed 4) Simile illud est in c. 4, 10. οἱ μὲν ἀντὶ τῶν ἰάμβων κωμωδοποιοὶ (h. e. κωμῳδιῶν ποιηταί) ἐγένοντο, κτλ. conf. quae monita sunt ad illum locum.hoc ipsum nomen tamquam bis positum accipiendum esse, ut plenius scripserit Aristoteles οὐχ ὡς τοὺς κατὰ μίμησιν ποιητὰς “ ποιητὰς” προσαγορεύοντες. secundum imitationem poetae ( οἱ κατὰ μίμησιν ποιηταί') illi sunt qui suo iure poetae nomine ornantur sive qui re vera poetae sunt, homines igitur non eos qui imitantur secundum id ipsum poetas appellant, sed qui eodem metro utuntur, eos communi nomine vocare solent,

8. mvp-aristotle-comment-8

Ritter, cap. 1 § 8

καὶ γὰρ ἂν - οὕτω καλεῖν εἰώθασιν: haec usus vulgaris ostendunt perversitatem. μουσικὸν ex φυσικὸν corruptum esse coniecit D. Heinsius et plures qui assentirentur nactus est, nempe dicunt nullum eiusmodi poematis, quo musica tractarentur, tota antiquitate vestigium reperiri, carmina physica sive περὶ φύσεως conscripta nonnulla memorari, audio: sed Aristoteles hypothetice ( ἂν - ἐκφέρωσιν) dum loquitur, quod fieri posset non quod factum esset respicere potuit. ...

9. mvp-aristotle-comment-9

Ritter, cap. 1 § 9

ὁμοίως δὲ-καὶ ποιητὴν προσαγορευτέον: proprium poetae negotium esse imitationem (Darstellung), ac metri genere poesin definiri non posse significaturus, posteaquam et prosa oratione et versibus uti poctam posse, poetamque esse quamdiu imitaretur, pronuntiavit, iam pergere coepit, similiter vero, etiam si quis omnia metra miscens faceret imitationem et is poeta dicendus erit. hoc est, imitatio poetam facit, metra non faciunt; metra aut abesse omnino aut unum eorum genus adesse aut permisceri omnia possunt, nihil hoc ad poetam pertinet qua poeta est. qui omnia metra miscet, eum homines neque ἐποποιόν (hexametrorum poetam) neque ἐλεγειοποιὸν (distichorum poetam) neque ἰαμβοποιὸν (iamborum poetam) vocare possunt, sed ille nihilo minus est poeta si imitationem exhibet. Chaeremo hic neque laudatur neque vituperatur, sed is pro exemplo est quomodo metra permisceri possint, ποιεῖσθαι μίμησιν h. 1. de vera sive poetica imitatione dictum esse, quod nonnulli negaverunt, tum quod proxime antecessit ( εἴ τις διὰ τριμέτρων ποιοῖτο τὴν μίμησιν) tum quod paulo superius legimus ( ἅπασαι• ... ποιοῦνται τὴν μίμησιν) tum alii huius libri loci ostendunt. quod si probe tenuerimus, intelligemus tolerari non posse quod vulgo legunt codicibus adversantibus ὁμοίως δὲ οὐκ ἤδη καὶ ποιητὴν προσαγορευτέον, h. e. non iam (illud καὶ sic non aptum est) poeta dicendus erit. tum enim hoc diceret Aristoteles, qui imitationem exhiberet, eum esse poetam eundemque non esse poetam. id qua est sagacitate cum perspexisset Hermannus (hunc sine causa haesisse alii non bene contenderunt), ille nova coniectura locum iam interpolatum corrigere voluit, id quod omnium periculosissimum et vix unquam cum eventu tentatum est. dedit igitur εἴ τις ... προΐοιτο, si quis negligeret. sed ante omnia voces οὐκ ἤδη amovendae erant. desunt omnibus Victorii libris, tum iis quos Winstanleius, Burgesius, Buhlius, Bekkerus adhibuerunt. illatae igitur a correctore quodam Italo et propagatae per exemplar Aldinum non maiorem habent auctoritatem, quam si nune demum criticus aliquis a se excogitatas afferret 5). Chaeremonem Athenaeus II. p. 35 Ε. τραγω- ... δὸν appellat, τραγικὸν ΙΙ. p. 43 C. et XIII. p. 562 E. eius dramata variis locis laudat Alphesiboeam, Dionysum, Thyestem, Io, Centaurum, Minyas, Ulixem, Oenea. de Centauro ille scribit XIII. p. 608 Ε. ἐν δὲ Κενταύρῳ, ὅπερ δρᾶμα πολύμετρόν ἐστι, fragmentumque inde servavit XV. p. 676 E. Aristoteles Chaeremonis meminit in Rhetor. II, 23. p. 1400 b 24. III, 12. p. 1413 b 13. Problem. III, 16. Poet. c. 24, 6. nomine auctoris suppresso eius Ulixem commemoravit ibidem c. 14, 6. Centaurum Chaeremonis h. 1. ῥαψῳδίαν incerto nomine vocavit, cum dramatis nomen ei concedere nollet. quod Suidas quique hunc exscribunt comicum poetam Chaeremonem faciunt, error est quem inde natum esse puto, quod in Chaeremonis dramatis (nonnulla eorum satyrica videntur fuisse) multa 5) Ex novis Poeticae editoribus Graefenhanius item o ὐκ ἤδη omisit, sed idem verborum ordinem et structuram tam mira conformavit, ut totius loci explicatio magis impediatur quam expediatur.ludicra inerant. per errorem facile explicandum Athenaeus XIII. p. 562 E. locum ex Euripidis Iphigenia Aulidensi (v. 549.) ad Chaeremonem rettulit, quo confisus Gruppius in Ariadna p. 561 sqq. eam tragoediam Chaeremoni liberaliter quidem sed frustra tribuere conatus est. Euripidi Chaeremo aetate suppar videtur fuisse, saltem non multo post vixisse potest. eius sententiam quandam ridendam praebuit Eubulus mediae comoediae poeta, ut tradidit Athenaeus II. p. 43 C. idem Eubulus Euripidem saepius notavit.

10. mvp-aristotle-comment-10

Ritter, cap. 1 § 10

ῥυθμῷ καὶ μέλῳ καὶ μέτρῳ: per ῥυθμὸν h. 1. saltatio ( ὄρχησις) ad numeri leges accommodata intelligitur ; μέλος est cantus, μέτρον idem qui λόγος ἔμμετρος. in tribus his nominibus forma sive lex posita est pro iis quae illi legi obtemperant, numerus ( ῥυθμός) pra motibus numerosis, modus ( μέλος, Singweise) pro canticis ad harmoniae legem descriptis, metrum ( μέτρον, Zeitmaass) pro oratione metris inclusa. iam vides quomodo factum sit, ut Aristoteles h. 1. singularem numerum μέτρον ad significandam orationem metricam admitteret, cum alias eo intellectu nonnisi pluralem probaverit, conf. modo dicta ad §. 7. et mox dicenda ad c. 26, 6. ἅμα πᾶσιν : hoc dithyramborum scriptores tam antiqui quam novi fecerunt, κατά μέρος: hoc pertinet ad tragicos poetas comicosque: hi enim in diverbiis sola oratione metrica ( τοῖς μέτροις) utuntur, in choricis autem modo cantum modo praeter cantum etiam saltationem adhibere solent.

1. mvp-aristotle-comment-11

Ritter, cap. 2 § 1

Quid sit ἕτερα μιμείσθat, quomodo singulae artes imitentur homines diversis moribus praeditos. ἐπεὶ δὲ μιμοῦνται οἱ μιμούμενοι πράττοντας: haec dicit de cuiusvis generis imitatione; quod incommune manifestum sit, idem valere in singulis artibus imitationem peragentibus paulo post (§. 2.) monet. ceterum non obliviscendum est πράττειν a Graecis diei non solum eos qui aliquid negotii peragant, sed eos etiam quorum mentis animive vires quocumque modo declarentur. σπουδαίους ἢ φαύλους: nomen σπουδαῖος h. Ι. significatione passiva accipiendum est; gravis est et honestus, proprie qui in magno pretio habetur, ὃν σπουδῆς ἄξιον οἴον. ται ἢ σπουδάζουσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι. φαῦλος est nullius pretii ideoque pravus et abiectus. ἢ καὶ τοιούτους: aut eos qui vulgo reperiuntur; structura abrumpitur, quod incommodum corrector quidam removere studuit scribens ἢ καὶ τοιούτους ἀνάγκη μιμεῖσθαι. haec ex editione Aldina per subsequentes propagata sunt, ut iam a Victorio "in plurimis excusis," ut ait ille, invenirentur. sed additum illud ἀνάγκη μιμεῖσθαι deest AcBcNa et Mediceis omnibus et Burgesii codicibus; deerant quoque Victorianis: nam quod Buhlius ait Victorium ex tribus libris scriptis restituisse ἢ καὶ τοιούτους ἀνάγκη μιμεῖσθαι, id ille Victorii commentario negligenter inspecto scripsit. itaque in nullo cadice voces ἀνάγκη μιμεῖ σθαι videntur inesse, absunt certe ab optimis plurimisque. num forte abesse plane non possunt? immo possunt: nam illa orationis pars ἤτοι βελτίονας - τοιούτους non in apodosi collocata est, sed protasis accuratius per eam definitur. ipsa autem apodosis deest, si formam spectamus, sin sententiam, sequitur inde a §. 2. δῆλον δὲ ὅτι κτλ. conf. Comment. ad c. 7, 4. abruptam structuram posita lineola indicavi, hacc constructionis licentia multo magis placet quam scriptura ista sine ulla solertia interpolata, secundum quam post ἀνάγκη εἶναι continuo sequitur ἀνάγκη μιμεῖσθαι. Πολύγνωτος - εἴκαζεν: Polygnotus Thasius, arte sua eximius circa Olympiadem 80., in pingendis figuris ad speciem animo inhaerentem cum omnia referret, cas humanis celsiores delineavit, Dionysius naturam ducem et normam secutus est, Pauso humilia anquirens homines quam vulgo sunt deteriores pinxit. de Polygnote videndi suntpraecipue Pausanias X, 25-32, Plinius Nat. Hist. XXXV, 9, 35. Harpocratio s. v. Boettiger in Archaeolog. pictur. I. p. 274-369. Sillig in Catalogo artif. p. 372-378. Odofr. Müller in Historia art. §. 134. ed. secund, Pausonem Polygnoto aetate supparem fuisse nonnullis indiciis colligitur. Aristophanes enim in Acharnensihus (h. e. Olymp. 88, 4) v. 854. Pausonem exagitat τὸν παμπόνηρον, atque in eiusdem Thesmophoriazusis (h. e. Olymp. 92, 3) v. 949 (958.) idem Pauso celebrare Thesmophoria ciboque abstinere, scilicet ob paupertatem, dicitur, tandem Olymp. 97, 4. (vel potius 98, 1) in Pluto altero v. 602. pictori Aristophanes illusit, eo quod Paupertas expostulatur ad invocandum auxilium Pausonis τοῦ ξυσσίτου. ad eum locum scholiasta scribit ὁ Παύσων δὲ ἐπὶ πενίᾳ κωμῳδεῖται ζωγράφος ὧν. innotuit igitur et malis artibus et singulari pingendi ratione et domesticis difficultatibus circa Olympiadem 90., cum in vivis etiam tum Polygnotus esset. tabulis ab eo pictis adspiciendis corrumpi iuvenum mores, contra emendari Polygnotis Aristoteles pronuntiat in Politicis VIII, 5. p. 1340 a 36. δεῖ μὴ τὰ Παύσωνος Θεωρεῖν τοὺς νέους, ἀλλὰ τὰ Πολυγνώτου, κἂν εἴ τις ἄλλος τῶν γραφέων ἢ τῶν ἀγαλματοποιῶν ἐστὶν ἠθικός. moralis pictor prae ceteris Polygnotus erat, cf. e. 6, 11. Themist. Or. XXXIV, 11. p. 456. ed. Dindorf. Dionysius Colophonius, Polygnoto fere aequalis, cum nonnisi hominum figuras quae vulgo agnoscuntur, exprimere posset aut vellet, a pingendis heroibus atque dis abstinuit et inde ἀνθρωπογράφος cognominatus est. Plin. N. H. XXXV, 10, 37. hic (Serapio) scenas optime pinxit, sed hominem pingere non potuit: contra Dionysius nihil aliud quam homines pinxit, ob id ἀνθρωπογράφος cognominatus. conf. Aelianus Var. Histor. IV, 3.

2. mvp-aristotle-comment-12

Ritter, cap. 2 § 2

δῆλον δὲ-διαφοράς : μιμήσεις illae ante dictae (c. 1,4-6) sunt saltatio ( ὄρχησις) et musica ars ( αὔλησις καὶ κιθάρισις cet.) et epopoeia, h. e. tam ea pedestris orationis pars quae τὸ μιμητικὸν habet quam eae pocsis species quae sermonem numeris adstrictum probant, sed cantum et saltationem et musicam aspernantur, relicuas artis poeticae formas, drama et lyricum genus, mox (§. 4) respexit.

3. mvp-aristotle-comment-13

Ritter, cap. 2 § 3

καὶ περὶ τοὺς λόγους δὲ καὶ τὴν ψιλο μετρίαν: quod paulo ante (c. 1, 6) nove ἐποποιίαν dixit, idem nunc λόγους καὶ ψιλομετρίαν appellat. λόγοι h. 1. sunt sermones pedestri oratione ( λογάδην) conscripti sed simul μι μητικῶς compositi, ut Sophronis mimi Xenarchique et dialogi Platonici: per ψιλομετρίαν alteram ἐποποιίας partem comprehendit, imitationem numeris quidem decurrentem sed musica et saltatione destitutam, quam c. 1, 6. per μέτρα signi ficavit, talis est epica poesis quae vulgo vocatur, praeterea elegiaca, denique parodiae iambique. aliter hunc locum intellexit Augustus Matthiae in diurnis Ienens. a. 1805. n. 222. p. 549. quippe καὶ τὴν ψιλομετρίαν explicationis gratia ad τοὺς λόγους ab Aristotele addita esse opinatur. hoc vero et per sese non verisimile videtur et ex repetito ante ψιλο μετρίαν articulo falsum esse liquet. quod dicit ille censor, exempla statim afferri nonnisi ex poesi sumpta, id cur factum sit prompte explicaveris. prosae enim imitationis exempla allata iam erant c. 1, 7., ubi imitationes numeris instructae et cantu carentes nonnisi universe et breviter significabantur per εἴ τις διὰ τριμέτρων ἢ ἐλεγείων ἢ τῶν ἄλλων τινῶν τῶν τοιούτων ποιοῖιο τὴν μίμησιν. lyrica quidem ars et ipsa imitatur, sed eam paulo post, ubi nomes et dithyrambos memorat, designavit ita ut duabus formis totum genus complecteretur. οἷον Ὅμηρος μὲν βελτίους : quos Homerus in medium produxit viros, ii superant homines qui vulgo sunt, praecipue corporis viribus et animi fortitudine, saepius etiam morum ingeniique praestantia. valentiores et fortiores a se describi ipse significavit Il. E, 302, ὁ δὲ χερμάδιον λάβε χειρὶ Τυδείδης, μέγα ἔργον ὃ οὐ δύο γ᾽ ἄνδρε φέρθιεν, οἷοι νῦν βροτοί εἰσ᾽· ὁ δέ μιν ῥέα πάλλε καὶ οἷος. similia protulit idem duobus aliis Iliadis locis, M. 383. Y. 287. Κλεοφῶν δὲ ὁμοίους: an hic poeta idem sit atque is cuius decem tragoedias Suidas et Eudocia enumerant, dubitari potest, sed hoc dubitari non posse videtur, non tragoedias Cleophontis sed aliud eius poema ab Aristotele intelligi, nam h. I. ψιλομετρίας exempla ponuntur, tragoedia comoediaque paulo post alio in genere nominantur. sed haud dubie hic homo non diversus est ab eo, quem aliis locis Aristoteles commemoravit. primum ille in Soph. Elench. c. 15. p. 174 b 27. Cleophontis Μανδρόβουλον citavit a Suida in tragoediis eius non relatum, tum eiusdem in Critiam reprehensionem ex Solonis elegis petitam exposuit in Rhetoricis I, 15. p. 1375 b 32. in codem opere (III, 7. p. 1408 a 15.) Cleaphontem epitheta ornantia vilibus nominibus adiunxisse tradit: μηδ' ἐπὶ τῷ εὐτε λεῖ ὀνόματι ἐπῇ κόσμος· εἰ δὲ μή, κωμῳδία φαίνεται, οἷον ποιεῖ Κλεοφῶν· ὁμοίως γὰρ ἔνια ἔλεγε καὶ εἰ εἴπειεν ἂν “ ὦ πότνια συκῆ.” eius humilem elocutionem notavit infra c. 22, 1. quae omnia cum considero, verisimile mihi videtur hune Cleophontem poema conscripsisse nomine Μανδροβού 20v, quod mediam quasi viam teneret inter epicae poesis dignitatem et parodiarum humilitatem. Ἡγήμων - πρῶτος: Aristoteles Hegemonem facit inventorem paesis parodicae, florentem illum ingenii laude tempore belli Peloponnesiaci (vid. Athen. IX. p. 407 A), alii autem eiusdem inventionis gloriam in Hipponactem circa Olympiadem 60. viventem contulerunt, ut Polemo apud Athenaeum XV. p. 698 Β. εὑρέτην τοῦ γένους ( παρῳδιῶν) Ἱππώνακτα φατέον τὸν ἰαμβοποιόν. nimirum Aristoteles parodias Hipponactis, quamvis herois versibus conscriptas, in iambis sive maledictis numeravit, τὴν ἰαμβικὴν ἰδέαν 1) potius respiciens quam Homerici sermonis similitudinem. ipsa Polemonis verba ostendunt Hipponactem pro parodiarum scriptore habitum non 1) Nobilem irrisorem etiam in parodiis more suo singulos perstringendi delectatum esse non solum per se probabile videtur, sed etiam insigni fragmento constat. vid. Athen. XV. p. 698. C.esse: scribit enim εὑρέτην - φατέον, neque ipse illa carmina παρῳδίας sed εξάμετρα designat: λέγει γὰρ οὗτος ἐν τοῖς ἑξαμέτροις κτλ. minus recte, ut mihi videtur, nonnulli * existimant Hegemonem ob eam causam parodiarum inventorem ab Aristotele perhiberi, quod ille parodiis ex scena recitatis de praemio certare coeperit, ut docet Athenaeus XV. p. 699 A. eam sententiam probaverunt Floegelius in Comicae poesis histor. I. p. 383., Tyrwhittus ad h. 1., Weland de Parodiarum Homer. scriptoribus apud Graecos p. 26. de Hegemone lege Athen. IX. p. 406 Е - 407 В. Νικοχάρης ὁ τὴν Δηλιάδα χείρους: Nicocharis Deliadem compositam fuisse ad irridendos Delios, quos propter vitam deliciis diffluentem famosos fuisse docuit Apollodorus apud Athenaeum IV. p. 172 F- 173 C., acute vidit Tyrwhittus, sed idem nomen χείρους non recte accepit, cum scripsit Deli incolas magnam partem χείρους fuisse, coquos scilicet et caupones. nam ipsos coquos et caupones aliquis et βελτίους et χείρους et ὁμοίους potest imitari. immo Nicochares Delios tales ostendit, ut aliquanto peiores ( χείρους) quam re vera essent apparerent. hunc Nicocharem comoediis docendis certasse cum Aristophane scimus. vid. Argumentum Pluti et Meinekii Quaest. scen. II. p. 58. sed hoc eius poema comoediam non fuisse vel inde liquet, quod in ψιλομετρίας exemplis refertur. parodiam fuisse vel parodiae similem speciem prae se tulisse suspicor. neque sane mirandum est ab eodem homine (nihil est cur hunc Aristotelium Nicocharem a poeta comico diversum fuisse statuamus) et comoedias et parodias editas esse, siquidem etiam Hermippus antiquae comoediae poeta parodias fecit, et rursus Hegemo parodiarum scriptor comoediam nomine Philinnae evulgavit. vid. Athen. XV. p. 699 A. ....

4. mvp-aristotle-comment-14

Ritter, cap. 2 § 4

ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ περὶ τοὺς διθυράμβους καὶ τοὺς νόμους μιμήσαιτο ἄν τις: imitandi differentiam modo expositam exemplisque illustratam etiam in lyrico genere (pro ipso genere duas species ponit) adhiberi posse dicit, exempla tamen nulla producit, sive de-... erant sive hoc lam sponte liquere existimabat. sic omnia se satis bene habent: sed ecce, post τοὺς νόμους interturbant ὡς Πέρσας καὶ Κύκλωπας Τιμόθεος καὶ Φιλόξενος, in quibus Aristotelem ego agnoscere non possum. Πέρσας Timotheus inscripsit carmen quoddam ( νόμον, non διθύραμβον) ad celebrandam Graecorum de Persis victoriam a se ad citharam compositum. testis est Pausanias VIII, 50, 3. μετὰ δὲ οὐ πολὺ ἀγόντων Νέμεια ᾿Αργείων, ἔτυχε μὲν τῶν κιθαρῳδῶν τῷ ἀγῶνι ὁ Φιλοποίμην παρών. Πυλάδου τότε δὲ ᾄδοντος Τιμοθέου νόμον τοῦ Μιλησίου Πέρσας καὶ καταρξαμένου τῆς ᾠδῆς “ κλεινὸν ἐλευθερίας τεύχων μέγαν Ἑλλάδι κόσμον,” ἀπεῖδεν ἐς τὸν Φιλοποίμενα τὸ Ἑλληνικόν, καὶ ἐπε σημήναντο τὸ κρότῳ φέρειν εἰς ἐκεῖνον τὸ ᾄσμα, conf. Plutarch. Philopoет. с. 11. Cyclopis nomine Philoxenus nobilem dithyrambum conscripserat. vid. Athen. I. p. 6 F. - p. 7 A. XIII. p. 564 E. Aelian. V. H. XII, 44. Plutarch. Quaestion. conviv. I, 5. scholiastae ad Plutum Aristophanis v. 290. 298. ad Theocrit. VI, 7. XI, 1. Tzetzes Chiliad. X, 841. etiam Timothei Cyclops memoratur ab Athenaeo XI. p. 465 C. et ab Eustathio p. 1631, 61. iam quaero quid sibi velint verba illa interposita ? nimirum ut discant lectores quid sint nomi et dithyrambi, iis unum aliquem ex nomis et unum aliquem ex dithyrambis 2) in memoriam revocant, sed quid inde ad illustrandam lucramur triplicem illam imitandi differentiam? nihil, prorsus nihil. inepta sunt igitur et ab aliena manu inserta. sed quaeritur, num forte emendandi quodam periculo verba illa sustentari possint, eo magis quod ὡς Πέρα σας a codicibus non satis tutum videtur esse. ad hoc proxime accedit ὡς περγᾶς ut in Ac, paulo minus ὥσπερ γᾶς ut in Be et Na. quod ex Mediceis XIV et 14 ὡς περσᾶς affertur, id vitium typographi videtur esse pro ὡς περγᾶς. in libro Veneto et Guelpherbytano ὡς Πέρσας inesse Burgesius 2) Qui illa interposuit, is Timothei Cyclopem non respexisse vel omnino non cognitum videtur habuisse, sed ut Timothei nomen ad Πέρσας sic Philoxeni ad Κύκλωπας rettulit.apud Tyrwhittum p. 240. narrat, sed hunc falli de Guelpherbytano Buhlius testatur. Victorius Πέρσας se debere conie cturae Francisci Medices professus est. ceteri codices cum Bekkerianis illis consentiunt aut paululum ab iis discedunt. sed utcumque est, ὡς Πέρσας veram esse scripturam dubitare vix licet, sive codicum vestigia sive Pausaniae verba supra a nobis transcripta consideramus, certe Tyrwhitti coniectura multum posthabenda videatur. ille enim scribendum suasit ὥσπερ ᾿Αργᾶς Κύκλωπας καὶ Τιμόθεος καὶ Φιλόξενος, ut Argas Cyclopem deteriorem, Philoxenus parem, Timotheus celsiorem effinxisse dicantur. quae contra moneam haec habeo. 1. Argas quidem ab Athenaeo XIV. p. 638 B. (cf. IV. p. 131 B) et a Plutarcho in vita Demosthenis c. 4. poeta pravorum nomorum ( ποιητής μοχθηρῶν νόμων) nominatur, sed nemo veterum Cyclopem ab eo scriptum esse tradit. 2. cum Cyclops quem composuit Philoxenus et is quem Timotheus, dithyrambus fuerit, Argam quoque dithyramborum poetam fuisse ex hoc loco consequeretur: sed Argas erat νομοποιός, non διθυραμβοποιός. 3. qui imitatur peiores, eum pravos facere nomos nihil est quod cogat, immo in suo genere optimus esse poeta potest, ut Athenaei et Plutarchi verba nullum illi coniecturae praesidium praebeant. 4. Philoxenus Cyclopem suum non parem fecit sed infra mythi dignitatem quam maxime deiectum, quod partim ex fragmentis partim ex veterum testimoniis apparet: contra ex uno frustulo Cyclopis a Timotheo editi non liquet eum celsiorem et ad dignitatem carminis Homerici expressum fuisse, quod credidit statuitque Tyrwhittus. Hermannus coniecturam Tyrwhitti ita adoptavit ut ab illa transpositione particulae καὶ abstinens scriberet ὥσπερ ᾿Αργᾶς, καὶ Κύκλωπας Τιμόθεος καὶ Φιλόξενος. sic ex difficultatibus modo enumeratis prima et secunda removetur, sed ad duas relicuas nova accedit ex verborum constructione nimium impedita. postremo, ut redeam ad vulgatam, huc attendi velim, quam ex levi recordatione interpolator scripserit ὡς Πέρσας καὶ Κύκλωπας Τιμόθεος καὶ Φιλόξενος: scilicet quemadmodum Timotheus Persas devictos car-COMMEMTARIVS mine suo ( νόμῳ) cecinit, sic non item Philoxenus Cyclopum catervam sed unum Polyphemum dithyrambo suo descripsit. itaque non Κύκλωπας scribere debuit, sed Κύκλωπα. hoc ipsum qui reponere cum Reizio audebit, is insanabile ulcus in hunc locum non librarii oscitantia sed hominis male docti diligentia illatum lippis oculis paulum obscurabit, sed Aristoteli sua non restituet.

1. mvp-aristotle-comment-15

Ritter, cap. 3 § 1

9. Tertia artium poeticarum differentia ex vario imitandi modo et ratione nascitur. ὑτὲ μὲν ἀπαγγέλλοντα - ἢ πάντας ὡς πράττοντας καὶ ἐνεργοῦντας τοὺς μιμουμένους: omnis poeticae imitationis modus in duo genera dividitur, unum narrandi, agendi alterum. prius, h. e. genus narrativum, duas habet species, sive narrantem inducit poeta alterum sive ipse narrandi partes in se suscipit. secundi generis ea natura est, ut qui imitantur ipsi agant ipsique personas eorum quos imitantur sustineant. huius alterius generis explicatio incipit a verbis ἢ πάντας ὡς πράττοντας, ubi ἢ particula licenter admissa est, cum ὁτὲ δὲ post ὑτὸ μὲν lectores exspectarent. structurae facilitas insuper impeditur illatis illis ὥσπερ Ὅμηρος ποιεῖ post ἕτερόν τι γιγνόμενον. Homerus imitationem ita instituit, ut dum plurima per alios enarrantur, multa tamen etiam ab ipso referantur, ut c. 24, 7. agnoscit laudatque Aristoteles. falso igitur Homerum omnia per alios enuntiare h. 1. monetur. porro vide mihi neque alterius ex priore genere speciei neque ipsius secundi generis exemplum afferri, sed exempla reservari donec tota res in universum satis exposita videretur; considera paucis interiectis versibus iterum provocari ad Homerum, ut idem poeta brevissimo intervallo bis in auxilium adhibeatur, quod saneabhorret a more veri Aristotelis. dicendum restat unde importunum additamentum venerit. interpolator cuius tot per hunc librum vestigia deprehenduntur, cum ex c. 24. didicisset Homerum per alios plurima referre, ille temperare sibi non potuit, quo minus iam hic quamvis loco non apto illam Homeri prae ceteris poetis epicis praestantiam significaret. - ceterum monendum puto, ne quis hoc loco abuti velit ad poesis in tria genera (epicum et lyricum et dramaticum) divisionem ab Aristotele profectam hinc eruendam et commonstrandam. non enim hoc nunc agit ut poesin universam in genera sua dividat, sed in duobus poesis generibus (epico et dramatico) diversam imitandi rationem explicare voluit, sane triplex illa poesis divisio in nonnullis huius libri locis Aristoteli obversata est ante animum (conf. Commentar. ad c. 1, 2), sed nullo loco eam aperte proposuit.

2. mvp-aristotle-comment-16

Ritter, cap. 3 § 2

et 3. πράττοντας - δρῶντας ἄμφω: expositis tribus illis quibus diversitates artium nituntur, iam post haec argumentum hactenus pertractatum apte concludit verbis illis (§. 4) περὶ μὲν οὖν τῶν διαφορῶν, καὶ πόσαι καὶ τίνες τῆς μιμήσεως, εἰρήσθω ταῦτα. quae media inseruntur (§. 3), ea ab argumento adhuc explicato alienissima, per se levissima, ex parte absurda simul et falsa, damnanda et Aristoteli abiudicanda existimavi. videamus. primum ab eo loco qui modo pertractatus est aliena haec esse, ultro mihi concedent qui intellexerint afferri iam nihil nisi inutiles et inanes etymologias, quae a verbo δρῶντας profectae fuse proferuntur, ipsum autem Aristotelem inde ab operis initio usque ad c. 4, 12. non modo ab huiusmodi nugis sed etiam ab enarrandis rebus, qualis est ista Doriensium tragoediam comoediamque sibi vindicantium commemoratio, religiose abstinere adeoque in afferendis exemplis parcissimum esse. absurda sunt ὅθεν καὶ δράματα καλεῖσθαί τινες αὐτά φασιν, ὅτι μιμοῦνται δρῶντας. vide, auctor incertus haerebat an re vera δρᾶμα dictum sit a δρᾶν, et rem scilicet tam dubiam in medio relinquens aliorum hominum sententiam protulisse contentus est. quae absurda simul et falsa dixi, ea suntP ἐκεῖθεν γὰρ ἦν Ἐπίχαρμος ὁ ποιητής, πολλῷ πρότερος ὢν Χωνίδου καὶ Μάγνητος. primum inepta haec sunt, cum qui paulo ante δράματος nomine confisi sibi vindicare comoediam tragoediamque dicuntur, iidem statim argumenta ex historia sumpta proferunt quae, si vera essent, comoediae inventionem Siculis Doriensibus certissime vindicarent. scilicet Epicharmum, antiquissimum apud Dorienses comoediae hoc nomine dignae auctorem, multo prius vixisse quam Chonidem (Chionidem), antiquissimum apud Athenienses comoediarum scriptorem ¹), hic edocemur. sed de Chionide Suidas (cf. Eudocia p. 436) haec rettulit: Χιωνίδης ᾿Αθηναῖος, τῆς ἀρχαίας κωμῳδίας, ὃν καὶ λέγουσι πρωταγωνίστην γενέσθαι τῆς ἀρχαίας κωμῳδίας, διδάσκειν δὲ ἔτεσιν ὀκτὼ πρὸ τῶν Περσικῶν, hoc est Olympiad. 73, 1. idem Suidas accurate indicavit quando Epicharmus comoedias docere adgressus sit s. v. Ἐπίχαρμος : ἦν δὲ πρὸ τῶν Περσικῶν ἔτη ἕξ, διδάσκων ἐν Συρακούσαις· ἐν δὲ ᾿Αθήναις Εὐέτης καὶ Εὐξενίδης καὶ Μύλος ἐπεδείκνυντο, h. e. Olympiad. 73, 3. quae testimonia, quamvis ab auctore parum locuplete prolata, tantae sunt auctoritatis, quantae essent si apud fidissimum scriptorem legerentur. nam ipsa eorum condicio ac forma probat puro ex fonte (ex didascaliis ut videtur) profecta esse. neque illud quisquam infitiabitur, utriusque poetae, Chionidis et Epicharmi, primum certamen vel tempus quo fere coeperunt comoedias docere, illis in locis significari 2). quo tempore Epicharmus Syracusanos arte sua delectabat, tunc Athenis comoediis certabant Euetes et Euxenides et Mylus, et 1) Neque nos ipsi neque ignotus ille qui haec interposuit de antiqua illa comoedia lyrica hic loquimur, sed de fabula ad quendam perfectionis gradum perducta. illud quoque nemo infitiabitur, Epicharmum et Chionidem cum Magnete tamquam an- *tiquissimos verae comoediae auctores ab hoc scriptore perhiberi. 2) Scriptor de comoedia anonymus (ap. Kusterum p. XII) cum scribit γέγονε (Epicharmus) κατὰ τὴν οἱ Ὀλυμπιάδα, tempus quo ille comoedias docere Syracusis coepit designat planequecertabant quidem post 3) Chionidem, cum is πρωταγωνίστης τῆς ἀρχαίας perhibeatur 4). itaque semidoctus hic interpolator immane quantum decipit lectores magni nominis specie praefulgens, cum scribit Epicharmum fuisse multo ante Chionidem : nam illud πολλῷ πρότερος ὢν hoc vult significare, Epicharmum saltem quinquaginta amplius annis Chionide priorem vixisse. neque illud statuere tuto licet, Epicharmum, antequam Syracusas commigraret, Megaris in Sicilia ubi per aliquot temporis fuit comoedias spectandas praebuisse, propterea quod nemo veterum scriptorum id tradidit, immo omnes hanc eius gloriae sedem Syracusas agnoscunt. at vero hic ipse locus, sive Aristotelius sive ab interpolatore insertus, nonne ostendere videtur quod tu negas? non est ita, sed is nihil narrat nisi Epicharmum Megaris oriundum fuisse. novus hic est et turpis error Aristotele plane indignus. nam si Epicharmum Megarensem fuisse cum aliqua veri specie narrari potest et a nonnullis narratur, quod Megaris aliquamdiu versatus et fortasse in civium numerum receptus est, tamen nonnisi negligentissimus vel indoctus auctor scribere potest Megaris oriundum fuisse ( ἐκεῖθεν ἦν) eum, quem natum esse in insula Co et plurimum vitae tempus Syracusis degisse constet. conf. Müller Doriens. II. p. 352. Grysarius de Doriens. comoed. p. 87 sqq. si vera essent quae semidoctus interpolator effutivit, verae comoediae inven- Suidae consentit. ribus usum esse. eo minus dubium est utrumque bonis aucto- 3) Meinekius hisce falsi Aristotelis verbis a vero seductus Euetem et Euxenidem et Mylum s. Myllum Chionide priores aetate posuit in Quaestion. scen. specim. I. sub initium: non debebat. 4) Nihil moror quod vir eruditissimus, Grysarius de Doriensium comoedia p. 145 sqq., Odofredum Müllerum (Doriens. II. p. 352) secutus, ratione subducta coniecit, Epicharmum Syracusas venisse demum Olymp. 74, 2., cum Gelo Megarensium urbe deleta incolas transferret Syracusas: nam luculenta testimonia incerta ratione a nobis instituenda everti non possunt.tor Epicharmus celebrandus esset, sed Aristoteles ipse tantum abest ut Epicharmum pro inventore comoediae venditet, ut nonnisi mythica argumenta ( μύθους) ab illo primum adhibita esse rettulerit c. 5, 3. vitiis quae adhuc exposuimus cetera consimilia sunt. vide quaeso quomodo celeberrimus comoediarum scriptor designetur, Ἐπίχαρμος ὁ ποιητής, quasi alii Epicharmi tam illustres exstiterint, ut poeta ab iis distinguendus esset, aut ipse tam obscurus fuerit, ut poetam eum fuisse lectoribus in memoriam revocandum esset. ac si ille nimis dilucide Epicharmum designare voluit, cur scripsit ὁ ποιητής, non ὁ κωμωδιοποιός ? porro ne id quidem mirabimur, a tali scriptore Chionidem et Magnetem tamquam aequales proponi, quamquam Magnetem Epicharmo (magisque adeo Chionide) aliquanto iuniorem, Cratino autem priorem fuisse veteres testantur. vid. Suid. s. v. Μάγνης: ἐπιβάλ λει δ' Ἐπιχάρμῳ νέος πρεσβύτῃ. conf. Aristophanes Equit. 517 sqq. Meinekius Quaestion. scen. I. p. 9 sqq. postremo interpolator ne nomen quidem Chionidis, nisi codices h. 1. omnes peccarunt, recte scribere potuit: libri enim fluctuant inter Χωνίδου et Χωνύδου et Χονύδου, quod nomen unde deductum sit dici nequit. rectius haud dubie Suidae codices et Athenaei (III. p. 119 E. IV. p. 137 E. XIV. p. 638 D) et grammaticus ab Hermanno editus in libro de Emendanda ratione Gr. gr. p. 324. hunc poetam Χιωνίδην vel Χιονίδην appellant. conf. Meinekius 1. ind. p. 8. not. iam quaedam ad singulos paragraphi 3. locos adnotabimus. ὅθεν καὶ δράματα: vinculum quo prioribus haec adnectantur laxum sane est ac paene nullum. forte praecesserat μιμοῦνται δρῶντας: eo interpolator excitatus est ut doctrinam suam grammaticam ostentaret adiectis illis ὅθεν καὶ δράματα cet. neque vero memoratu indignum videatur quod et haec enuntiatio et quae paulo post subsequitur eodem fere modo adiungitur: ὅθεν καὶ δράματα καλεῖσθαι.. φασιν, et statim διὸ καὶ ἀντιποιοῦνται cet. nonne haec woher auch et daher auch mediocrem grammaticum et sua alienis importune inserentem coarguere videntur? scilicet interpolatorem fere semper pluribus vestigtis deprehendimus, quorum haec obscure relicta, illa solide expressa sunt. οἵ τε ἐνταῦθα ὡς ἐπὶ τῆς παρ' αὐτοῖς δημοκρατίας γενομένης: Megarenses qui hic, Graeciae sunt interioris Atticisque finitimi, quibus cognomentum οἱ Νυσαῖοι, de tempore, quo illa popularis dominatio apud Megarenses exstiterit, erudite disputavit Meinekius in Quaest. scen. I. p. 3 sq., etiam Grysarius de Doriensium comoed. I. p. 4 sqq. quippe Meinekius ex Plutarchi Quaest. Gr. 18. p. 295 D. et, 49. p. 304 E (vol II. p. I. pag 210 et 247 apud Wyttenb.) docuit brevi post expulsum Megaris Theagenem tyrannum, h. e. circa Olymp. 45 vel 46., effrenatam populi dominationem ibi exortam esse. illius temporis comoediam lyricam fuisse hic verbo monere sufficiat. de Susarione comico, qui Tripodisci Megarensium vico natus et sub Olymp. 50. Icariam Atticorum transgressus comoedias fecit egitque, hic noster nihil videtur inaudisse. de illo conferendus est Müller in Doriens. II. p. 350. Meinekius Quaest. scen. I. 3 sqq. καὶ τῆς τραγῳδίας ἔνιοι τῶν ἐν Πελοποννή σῳ: Sicyonii Epigenem tragicum Thespide sive sedecim sive duabus aetatibus priorem celebrabant. vid. Suidas s. v. Θέσπις. conf. Mülleri Dorienses II. p. 367. sed de Epigene hic noster certe non cogitavit: quippe statim narrat Peloponnesios ad dicta sua probanda nominibus uti. ὡς κωμῳδοὺς - ἐκ τοῦ ἄστεως : interpolator ipse magis inclinavit ut κωμῳδοὺς a verbo κωμάζειν dictos esse crederet: Dorienses contra a κώμαις nomen deduxisse tradit. neutra etymologia vera est. conf. nota ad c. 4, 12. illud quoque verum non est, pro κώμαις ab Atheniensibus dici δήμους: immo κῶμαι sunt vici (urbis partes), δῆμοι pagi (ruris partes), quamquam hoc discrimen non semper observatur. vid. Phot. v. κώμη et κωμήτης. Aristophan. Nub. 965. Lysistr. 5.

1. mvp-aristotle-comment-17

Ritter, cap. 4 § 1

Quae causae genuisse poesin videantur, quaeque eandem in diversas formas sive species ( εἴδη) discreverint. orta est poesis ex conaminibus extemporalibus, cumque alii honestos imitarentur, alii pravos, partim encomia hymnique partim vituperationes exstiterunt, ex quibus initiis paulatim et poemata heroica et iambi prodierunt. interiecto deinde tempore cum ars poetica altius coleretur, pro iambis comoedia successit, pro epicis carminibus tragoedia. haec multas passa mutationes, quarum potissimae Aeschylo auctore et Sophocle invaluerunt, substitit, postquam suam naturam assecuta est. ἐοίκασι δὲ - φυσικαί: quoniam duae causae ubique ad poesin procreandam, h. e. ad opera artis poeticae excitanda, valuerunt, eas in hominum natura sitas esse ( φυ σικὰς εἶναι vel φύσει εἶναι) manifestum est.

2. mvp-aristotle-comment-18

Ritter, cap. 4 § 2

τό τε γάρ μιμεῖσθαι-χαίρειν τοῖς μιμήμασι πάντας: duae illae causae sunt imitandi facultas humano generi innata et voluptas quam ex imitamentis omnes percipiunt. primaria enuntiationis membra duo sunt, prius τὸ τε γὰρ μιμεῖσθαι σύμφυτον τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἐκ παίδων ἐστί', alterum τὸ χαίρειν τοῖς μιμήμασι πάντας. quae parenthesis signo circumdata, ea ad pronuntiatum prius explicandum et adprobandum accesserunt. μιμήματα opera sunt imitatione quacumque expressa, quae imitamenta a Latinis argenteae aetatis scriptoribus aliquoties appellantur.

3. mvp-aristotle-comment-19

Ritter, cap. 4 § 3

σημεῖον δὲ τούτου τὸ συμβαῖνον ἐπὶ τῶν ἔργων: signum h. 1. memoratum eiusmodi est quo quid verisimile fiat, non unde antecedens pronuntiatum necessario consequatur. vid. Analyt. prior. II, 27. p. 70 a 7. σημεῖον δὲ βούλεται εἶναι πρότασις ἀποδεικτικὴλ ἀναγκαία ἢ ἔνδοξος. Rhetor. I, 2. p. 1357 b 1. τῶν δὲ σημείων τὸ μὲν οὕτως ἔχει ὡς τῶν καθ᾽ ἕκαστόν τι πρὸς τὸ καθόλου, τὸ δὲ ὡς τῶν καθόλου τι πρὸς τὸ κατὰ μέρος. τούτων δὲ τὸ μὲν ἀναγκαῖον τεκμήριον, τὸ δὲ μὴ ἀναγκαῖον ἀνώνυμόν ἐστι κατὰ τὴν διαφοράν. ἀναγκαῖα μὲν οὖν λέγω ἐξ ὧν γίνεται συλλογισμός. aliud σημεῖον eiusdem generis recurrit infra §. 14. cf. c. 13. §. 5 et 7. - ἐπὶ τῶν ἔργων: ἔργα h. 1. vocantur opera imitatione effecta oculisque consideranda. etiam numeri quod efficiunt et concentus eo nomine designatur in Politicis VIII, 5. p. 1340 a 21 et b 7. δῆλον δὲ ἐκ τῶν ἔρ γων. – λαμβάνουσι γὰρ τὰ μαρτύρια τῶν λόγων ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων. quae hoc Poeticae loco ἐπὶ τῶν ἔργων, eadem Plutarchus ἐπὶ τῶν θεαμάτων designavit. lege locum statim transcribendum. τούτων τὰς εἰκόνας-θεωροῦντες: similia Plutarchus protulit in Quaestion. conviv. V, 1. p. 674 A (vol. III. p. II. pag. 757 ed. Wyttenb.): καὶ γὰρ ἐπὶ τῶν θεαμάτων ὅμοια πεπόνθαμεν· ἀνθρώπους μὲν γὰρ ἀποθνήσκοντας καὶ νοσοῦντας ἀνιαρῶς ὁρῶμεν, τὸν δὲ γεγραμμένον Φιλοκτήτην καὶ τὴν πεπλασμένην Ἰοκάστην... ἡδόμεθα καὶ θαυμάζομεν.

4. mvp-aristotle-comment-20

Ritter, cap. 4 § 4

αἴτιον δὲ καὶ τούτου: causa autem huius ipsius rei ( τοῦ χαίρειν τοῖς μιμήμασι) est quod cet. postquam duas esse artis poeticae causas dixit, imitandi studium et delectationem ex imitamentis consecutam, pergit etiam huius delectationis causam explicare. particula xai indicat eius rei causam iam exponi, quae ipsa alius rei causa modo posita erat. hanc loci sententiam non intellexit qui scripturam a libris M 14 et 16 exhibitam αἴτιον δὲ καὶ τοῦτο dedit, quasi tertia poeticae artis causa succederet, quas duas esse paulo ante pronuntiatum est. conf. Augustus Matthiae in diurnis Ienens. a. 1805. n. 224. ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ βραχύ κοινωνοῦσιν αὐτοῦ: sed breve tempus commercium eius (discendi) continuant. omnes quidem homines ducuntur cupiditate discendi et sciendi (vid. Metaphysica A. 1), sed longe plurimi vulgari contenti eruditione alia negotia gerenda suscipiunt, philosophi totam vitam in discendo consumunt. hac: : de re cum aliis locis Plato disputavit, tum in Gorgia p. 483- 486. conf. Cicer. Tuscul. II, 1.

5. mvp-aristotle-comment-21

Ritter, cap. 4 § 5

ὅτι συμβαίνει θεωροῦντας μανθάνειν καὶ συλλογίζεσθαι τί ἕκαστον: uberius eandem sententiam prompsit in Rhetoricis I, 11. p. 1371 b 4. ἐπεὶ δὲ τὸ μανθάνειν τε ἡδὺ καὶ τὸ θαυμάζειν, καὶ τὰ τοιάδε ἀνάγκη ἡδέα εἶναι οἷον το τε μεμιμημένον, ὥσπερ γραφικὴ καὶ ἀνδριαντοποιία καὶ ποιητική, καὶ πᾶν ὃ ἂν εὖ μεμιμημένον ᾖ, κἂν ᾖ μὴ ἡδὺ αὐτό τε τὸ μεμιμημένον· οὐ γὰρ ἐπὶ τούτῳ χαίρει, ἀλλὰ συλλογισμός ἐστιν ὅτι τοῦτο ἐκεῖνο, ὥστε μαν θάνειν τι συμβαίνει. neque tam bene neque tam accurate voluptatis ex imitamentis quae percipitur causam explicuit Plutarchus Quaestion. conviv. V, 1. p. 673 D (III. pag. 756 ap. Wyttenb.): ὅτι φύσει λογικοὶ καὶ φιλότεχνοι γεγονότες πρὸς τὸ λογικῶς καὶ τεχνικῶς πραττόμενον οἰκείως διακείμεθα καὶ θαυμάζομεν ἂν ἐπιτυγχάνηται. οὐχὶ μίμημα: haec est constans librorum scriptura quos inspexit Victorius et Bekkerus, eorum quoque quorum notitiam Burgesio (vid. Tyrwhitti ed. p. 241) debemus, neque ab his discedere codices Mediceos equidem quovis pignore contendam, quamquam Winstanleius οὐ διὰ μίμημα exhibendo et de suis codicibus tacendo Buhlio et Graefenhanio fidem fecit, hoc sumptum esse ex quattuor illis codicibus Mediceis. οὐ διὰ μίμημα in "quodam excuso" Victorius invenit idemque bene intellexit hoc ad correctorem referendum esse, quamquam et alii editores et ipse Bekkerus eo adquieverunt. sed ita locum legi non posse vel inde manifestum est quod verbum ποιήσει subiecto suo caret, cui etiamsi μιμητής vel aliud nomen ultro concedere cogitandoque supplere velis, Graecae tamen linguae ratio postulabit οὐ διὰ μίμησιν, ut recte monuit Hermannus. sed id quoque quod nititur librorum auctoritate, οὐχὶ μίμημα, ipsum non sufficit, propterea quod iam subsequentia illa ἀλλὰ διὰ τὴν ἀπεργασίαν non habent quo referantur. huic quidem incommodo occurrit coniectura Hermanni ουχ, ᾗ μίμημα, non, quatenus imitamentum; sed vel sic frustra quaerimus quo ποιήσει referamus. quae cumreputo, crediderim post οὐχὶ μίμημα quoddam enuntiationis membrum intercidisse, ac locum sic supplere tentaverim : οὐχὶ μίμημα, ᾗ μίμημα, ποιήσει τὴν ἡδονὴν ἀλλὰ διὰ τὴν ἀπεργασίαν, h. e. non imitamentum faciet delectationem, quatenus est imitamentum, sed per artificium cet.

6. mvp-aristotle-comment-22

Ritter, cap. 4 § 6

κατὰ φύσιν δὲ ὄντος: quod modo σύμφυτον dixit, id iam κατὰ φύσιν ὂν designavit. quod enim natura insitum nobis, idem naturae nostrae consentaneum est. καὶ τῆς ἁρμονίας καὶ τοῦ ῥυθμοῦ: concentum numerumque hominibus natura insitum esse nondum quidem demonstravit, sed id tum a legentibus ultro sibi concedi sperare potuit, tum alius esse disputationis vidit. τὰ γὰρ μέτρα ὅτι μόρια τῶν ῥυθμῶν ἐστί, φανερόν: metra materiam numero suggerunt, quam dum ille moderatur certaeque legi subiungit, eius materiae partes (metra) numeri partes videntur, eaedemque procreari quasi a numero videntur, unde illud πατήρ μέτρου ῥυθμός. lege quae docte disputavit Boeckhius de Metris Pindari I, p. 5. 18 sqq. conf. Aristot. Rhetor. III, 8. p. 1408 b 28. ὁ δὲ τοῦ σχήματος τῆς λέξεως ἀριθμὸς ῥυθμός ἐστιν, ο ὗ καὶ τὰ μέτρα τμητά. ἐξ ἀρχῆς πεφυκότες - ἐκ τῶν αὐτοσχεδιασμά των: a principio aevum agentes et illa (imitandi studium et numerum atque concentum) potissimum promoventes pое- sin procreaverunt ex subitis conaminibus, h. e. imitandi illam facultatem numeroque et concentui obsequendi studium hominibus insitum cum nonnulli ex primis mortalibus prae ceteris sensim sensimque promoverent, poesis exorta et subitis conaminibus excitata est. ἐξ ἀρχῆς πεφυκότες sunt homines quidam qui inter primos mortales fuere, οἱ ἐξ ἀρχῆς πεφυκότες vel ἐξ ἀρχῆς οἱ πεφ. sunt primi mortales. articulus igitur recte abest a libris AcNa et M 14 XIV 21 et GLQ, neque nominatim ex ullo codice affertur. sed vide quo eventu recentior interpolator (Italus quidam) in hoc loco concinnando grassatus sit, ut editores tantum non omnes ¹) illum 1) Libenter memoramus et laudamus quod Graefenhanius unus ex novis editoribus ab interpolatore sibi h. 1. cavit.sequerentur, nonnulli alias emendandi vias circumspicerent. nam primum pro καὶ αὐτὰ (quod inest AcBcNa et M omnibus et GLPQ) edunt Aldinum exemplar secuti πρὸς αὐτὰ. hoc πρὸς cum illatum esset, πεφυκότες consistere per sese non potuit, cum iam non de incertis quibusdam hominibus, sed de certo hominum genere sermo esset; articulo igitur opus erat, ut tandem prodiret quod apud Aldum et plerosque editores legitur, οἱ πεφυκότες πρὸς αὐτὰ μάλιστα, h. e. qui ad illa instructi potissimum erant.

7. mvp-aristotle-comment-23

Ritter, cap. 4 § 7

διεσπάσθη δὲ κατὰ τὰ οἰκεῖα ἤθη ἡ ποίησις: secundum proprios mores tam eorum qui imitabantur quam eorum qui imitando exprimerentur duo poesis genera nata sunt, quorum alterum maledicta in viles homines et improbos iecit, alterum laudibus honestos prosecutum est. haec a philosopho probabiliter disputari, non ab rerum scriptore ut rem in facto positam narrari, id ex iis quae continuo (§. 8) sequuntur apparet. πρῶτον ψόγους, ὥσπερ ἕτεροι ὕμνους καὶ ἐγκώμια: alii maledictis pravos homines insectabantur, alii laudibus celebrabant viros fortes ( ἐγκώμια) et deos deorumque prolem ( ὕμνους). sane notabile videtur et grave quod Aristoteles agnoscit poesin lyricae similem iam ante Homerum florentem, sed encomia illa antiquissima hymnosque epicae poesi cognata ab eodem cogitari liquet ex iis quae mox (§. 9) proferuntur, καὶ ἐγένοντο τῶν παλαιῶν οἱ μὲν ἡρωϊκῶν οἱ δὲ ἰάμβων ποιηταί. itaque secundum Aristotelis sententiam haec fuerunt Graecae poesis primordia et incrementa et vicissitudines: ex primis illis et priscis poetis alii maledicta iecerunt, alii laudes decantaverunt, utrique ex tempore; illi interiecto temporis spatio iambos, h. e. ma- Jedicta arte quadam composita nec ex tempore fusa, hi iusta carmina ad claros viros laudandos accommodata, h. e. epopoeias, facere adgressi sunt. tertia tandem artis poeticae immutatio paulo post (§. 10) describitur: quippe illi qui iambos ante confecerant, comoedias scribere, qui carmina epica condiderant, tragoedias docere coeperunt.

8. mvp-aristotle-comment-24

Ritter, cap. 4 § 8

οἷον ἐκείνου ὁ Μαργίτης, καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐν οἷς καὶ τὸ ἁρμόττον ἰαμβεῖον ἦλθε μέ τρον: haec postrema ἐν οἷς – μέτρον non ad Homeri Margitam sed ad similia poemata illud subsequentia et vituperationes fundentia pertinent, quod ut facilius in oculos incurrat, comma post Μαργίτης positum est. nam etiamsi in eo Margita, de cuius versibus grammatici inde a saeculo post Christum altero (primus est Hephaestio) loquuntur, aliquot iambos hexametris immixtos fuisse certum videatur, hos ta men Aristoteles aut nondum vidit aut raro dispersos non curavit hoc loco, cum scripsit ἐν οἷς καὶ τὸ ἁρμόττον ἰαμβεῖον ἦλθε μέτρον, h. e. in quibus etiam metrum iambicum apte prodiit: nam haec non de versibus nonnullis interpositis sed de versuum genere in illis carminibus constanter admisso intelligenda sunt. ipsa verba ἐν οἷς καὶ τὸ ἁρμόττον ἦλθε östendunt novum illud versuum genus (iambos) post Homerum esse inventum: haec enim scripsit respiciens versus heroos Homeri proprios. dabo aliud quo idem adprobabitur. dicit Aristoteles iambicum metrum inde duxisse nomen, quod eo utentes maledictis sese in vicem proscinderent ( ὅτι ἐν τῷ μέτρῳ τούτῳ ἰάμβίζον ἀλλήλους): sed cum in Margita nulla inessent maledicta ( οὐ ψόγον ἀλλὰ τὸ γελοῖον δραματοποιήσας), ad hoc carmen non possunt pertinere illa ἐν οἷς καὶ τὸ ἁρμόττον ἰαμβεῖον ἦλθε μέτρον. itaque post Homerum versus iambicos prodisse Aristoteles existimavit. inde consequitur iambos illos, qui herois versibus immixti erant, ab Aristotele in suo Margitae exemplari aut non inventos aut pro interpolatis habitos esse. de versibus iambicis Margitae admixtis veterum testimonia haec ad nos pervenerunt. Hephaestio de Metris p. 112 ed. Gaisford. μετρικὰ δὲ ἄτακτα ὅσα ἐκ μέτρων μὲν ὁμολογουμένων συνέστηκε τάξιν δὲ καὶ ἀνακύκλησιν οὐκ ἔχει, οὔτε κατὰ στίχον οὔτε κατὰ συστήματα, οἷός ἐστιν ὁ Μαργίτης ὁ εἰς Ὅμηρον ἀναφερόμενος, ἐν ᾧ παρἐσπαρται τοῖς ἔπεσιν (hexametris) ἰαμβικά, καὶ ταῦτα οὐ κατ᾽ ἴσον σύστημα. idem p. 120. τοιοῦτός ἐστι ( ἐκ μέτρων ἀτάκτων) καὶ ὁ Μαργίτης Ὁμήρου· οὐ γὰρ τεταγμένῳ ἀριθ- μῷ ἐπῶν τὸ ἰαμβικὸν ἐπιφέρεται. ad haec scholiasta scripsit μετὰ γὰρ δέκα στίχους ἐπιφέρει ἴαμβον, καὶ πάλιν μετὰ πέντε καὶ ὀκτώ. Marius Victorinus p. 2572. ed. Putsch. hoc (iambico) genere versuum, ut supra (p. 2512) diximus, primus usus est Homerus in Margite suo, nec tamen totum carmen ita digestum perfecit: nam duobus pluribusve hexametris ante positis istum subiiciens copulavit. conf. idem p. 2524. et Atilius Fortunatianus p. 2692. exemplum eiusmodi copulationis ex Margita protulit Lindemannus in Lyra I. p. 82. sumptum ex grammatico quodam Latino bibliothecae Berolinensis ἦλθέ τις εἰς Κολοφῶνα γέρων καὶ θεῖος ἀοιδός, Μουσάων θεράπων καὶ ἑκηβόλου ᾿Απόλλωνος, φίλῃς ἔχων ἐν χερσὶν εὔφθογγον λύρην. cetera quae ex Margita afferuntur fragmenta versibus herois inclusa leguntur. Aristot. Ethic. Nicom. VI, 7. p. 1141 a 14. εἶναι δέ τινας σοφοὺς οἰόμεθα οὐ κατὰ μέρος οὐδ᾽ ἄλλο᾿ τι σοφούς, ὥσπερ Ὅμηρός φησιν ἐν τῷ Μαργίτῃ τὸν δ᾽ οὔτ᾽ ἂρ σκαπτῆρα θεοὶ θέσαν οὔτ᾽ ἀροτῆρα οὔτ᾽ ἄλλως τε σοφόν, πάσης δ᾽ ἡμάρτανε τέχνης. secundi versus alterum hemistichium ab Aristotele non transcriptum cum ceteris servavit Clemens Alexandrinus Strom. I. pag. 281 A. ed. Sylb. (I. p. 329. ed. Potter). falsus Plato in Alcibiade altero p. 147 Β. οὐ γὰρ δήπου Ὅμηρον ἀγνοεῖν δοκεῖς ὅτι οὐχ οἷόντε ἦν ἐπίστασθαι κακῶς. ἐκεῖνος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ λέγων τὸν Μαργίτην πολλὰ μὲν ἐπίστασθαι, κακῶς δέ, φησι, πάντα ἠπίστατο. inde Buttmannus hunc versum elicuit πόλλ' ἠπίστατο ἔργα, κακῶς δ' ἠπίστατο πάντα. Iam pauca de recta loci scriptura dicenda restant. κατὰ τὸ ἁρμόττον inest AcBcNa et GLPQ, idemque inesse Mediceis, quamvis tacente Winstanleio et zai pro κατά exhibente, non est quod dubitemus. καὶ τὸ ἁρμόττον ab Aldo profectum recte dextreque correctum videtur. nam cum in lectione librorum scriptorum articulus ante ἰαμβεῖον μέτρον desideretur, aut καὶ τὸ ἁρμόττον aut κατὰ τὸ ἁρμόττον τὸpro κατὰ τὸ ἁρμόττον scribi potest. nitate praestat. prior ratio remedii le- ὅτι ἐν τῷ μέτρῳ τούτῳ ἰάμβιζον ἀλλήλους: a verbo ἰάπ - τειν (iac - ere) factum est nomen ἴαμβος, id quod iacitur, h. e. maledictum; inde rursus descendit verbum ἰαμβίζειν, maledictis incessere. cf. Marius Victorinus p. 2525. appellatur autem iambicum ἀπὸ τοῦ ἰαμβίζειν, quod Graece significat maledicere et carpere..

9. mvp-aristotle-comment-25

Ritter, cap. 4 § 9

μόνος γὰρ οὐχ ὅτι εὖ, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι καὶ μιμήσεις δραματικὰς ἐποίησεν : cum in versu praecedente virtutis praestantiaeque Homeri mentio facta esset, ea hisce interiectis breviter vindicatur: quippe ille epicam imitationem non modo bene instituit, sed etiam dramaticam eius formam unus recte adhibuit, quatenus ipse perpauca exsequitur narrando sed alios enarrantes et loquentes inducit. accuratius hoc exposuit c. 24, 7. aptum vero erat eam Homeri virtutem h. 1. memorare, cum paulo post idem poeta tragoediae comoediaeque formam ostendisse dicatur. οὐ ψόγον ἀλλὰ τὸ γελοῖον δραματοποιήσας: duo sunt quae hic edocemur; eorum unum ad argumentum Margitae, alterum ad formam eiusdem pertinet. Margitam qui fecit, is non unum aliquem maledictis lacessivit, sed exemplar stulti hominis et multa inepte molientis proposuit; non τὸ καθ' ἕκαστον pangere voluit, sed missa singulos carpendi consuetudine ( ἀφέμενος τῆς ἰαμβικῆς ἰδέας) secutus est τὸ καθόλου 2). praeter hoc discimus Margitae non defuisse for- 2) Quam vere hoc ab Aristotele traditum sit, cum ex aliis veterum scriptorum locis tum ex Eustathii commentariis ad Odyss. K. p. 1669, 49. cognoscere licet: οὕτως ἔγνωμεν καὶ τὸν ἄφρονα Μαργίτην, τὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ μαργαίνειν ὅ ἐστι μωραίνειν· ὃν ὁ ποιήσας τὸν ἐπιγραφόμενον Ὁμήρου Μαργίτην ὑποτίθεται εὐπόρων μὲν εἰς ὑπερβολὴν γονέων φῦναι· γήμαντα δὲ μὴ συμπεσεῖν τῇ νύμφῃ, ἕως ἀναπεισθεῖσα ἐκείνη τετραυματίσθαι τὰ κάτω ἐσκήψατο, φαρμακόν τε μηδὲν ὠφελήσειν ἔφη, πλὴν εἰ τὸ ἀνδρεῖον αἰδοῖον ἐκεῖ ἐφαρμοσθείη. καὶ οὕτως θεραπείαςmam illam dramaticam, qua Homeri Ilias et Odyssea tantopere excellunt. nimirum stultus iste et ineptus cum uxore et matre sua et patre aliisque hominibus colloquendo stultitiae documenta edidit. ceterum Margites pro Homeri carmine habetur a scriptoribus Graecis antiquis, non solum ab Aristotele et ignoto illo Alcibiadis secundi auctore sed etiam a Zenone Stoico. vid. Dio Chrysost. Orat. 53. tom. II. p. 275 ed. Reisk. γέγραφε δὲ καὶ Ζήνων ὁ φιλόσοφος εἴς τε τὴν Ἰλιάδα καὶ τὴν Ὀδυσσείαν καὶ περὶ τοῦ Μαργίτου. sed grammatici Alexandrini nonnisi duo magna illa poemata vel unam Iliadem Homero relinquentes cum ceteris Margitam quoque ei abiudicaverunt 3), unde factum ut scriptores posterioris aetatis ab illorum iudicio pendentes de huius poematis auctore dubitanter loquerentur, veluti scholiasta Aristophanis ad Aves v. 914. ἐπεπίστευτο δὲ καὶ ὁ Μαργίτης τοῦ Ὁμήρου εἶναι, Eustathius ad Odyss. K. ρ. 1669, 50. ὁ ποιήσας τὸν ἐπιγραφόμενον Ὁμήρου Μαργίτην, alii. Callimachus tamen Homerum carminis auctorem videtur existimasse, quod coniicere forsitan liceat ex iis quae refert Harpocratio s. V. Μαργίτης: ἐκάλουν δὲ τοὺς ἀνοήτους οὕτω διὰ τὸν εἰς Ὅμηρον ἀναφερόμενον Μαργίτην, ὅπερ ποίημα Καλλίχάριν ἐκεῖνος ἐπλησίασεν. conf. Dio Chrysost. Orat. 67. tom. II. p. 362. ed. Reisk. Suidas s. v. Μαργίτης. Tzetzes Chiliad. IV, 869-871. Histor. VI, 62. 595. ipso Μαργίτου nomine quoddam hominum genus denotari vix est cur moneamus. ex radice MP vel stirpe MAPI (ea motum quendam inaequabilem videtur significare) nomen μάργος et μάργης (insanus vel stultus) nascitur, item verbum μαργᾶν et μαργαίνειν (insanire) atque μαργοῦν (et insanum esse et insanum facere aliquem). a μάργος fit μαργίτης, ut ab ἁγνὸς ἁγνίτης, λευκός λευκίτης, μάκαρ μακαρίτης, πεζὸς πεζίτης, ψαφαρὸς ψαφαρίτης. μάργος insanus est, sed μαργίτης qui insanus vel stultus esse perseverat, h. e. qui omnibus factis dictisque insaniam ostendit. 3) Eustathius ad. II. p. 4, 30. εἰ δὲ καὶ ἕτερα ποιήματά εἰσιν Ὁμήρου, οἷον καὶ ὁ Μαργίτης καὶ ἡ τῶν μυῶν καὶ βατράχων μάχη, ἄλλοι καὶ αὐτὸ ἐξήτασαν πρὸς ἀκρίβειαν. μάχος θαυμάζειν ἔοικεν. ex ceteris illis grammaticis nonnulli Margitae auctorem in incerto reliquerunt, alii coniectura utique incerta eundem assequi voluerunt. horum fidem sequitur Suidas dum scribit Πίγρης: Κάρ, ἀπὸ ῾Αλικαρνασσοῦ, ἀδελφὸς ᾿Αρτεμισίας ... ὃς τῇ Ἰλιάδι παρενέβαλε κατὰ στίχον ἐλεγεῖον οὕτω γράψας μῆνιν ἄειδε θεά Πηληϊάδεω Αχιλῆος, Μοῦσα, σὺ γὰρ πάσης πείρατ' ἔχεις σοφίης. ἔγραψε καὶ τὸν εἰς Ὅμηρον φερόμενον Μαργίτην καὶ Βατραχομυομαχίαν. hanc illi coniecturam ita conceperunt, ut quem in Batrachomyomachia ridiculum tractasse argumentum cognossent, eidem Margitam humane concederent. vere igitur vir ingeniosus Fr. Welckerus huic opinioni nihil tribuendum esse putat in Cyclo epico p. 415., ubi aliam etiam illius coniecturae causam exponit sibi probatam ac Nitzschio in Histor. Hom. I. p. 106. scilicet cum critici illi Pigretem elegos Iliadi inseruisse cognitum haberent, eos propter iambos Margitae intextos huius carminis eundem auctorem esse statuisse. conferenda sunt quae Welckerus in eodem libro p. 184. perdocte, ut solet, de Margita exposuit. coniecturam valde incertam de hoc poemate protulit Wassenberghius ad Vitas Homeri p. 11 sqq..

10. mvp-aristotle-comment-26

Ritter, cap. 4 § 10

οἱ μὲν ἀντὶ τῶν ἰάμβων κωμῳδοποιοί ἐγένοντο, οἱ δὲ ἀντὶ τῶν ἐπῶν τραγῳδοδιδάσκαλοι : loquendi brevitatem ita excusare licet et explicare, ut Aristoteli, scribenti ἀντὶ τῶν ἰάμβων et ἀντὶ τῶν ἐπῶν, non tam ante animum obversaretur quod re vera posuit, κωμῳδοποιοί et τραγῳδοδιδάσκαλοι, quam ποιηταὶ κωμῳδιῶν et διδάσκαλοι τραγῳδιῶν. vid. ad c. 1, 7. 8, 3.

11. mvp-aristotle-comment-27

Ritter, cap. 4 § 11

τὸ μὲν οὖν ἐπισκοπεῖν εἰ ἄρ᾽ ἔχει κτλ. paulo ante (§. 7-10) docuit tum quomodo nata sit et epica poesis et iambica, tum qua ratione pro his ipsis tragoedia invaluerit et comoedia. iam dicit hoc, quaerere utrum tragoedia omnino respondeat ( ἔχει ἱκανῶς) necne formis illis poeticis ( τοῖς εἴδεσιν), h. e. formis quae in poesi adhiberi possunt, ita ut tragoedia omnium poeticae artis generum sit perfectis-.: sima, an species poetica magis perfecta ab ullo mortalium possit excogitari, id alius esse disputationis. non ea est (hoc vulgo existimant) loci sententia, alius esse disputationis, num tragoedia, qua est tragoedia, satis culta sit an non sit: hoc enim certum fuisse Aristoteli ex §. 12. apparet: καὶ πολλὰς μεταβολὰς μεταβαλοῦσα ἡ τραγῳδία ἐπαύσατο, ἐπεὶ ἔσχε τὴν αὑτῆς φύσιν. declarat igitur se anquirere iam nolle an nova quadem poesis immutatione novisque εἴδεσι pro comoedia et tragoedia prolatis perfectius quidquam fieri et excogitari possit quam tragoedia, sed haec ipsa quomodo paulatim culta sit explicaturum se esse. αὐτό τε καθ' αὑτὸ κρινόμενον καὶ πρὸς τὰ θέατρα: ubi quaeritur utrum tragoedia cultissima sit et perfectissima ex omnibus quot esse possunt poesis genera an alia species magis instructa et perculta proferri possit, quid ibi theatra sibi velint vix intelligas. eiusmodi quaestio nonnisi ita explicari posse videtur, ut illud poesis genus per sese spectetur. frigere igitur illud additamentum videatur. accedit aliud: nam κρινόμενον ab Aldo propagatum adhuc in nullo codice repertum est, sed pro illo participio κρίνεται ἢ ναὶ inest in libris AcBc et Get M XIV, κρίνεται ἦναι Μ 21 et Parisiensi 2938, κρίνεται εἶναι Na et LQ et M 14 16. codicum vestigia κρίνεται ἢ ναὶ aperte commendant, quod quo casu ex κρινόμενον corrumpi potuerit assequi vix licet. donec igitur et iusta auctoritas pro forma κρινόμενον afferatur et apta huic loco explicatio promatur, hanc meam suspicionem producere locumque nove constituere non temerarium erit: τὸ μὲν οὖν ἐπισκοπεῖν εἰ ἄρ᾽ ἔχει ἤδη ἡ τραγωδία τοῖς εἴδεσιν ἱκανῶς ἢ οὔ [ αὐτό τε καθ' αὑτὸ κρίνεται; ἢ καὶ 4) πρὸς τὰ θέατρα;], ἄλλος λόγος. vides, mi lector, quo haec tendant. curiosus quidam quae in margine interrogavit, ea in verborum contextum recepta ac deinde ab Italo quodam interpolata videntur. sed dico videntur, ideoque in ipsis ver- 4) Istud vai ante καὶ per διττογραφίαν natum conieceris.bis nihil mutandum putavi, sed hanc meam coniecturam lectori expendendam commendo.

12. mvp-aristotle-comment-28

Ritter, cap. 4 § 12

καὶ ἡ μὲν ἀπὸ τῶν ἐξαρχόντων τὸν διθύραμβον: antiquissimam tragoediae formam non diversam fuisse significat a prisco illo dithyramborum genere, cum chorus satyrorum circa Bacchi aram caprumque ei numini immolatum τραγωδίαν sive τραγικὴν ἀοιδὴν (Bocks - gesang) decantando saltaret. haec est enim nativa ac prima τραγῳδίας significatio. nimirum τραγωδίας nomen decompositum ( παρασύνθετον) est ex τραγωδός, unde etiam τραγῳδέω, plane ut κωμῳδέω et κωμῳδία ex κωμῳδός, ἀρνῳδέω et ἀρνῳδία ex ἀρνῳδός. τραγωδία est igitur id quod canit tragoedus ( ἀοιδὴ τοῦ τραγῳδοῦ): ipse tragoedus est ὃς τράγον ἀείδει. quamvis enim prisci illi tragoedi non ipsum caprum sed deum cui caper mactabatur canerent, ab hominibus tamen nomen eis inditum est ab ea re quae oculis potissimum exposita esset 4). ἐξάρχειν τὸν διθύραμβον hic dictum est de iis qui dithyramborum et canendorum et saltandorum auctores erant et magistri. quoniam αὐτοσχεδιαστικῶς dithyrambum 4) Varias nominis τραγωδίας etymologias collectas proposuit vir pereximius Fr. Welckerus in Appendice operis de trilogia Aeschylia editi p. 240. quam ipse ceteris praetulit ab Etymol. Magno acceptam τραγῳδία ὅτι τὰ πολλὰ οἱ χοροὶ ἐκ σατύρων συνίσταντο, οὓς ἐκάλουν τράγους –, ea mihi non probatur, propterea quod τραγωδία non est nomen compositum ( σύνθετον) ex τράγος et ᾠδή, sed decompositum ( παρασύνθετον) est ex τραγωδός. tertia eiusdem nominis explicandi ratio ὅτι τράγος τῇ ᾠδῇ ἄθλον ἐτίθετο —, ab antiquis auctoribus certatim tradita et magni Bentleii assensu (Opusc. p. 315 sqq.) comprobata, nuper merito repudiata est a Iacobo in Quaestionibus Sophocl. p. 85 et 104., a Welckero l. indic., aliis. id tamen dubitari vix poterit, quin dithyrambi cantores sacris illis peractis hoc laboris praemium tulerint, ut una cum sacerdotibus sacrificii ministris capri mactati carne vescerentur. forsitan inde orta sit fabula ista de hirco in praemium certaminis ( ὡς ἄθλον) proposito.inchoabant, eis neque γράφειν neque ποιεῖν neque συνιστάναι tribui potuit. ὁ ἐξάρχων et laudes dei et cantandi modos saltandique figuras ita inchoavit, ut ceteri praeeuntem circa Bacchi aram sequerentur. haec ad intellectum verborum Aristotelis dixisse sufficiat: rem illam ipsam ex omnibus quot ad nos venerunt testimoniis veterum scriptorum explicare alius est disputationis, quae nostra aetate acerrime et agitata est et agitatur. ἡ δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν τὰ φαλλικά: ut φαλλός signum est potentiae genitalis masculi generis animantibus concessae, ita τὰ φαλλικά carmina sunt ad φαλλόν in pompa decantata eademque ad Bacchum hanc vim iuvantem celebrandum accommodata. a priscis illis dithyrambis ita diversa fuerunt, ut primum vim genitricem praedicarent, tum ut in pompa, non circa aram, recitarentur. haec comissantium turba (cui nomen κῶμος) habebat quem τὰ φαλλικά ex tempore canere atque saltare incipientem ( ἐξάρχοντα) sequeretur. duci ceterisque cantoribus nomen erat κωμῳδοί, h. e. τοῦ κώμου ἀοιδοί, Sänger des (schwärmenden) Aufzuges. inde per παρασύνθεσιν factum est verbum κωμῳδέω et nomen κωμῳδία. grassari in tali comissantium turba est κωμάζειν. – ἃ ἔτι καὶ νῦν - νομιζόμενα: hos serioris aetatis φαλλοφόρους vel ἰθυφάλλους descripsit Semus Delius apud Athenaeum XIV. p. 622 C. κατὰ μικρὸν ηυξήθη ὅσον ἐγίγνετο φανερὸν αὐτῆς : Thespin aliosque ante Aeschylum tragoediarum scriptores significat. accuratius haec quae ad historiam artis poeticae pertinerent in opere περὶ ποιητῶν exsecutus videtur.

13. mvp-aristotle-comment-29

Ritter, cap. 4 § 13

ex multis tragicae artis vicissitudinibus et incrementis quinque commemorasse contentus est, quorum tria Aeschylo inventori, duo Sophocli debentur. primum et alterum, dico numerum actorum usque ad duos auctum et partes chori imminutas, arcte inter se cohaerent alterumque ex priore pendet. nam cum in tragoedia Thespidis unus actor esset, is nonnisi cum choro colloqui aut sua choro narrare poterat: sed cum alterum Aeschylus actorem produxisset,iam unus cum altero sermones conferre atque ambo inter se agere coeperunt; iam aptum et necessarium visum est tragicis poetis, ut quod alteri parti accessisset alteri detraherent, h. e. ut chori carmina partesque paulum contraherent. tertium Aeschyli inventum est illud καὶ τὸν λόγον πρωταγωνιστὴν παρεσκεύασεν : per nomen abstractum quod vocamus actorem primarum partium designavit 5). ex duabus personis in scena agentibus cum una adeo excelleret ut ad eam actio potissimum referretur, unitas actionis sustineri facilius potuit. itaque etiam huius rei inventio gravissima erat. τρεῖς δὲ καὶ σκηνογραφίαν Σοφοκλῆς: tertium actorem in eadem ἐπεισοδίου parte cum duobus aliis colloquentem agentemque a Sophocle inventum esse consentientes Aristoteli tradunt et Dicaearchus in Auctario vitae Aeschyliae Robortelliano laudatus et Diogenes Laertius III, 34. et auctor vitae Sophocliae et Suidas s. ν. Σοφοκλῆς. Aeschylo huius inventionis laudem tribuit scriptor incertus Auctarii illius a Robortello editi, facta tamen Dicaearchi dissentientis mentione. ex levi sane recordatione Themistius (in Orat. XXVI. p. 382. ed. Dindorf.) haec scripsit : ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ σεμνή τραγωδία μετὰ πάσης ὁμοῦ τῆς σκευῆς καὶ τοῦ χοροῦ καὶ τῶν ὑποκριτῶν παρελήλυθεν εἰς τὸ θέατρον; καὶ οὐ προσέχομεν ᾿Αριστοτέλει ὅτι τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ὁ χορὸς εἰσιὼν 6) ᾔδεν εἰς τοὺς θεούς, Θέσπις δὲ πρόλογόν τε καὶ ῥῆσιν ἐξεῦρεν, Αἰσχύλος δὲ τρίτον ὑποκριτὴν καὶ ὀκρίβαντας, τὰ δὲ 5) Similiter iustus orator, quem Aristophanes in Nubibus v. 887. producit, in libro illo optimo Ravennate δίκαιος λόγος appellatur, et iniustus iusto quaerenti quis sit respondet sese λό yov esse. 6) Ad εἰσιών ex praecedentibus εἰς τὸ θέατρον intellectu trahendum est. vide ut orator antiquissimae illi τραγῳδίᾳ theatrum largiatur, in quod chorus ingressus deos (debuit Bacchum) се- cinerit; vide ut alterum actorem Thespidi concedat, cum post huius commemorationem ad Aeschylum transgressus narret tertium ab hoc actorem adhibitum esse. πλείω τούτων Σοφοκλέους ἀπελαύσαμεν καὶ Εὐριπίδου; hic homo tertium actorem ad Aeschylum refert, Aristoteles ad Sophoclem, hic duos actores in Thespidis fabula deprehendit, Aristoteles secundum actorem ab Aeschylo inventum tradit, hic plura etiam ab Euripide reperta agnoscit, Aristoteles de Euripidis inventis nihil inaudivit. tam incredibilia et iis quae in Poetica legimus contraria Aristoteles aliis in libris enarrare non potuit: immo hic quarti post Christum saeculi scriptor ex hoc nostro loco sapientiam suam omnem videtur hausisse. hoc certum est, illum leviter scripsisse et dormitantem. itaque non maiorem eius verbis fidem tribuerim, quam iis quae nostra aetate quendam memini effutire: die Gymnasien sind, was sie bei den Griechen und Römern schon waren, Anstalten für höhere wissenschaftliche Bildung 7). unus igitur qui laude illa Sophoclem privare voluit restat scriptor qui in Auctario a Robortello evulgato pronuntiat αὐτὸς ( Αἰσχύλος) τὸν τρίτον ὑποκριτὴν ἐξεῦρεν. nimirum ille sive eius auctores (si quos habuit) tertium actorem in nonnullis Aeschyli fabulis, ut in Eumenidibus et Choephoris, invenientes atque eam rem non satis pensitantes, contra unice id spectantes, Aeschylum natu maiorem esse Sophocle, illi continuo inventionis gloriam concesserunt. vide quae de hac re disputavit Lessingius in Vita Sophoclia p. 104 sqq. tom. 10. ed. Berolin. Welckerus in Trilogia Aeschylia p. 515. Schultzius de Vita Sophoclis p. 70 sqq. Alterum Sophoclis inventum ad colendam tragicae demonstrationis magnificentiam aptum σκηνογραφία fuit, h. e. ea pingendi ratio qua imagines ex longinquo visae perfectam quandam et pulchram formam praebent. bene Passovius in Lexico interpretatur perspectivische Mah- 7) Dum haec scribo, liber novus in oculos incidit in quo viris doctis offeruntur haece: Wenn es eine richtige Bemerkung ist, dass Socrates die Ethik in die Philosophie eingeführt habe, wie Sophocles die zweite Person in den dramatischen Dialog, cet.lerey. hanc Sophocles ad scenam exornandam primus adhibuit, cum solita illa pingendi ars haud dubie iam ante ipsum circa scenas versata esset. aliud est de quo loquitur Vitruvius in praefatione libri VII.

14. mvp-aristotle-comment-30

Ritter, cap. 4 § 14

ἔτι δὲ τὸ μέγεθος ἐκ μικρῶν μύθων καὶ λέξεως γελοίας - ὀψὲ ἀπεσεμνύνθη: ἀποσεμνύνειν est ea magnificentiae specie circumdare, ut quidquid contrarium est amoveatur. sero id factum vere dicit Aristoteles, cum etiam in fabulis Aeschyli et Sophoclis nonnulla ridiculae dictionis vestigia compareant. plura haud dubie apud Thespin (eum enim potissimum hic videtur respicere) supererant, sed illud noli colligere ex his verbis, totam Thespidis dictionem ridiculam sive γελοίαν fuisse et omnes eius tragoedias ex fabulis perexiguis compositas esse. componitur enim h. 1. tragoedia plane exculta ( ἡ ἀποσεμνυνθεῖσα) et perfecta cum ea quae ex satyrorum ludicris mutaverat 8), et parvae fabulae ( μικροὶ μῦθοι) prae complexionibus rerum, quales in perfectis exhibentur tragoediis, dicuntur. haec igitur si de Thespide eiusque aequalibus intelligenda sunt, quod negari vix poterit, verba illa interiecta διὰ τὸ ἐκ σατυρικοῦ μεταβαλεῖν magni momenti sunt ad artis tragicae apud Athenienses primordia et incrementa accuratius definienda. inde enim cum appareat Thespidis fabulam ex satyrico genere ( ἐκ τοῦ σατυρικοῦ) iam mutasse ( μεταβαλεῖν), indidem censequitur ab eodem poeta satyrorum chorum ex tragoedia amandatum aliumque novo tragoediae generi magis convenientem substitutum esse, id quod aliis indiciis egregie confirmatur. conf. quae docte disputata sunt a Welckero in Appendice ad trilog. Aeschyl. p. 257-273. τό τε μέτρον ἐκ τετραμέτρου ἰαμβεῖον ἐγένετο: pergit tragoediam dramaticam inventore Thespide recens natam componere cum ea quam Aeschylus et Sophocles a se mire cultam praestiterunt. nimirum cum Thespis et qui 8) Id ipsum Thespide auctore factum esse ex aliis veterum locis colligitur. mutare οὐδετέρως positum esse neminem fugiet.aetate suppares plerumque in partibus cantu carentibus tetrametro trochaico uterentur, inde ab Aeschyli invento in eius locum senarius plerumque successit. si quis ex his verbis concludere vellet Thespidis aequaliumque tragoediis senarium omnino defuisse, is non minus erraret quam si quis hoc loco fretus diceret Aeschylum et Sophoclem tetrametrum e dialogo omnino removisse. neque vero id dicere vult philosophus, antiquissimam illam τραγικὴν ἀοιδὴν actore carentem tetrametris inclusam fuisse, a Thespidis autem aetate senarium successisse : nam si prisca τραγικὴ ἀοιδὴ tetrametris constaret et pro iis senarii succederent, ecce aderat tragoedia meris senariis composita, qualem nunquam exstitisse certum est. inde manifestum est non componi h. 1. tragoediam istam dithyrambicam et eam quam Thespis invenit, sed eam quae iam non tota canendo et saltando sed colloquiis etiam peragebatur (Thespidis), cum ea quae ad summum culturae gradum pervenerat. hoc ita se habere certius etiam collato ex Rhetoricis loco III, 1. pag. 1404 a 29. intelligitur: οὐδὲ γὰρ οἱ τὰς τραγῳδίας 9) ποιοῦντες ἔτι χρῶνται τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον, ἀλλ᾽ ὥσπερ καὶ ἐκ τῶν τετραμέτρων εἰς τὸ ἰαμβεῖον μετέβησαν διὰ τὸ τῷ λόγῳ τοῦτο τῶν μέτρων ὁμοιότατον εἶναι, οὕτω καὶ τῶν ὀνομάτων ἀφείκασιν ὅσα παρὰ τὴν διάλεκτόν ἐστιν. quae igitur ab uno Thespidis actore in narrationibus et in colloquiis cum choro habitis plerumque tetrametris adstricta pronuntiabantur, ea ab Aeschyli aetate duo illi actores versibus iambicis inclusa loquebantur, 9) Οἱ τὰς τραγῳδίας ποιοῦντες sunt earum tragoediarum scriptores quae vulgo vocantur, ut et tota sententia et ipsum verbum ποιεῖν monstrat. non recte me iudice Welckerus in Appendice ad trilog. Aeschyl. p. 239. statuit dithyrambum et iustam tragoediam uno τραγῳδίας nomine ab Aristotele comprehensam esse. locum ex Rhetoricis allatum cum ego aliter ac Welckerus intelligendum et pro certo duce habendum existimem, iis quoque quae idem vir ingeniosus in libro laudato p. 262 et 263. de hoc Poeticae loco exposuit, omni ex parte assentiri non possum.ita tamen ut hoc paulatim in consuetudinem converteretur : nam et in Aeschyli Persis (ea omnium quas etiamnum legimus tragoediarum antiquissima est) tetrametri sat multi in colloquiis admissi leguntur (vid. 155-245.703-758), neque a ceteris principum tragoediae scriptorum fabulis prorsus relegati sunt. verba igitur το τε μέτρον ἐκ τετραμέτρου ἰαμβεῖον ἐγένετο, item quae subsequuntur λέξεως δὲ γενομένης αὐτὴ ἡ φύσις τὸ οἰκεῖον μέτρον εὗρεν, non de mutatione subito facta accipere licet, sed de ea quae sensim sensimque et longo temporis intervallo invaluit. nam τὸ μὲν γὰρ πρῶτον τετραμέτρῳ ἐχρῶντο - τὴν ποίησιν: haec usque ad λεκτικῆς ἁρμονίας per parenthesin inseruntur, quod cum non vidissent priores editores, illi in subsequentibus ἔτι δὲ ἐπεισοδίων πλήθη verbum unde haec pendeant frustra circumspexerunt. dum scribit Aristoteles τὸ μὲν γὰρ πρῶτον - ποίησιν, non respicit priscam illam τραγικὴν ἀοιδὴν ex tempore fusam, cuius numerum fortasse ne ipse quidem satis cognitum habuit, sed eam dramaticae tragoediae formam quae non multo ante Aeschylum fuit. si totius loci habitum diligenter consideramus, hoc intelligimus, inde a §. 13. nonnisi de tragoedia dramatica (non etiam de lyrica ἀοιδῇ τραγικῇ quae fuit ante Thespin) loqui Aristotelem apparet, ita ut eam formam quae erat ante Aeschylum componat cum ea quae Aeschylo auctore et Sophocle effloruit. sed rursus cavendum ne illis διὰ τὸ σατυρικὴν εἶναι τὴν ποίησιν tantum tribuamus ut, aliis locis indiciisque quamvis repugnantibus, Thespidi et Choerilo Phrynichoque satyrorum chorum tribuamus: nam σατυρικὴν (motoriam levemque) quomodo intelligi velit adiecto καὶ ὀρχηστικωτέραν satis declaravit. de numero trochaico levioribus argumentis et saltatoriae poesi apto Aristoteles in Rhetoricis III, 8. p. 1408 b 36. haec exponit: ὁ δὲ τροχαῖος κορδακικώτερος· δηλοῖ δὲ τὰ τετράμετρα· ἔστι γὰρ τροχερός ῥυθμὸς τὰ τετράμετρα. λέξεως δὲ γενομένης: quamquam Thespidis tragoediae aliqua λέξις denegari nequit, unus tamen eius actor quasipro supplemento chori canentis saltantisque accipi potuit. id Aristoteles videtur fecisse, cum λέξιν eo nomine dignam Aeschyliae demum tragoediae duos actores inter sese colloquentes producenti concesserit. sed si quis λέξεως δὲ γενομένης de ipso Thespide dictum existimet, ego quidem non vehementer refragabor, sed vel sic non sequetur Thespidem illum esse qui tetrametris senarios substituerit: nam illa αὐτὴ ἡ φύσις τὸ οἰκεῖον μέτρον εὗρεν non ita intelligi necesse est, ut statim post λέξιν inductam numerus iambicus successerit, sed de hoc numero sensim sensimque in prisci locum recepto accipi possunt. - μάλιστα γὰρ λεκτικὸν -τὸ ἰαμβεῖόν ἐστιν: conf. Rhetor. III, 8. p. 1408 b 33. ὁ δὲ ἴαμβος αὐτὴ ἐστιν ἡ λέξις τῶν πολλῶν· διὸ μάλιστα πάντων τῶν μέτρων ἰαμβεῖα φθέγγονται λέγοντες. – καὶ ἐκβαίνοντες τῆς λεκτικῆς ἁρμονίας: nove sed apte communis sermonis habitum λεκτικὴν ἁρμονίαν appellavit. his repugnantia tradere videtur in Rhetoricis III, 8. p. 1408 b 32. ὁ μὲν ἠρῷος ( ῥυθμός) σεμνὸς καὶ λεκτικὸς καὶ ἁρμονίας δεόμενος, sed videtur tantum. nam eo loco ἁρμovía concentus est instrumentorum musicorum, quo carere hexameter ideoque nudo sermoni convenire ( λεκτικός) recte dicitur. itaque coniectura a Tyrwhitto ad Poeticam p. 136. proposita ( καὶ λεκτικῆς ἁρμονίας δεόμενος) et sane solerter excogitata carere poterimus. ἔτι δὲ ἐπεισοδίων πλήθη καὶ τὰ ἄλλα: verbum ἐγένετο ex initio §. 14. vel aliud cognatae significationis assumptum intelligendum est.

15. mvp-aristotle-comment-31

Ritter, cap. 4 § 15

περί μὲν οὖν τούτων τοσαῦτα desunt AcBcNa et Mediceis omnibus et GQ; in P (Parisiensi 2040) adscripta margini reperiuntur, et Vallae Pacciique versiones Latinae itemque exemplar Aldinum eadem agnoscunt. omissa videntur a correctore qui ἔτι δὲ ἐπεισοδίων πλήθη quo referret cum non inveniret, deletis nonnullis scripsit ἔτι δὲ ἐπεισοδίων πλήθη καὶ τὰ ἄλλα, ὡς ἕκαστα κοσμηθῆναι λέγεται, ἔστω ἡμῖν εἰρημένα. iam structuram iste sustentavit, sententiam pessum dedit: nihil enim eiusmodi adhuc dictum est.5. §. 1. 121

1. mvp-aristotle-comment-32

Ritter, cap. 5 § 1

De fine comoediae proposito. initia comoediae in obscuro versantur. epopoeia tragoediam ita secuta est ut graves imitari pergeret, differt ab eadem eo quod narratio est, etiam metro et temporis spatio. partes aliae eaedem, aliae tragoediae peculiares. Tragoediae initiis et incrementis breviter expositis, accedit ad comoediam, non eo consilio ut ipsius naturam accurate definiat (id alii huius operis loco exsequendum reservavit), sed ut proposita comicae poesis a tragoedia diversitate atque explicata tragoediae et epopoeiae partim similitudine partim differentia dilucidetur, quomodo poesis in varias species diffusa sit, quasque immutationes earum quaeque subierit. ἡ δὲ κωμῳδία-τὸ γελοῖον μόριον: tragoediam imitari quam vulgo reperiantur meliores, comoediam autem peiores, id dictum erat cap. 2, 4. iam accuratius definitur quatenus peiores comoedia imitetur. comoedia enim non pingit homines omni pravitatis genere corruptos, sed qui ea dedecoris specie qua continetur ridiculum turpes compareant, paulo licentius post οὐ μέντοι κατὰ πᾶσαν κακίαν posuit quod contrarium ἀλλὰ τοῦ αἰσχροῦ ἐστὶ τὸ γελοῖον μόριον. scilicet haec scripsit ita, ut ridiculum ( τὸ γελοῖον) a comicis poetis exprimi notum certumque esse legentibus acciperet praesumeretque. plenius ac planius dixisset ἀλλὰ τῶν γε λοίων οἱ κοινωνοῦσι τοῦ αἰσχροῦ. ceterum haec scripsisse Aristotelem respicientem potissimum antiquam Graecorum comoediam, cui τὸ αἰσχρὸν raro deerat, verbo monuisse sufficiat. conf. Ethic. Nicom. IV, 14 med. τὸ γὰρ γελοῖόν ἐστιν ἁμάρτημά τι κα καὶ αἶσχος ἀνώδυνον καὶ οὐ φθαρτικόν : qui aliquid negotii agunt, ii risum excitant ubi ratione perperam inita a fine proposito aberrant ( ἁμαρτάνουσιν). quod initae rationi non respondet eventus, ridiculum est, si ex ea aberratione neque dolor neque pernicies sed nonnisi turpe quoddam nascitur. exemplum quod subsequitur, sumptum a comica persona, co non totam suam τοῦ γελοίου definitionem voluit illustrare, sed id unum declarare quo intellectu posuerit ἀνώδυνον καὶ οὐ φθαρτικόν. comoediae ingenio externus agentium habitus et figura convenire debet. Quod de natura τοῦ γελοίου accuratius in Poetica se dixisse eiusque genera pertractasse profitetur in Rhetoricis I, 11. p. 1372 a 1. et III, 18. p. 1419 b5., id haud dubie fecit in operis parte nobis perdita, ubi separatim de comoedia exposuit. conf. Praefatio.

2. mvp-aristotle-comment-33

Ritter, cap. 5 § 2

χορόν κωμῳδῶν ὀψέ ποτε ὁ ἄρχων ἔδωκεν: primo non magni aestimatam esse comoediam inde docet, quod archon ad chorum comicum et conducendum et omni apparatu ornandum poetis comoedias in certamen commissuris sero demum choragum impensas praebentem ex civibus ditissimis 1) assignaverit. hoc est χορὸν διδόναι, poeta ipse χορὸν λαβεῖν dicitur, si fabula eius archonti probata in certamen admittitur, atque chorus ad eam docendam decernitur. vid. Aristophanes Ran. 94. Hesychius (correctus a Bergkio in Commentat. de reliquiis comoediae Atticae p. 30.) πῦρ πυρὶ ἔγχει· Κρατῖνος ἀπὸ διθυράμβου ἐν Βουκόλοις ἀρξάμενος, ἐπειδὴ χορὸν οὐκ ἔλαβε παρὰ τοῦ ἄρχοντος, παρ' οὗ ᾐτήκει. qui fabulam docendam archonti offert αἰτεῖν χορὸν dicitur. lege Cratini fragmentum ex Βουκόλοις servatum ab Athenaeo XIV. p. 638 F. ὃς οὐκ ἔδωκ᾽ αὐτοῦντι Σοφοκλέει χορόν, κτλ. Aristophan. Equit. 513. ἀλλ' ἐθελονταὶ ἦσαν: comoediarum scriptores aut ipsi aut eorum amici sumptus ad chorum docendum et instruendum diu fecerunt: publice sero tandem choragis datis adiuti sunt. Cra- 1) De choragia choragique officiis diligenter et accurate expositum est a Boeckhio in Oeconomia Atheniensium t. I. p. 487 sqq. conf. Schoemanni Antiquitates iuris publici Graecorum p. 324.tinus primus videtur fuisse qui fere chorum ab archonte acciperet, quamquam etiam huic interdum denegatum esse comperimus ex Hesychii verbis modo allatis. illa ipsa Βουκόλων comoedia cum daretur, κωμῳδοὺς ἐθελοντὰς fuisse iudico dissentiens hac in re a Bergkio 1. 1., qui Cratinum putat proximis Dionysiis, cum non multo ante repulsam tulisset, chorum impetravisse et hac opportunitate usum esse, ut omne irae virus in priorem istum archontem evomeret. ceterum nomen ἐθελονταi hoc loco propter praegressum χορὸν κωμῳδῶν non de ipsis poetis sed de κωμῳδοῖς sive χορευταῖς dictum intelligi debet, quamquam et ipsi poetae qui suis impensis chorum exornabant eo nomine designabantur. conf. Aelius Dionysius apud Eustathium p. 800, 30 (locum Tyrwhittus attulit) : ἐθελοντής ὁ αὐθαιρέτως τι ποιῶν. ἐκαλοῦντο δὲ καὶ ἐθελονταὶ διδάσκαλοι δραμάτων δηλαδή, ὅτε τις μὴ λαβών χορὸν μηδὲ χορηγητὴν ἔχων ἑαυτῷ τὰ πάντα παρεῖχε. οἱ λεγόμενοι αὐτῆς ποιηταί, h. e. qui a comoedia nomen invenerunt sive o ἱ κωμῳδοποιοί. pro rudibus prisci temporis comoedis iam comoediarum poetae exstiterunt. ipsum nomen κωμῳδοποιός ς. κωμωδιοποιός artem indicat.

3. mvp-aristotle-comment-34

Ritter, cap. 5 § 3

τίς δὲ πρόσωπα ἀπέδωκεν ἢ λόγους ἢ πλήθη ὑποκριτῶν: personarum inventio magni sane momenti erat, propterea quod et ridiculum ( τὸ γελοῖον) per eas facilius provocabatur et eorum qui notabantur vultus exprimi quodammodo poterant. porro quod codices offerunt προλόγους, id haud dubie corruptum est. una enim eius nominis explicatio, quae quidem cum aliqua probabilitatis specie proferri potest et prolata est (ex cap. 12, 2), – μέρος ὅλον τραγῳδίας τὸ πρὸ χοροῦ παρόδου -, ea, ut alia quae contra moneri possunt omittam 2), omni auctoritate destituta 2) Cordatissimus quisque quaerere necessario cogitur, cur prologorum potius inventionem quam exodorum vel episodiorum posuerit.est, cum ista tragici prologi definitio ab interpolatore profecta sit. cuius igitur nominis notio toto opere non explicatur neque commemoratur, id quomodo sine obscuritatis vitio tam nude poni h. 1. potuit? accedit quod et πρόσωπα et πλήθη ὑποκριτῶν ad externum comoediae habitum pertinent, πρόλογος autem ipsam partem comoediae efficit: cur is igitur medius intercedit? quae cum ita sint, ego non dubitavi λόγους ab Hermanno gratus accipere, sed idem ego in explicando eo nomine a viro ingenioso in alia discedo. ipse λόγους argumenta intelligit, sed contra hanc interpretationem potest moneri quod modo ad προλόγους exturbandos protulimus, inter notas externas medium interponi quod ad internam artem comicam pertineat. ego igitur λόγους intelligo sermones, puta illa quae unus actor coram choro de scena aut narrando aut cum choreutis colloquendo itemque ea quae non multo post plures actores inter sese loquentes exsecuti sunt, ut λόγοι ὑποκριτῶν opponantur ᾄσμασι κωμῳδῶν sive χορευτῶν. iam omnes res quae commemorantur externae sunt, personae et colloquia et numeri histrionum; deinde hic locus in comoedia respondet iis quae c. 4, 13. de tragoedia narrantur. πλήθη ὑποκριτῶν est numerus duorum et numerus trium histrionum; denique πλήθη ὑποκριτῶν apte post λόγους succedunt: actores enim λόγους exsequuntur. τὸ δὲ μύθους ποιεῖν Ἐπίχαρμος καὶ Φόρμις: ex praegresso ἀπέδωκεν verbum ad μύθους ποιεῖν aptum cogitatione supplendum est, quod quo facilius fiat, semicolon pro puncto posui post ἠγνόηται. Itali interpolatores mancum esse sermonem opinantes post Φόρμις addiderunt ἦρξαν, idque a nullo codice oblatum in Aldinum exemplar receptum et inde late propagatum est; quo cum soloeca facta esset oratio, Reizius interpolatam scripturam iterum interpolando dedit τοῦ δὲ μύθους - Φόρμις ἦρξαν. μύθους ποιεῖν est fabulas ex historia mythica petitas comoediis subiicere, quod persaepe ab Epicharmo factum esse et multa comoediarum eius nomina et ipsa fragmenta ostendunt. in nomine μύθους, a vulgari loquendi usu hic quidem discessisse Aristotelem,tantum abest ut quidquam indicet, ut certum subsequatur indicium, id illum non fecisse, dico quae de Cratete Epicharmi imitatore subsequuntur, τῶν δὲ ᾿Αθήνησιν Κράτης ήρξε και θόλου ποιεῖν λόγους καὶ μύθους, de quibus mox disputabimus. novo significatu nomen μύθος positum est c. 6, 6., ubi tragoediae partes definiuntur, sed auctor ipse significavit a vulgari dicendi usu ibi sese recedere: λέγω γὰρ μύθον τοῦτον τὴν σύνθεσιν τῶν πραγμάτων. a vero igitur aberrat Grysarius (de Doriensium comoedia quaest. p. 75), cum illo altero Aristotelis loco (c. 6, 6) fretus pronuntiat in hoc nostro (5,3) μύθους ποιεῖν esse fabulam argumento serere, i. e. iustam comoediam facere. haec explicatio si vera esset, ex Aristotelis iudicio Cratini nobilissimi comici fabulis argumenta sive συστάσεις πραγμάτων defuissent: nam ex Atheniensibus Crates primus Epicharmi consuetudinem secutus est. de Epicharmo et Phormide diligenter disseruit Grysarius in libro quem inscripsit de Doriensium comoedia quaestiones. - τῶν δὲ ᾿Αθήνησιν Κράτης- λόγους καὶ μύθους. Cratetem Cratino natu minorem sed Aristophane paulo maiorem fuisse veterum scriptorum testimoniis constat docuitque Meinekius in Quaestionum scen. specim. I. p. 25 sqq. Crates a singulorum hominum irrisione abstinuit ( ἀφέμενος τῆς ἰαμβικῆς ἰδέας) et generales morum notationes rerumque descriptiones proposuit, quarum alias ex mythorum cyclo ( μύθους, Fabeln), alias ex vita communi vel ex libris τῶν λογοποιῶν ( λόγους, Erzählungen) petivit. hanc explicationem praeivit Meinekiuş in libro laudato p. 26., nisi quod λόγους ille paulo aliter accipere videtur, et ex aliqua parte Victorius in Commentariis p. 51.

4. mvp-aristotle-comment-35

Ritter, cap. 5 § 4

ἡ μὲν οὖν ἐποποιία τῇ τραγῳδίᾳ μίμη - σις εἶναι σπουδαίων ἠκολούθησεν: epopoeia iuxta tragoediam ita incessit aequo gradu ( ἠκολούθησεν) ut hominum gravium imitatio esse permaneret. utrumque poesis genus temporis intervallo plures mutationes ( μεταβολάς) subiit, sed ita alteri alterum simile esse accidit, ut utrumque graves imitaretur. quibus rebus discrepet epopoeia a tragoediacontinuo explicatur. sed quid fiet de illis μέχρι μόνου μέτρου μεγάλου ? scilicet differre a tragoedia epopociam nonnisi versibus longis 3) edocemur. falsissimum esse et pugnare cum ceteris Aristotelis verbis primo adspectu in oculos incurrit: ipse enim non unum quoddam sed tria continuo affert, quibus epopoeia diversa sit a tragoedia. ineptissimum sane emblema non usque ad hunc diem tolerassent editores, nisi pro omnium codicum scriptura μεγάλου novi interpolatores (aut Aldus ipse aut qui eius codicem correxerant) substituissent μετὰ λόγου, quod idem valere ac καὶ λόγου 4) videntur credidisse. sed et repugnat usus Graeci sermonis neque, si addiceret, vel sic sana sententia prodiret: sermone enim differre utrumque genus tam universe ac simpliciter pronuntiari nequit. sed sic ut μετὰ λόγου post μέρχι μόνου μέτρου additum legitur, id vix aliud potest esse nisi cum ratione, quod alienissimum est. inepto hoc additamento inepto auctori restituto, facilis est loci explanandi ratio. nam primum affertur qua in re tragoedia et epopoeia consentiant, deinde epopoeiam et metro differre et enarrandi ratione et temporis ambitu recte monetur. a narrando poesis τῷ μήκει, h. e. μέτρον ἁπλοῦν est quam compositionem κατὰ στίχον grammatici appellant. - καὶ ἀπαγγελίαν εἶναι : duae ἀπαγγελίας species c. 3, 1. definiuntur, una quae simpliciter narrat, altera quae inducit narrantes. epica διηγηματική vocatur c. 23, 1. teraporis spatio quo res gestae a poeta sive epico sive tragico propositae comprehenduntur. μάλιστα πειρᾶται: hoc dicit, quoniam plures tragicorum poetarum hanc legem egressos esse non ignorabat. - ἡ δὲ ἐποποιία ἀόρι- 3) Quaesitum est num voci μέχρι insit vis excludendi. non inest praepositioni potestas excludendi, sed inest nomini negativo μόνου. 4) Hermannus cum καὶ λόγου scriberet pro μετὰ λόγου, Graecitati sermonis opem tulit, sed non cogitavit se interpolare scripturam iam interpolatam. στος τῷ χρόνῳ: dicit temporis ambitum epopoeiae convenientem definiri certo dierum vel annorum numero non posse. noli credere hoc Aristotelem docere, poetae epico licere vel longissimi temporis res gestas enarrare: veriora enim ipse docuit c. 8 et praecipue c. 23.